^s:u»^?ss£^:
^Sl^a^^l^^st
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^V^.r^
, r ' .-/■• _ .' .
irm^i
-■sA'
. >
^^r«r-^^-
^'»^ • :--_■' ^^
':*^v:. '':!^i;;^.:£--^^'^5.i^
»i?S?:' ■'•■'^
^fiiipiiiw^
19 9 9
C At A LOG
The Mission
The mission of Lycoming College is to
provide a distinguished baccalaureate
education in the liberal arts. This is achieved
within a coeducational, supportive, residential
setting through programs that develop
communication and critical thinking skills;
foster self-awareness while increasing
receptivity to new concepts and perspectives;
explore literary and scientific traditions;
cultivate an aesthetic sensibility; elicit social
responsibility; promote racial inclusiveness,
gender equality, and an appreciation of
cultural diversity; and produce leadership for
the institutions of society. Each student is
encouraged to develop and strengthen virtues
and traits of character that enable, ennoble,
and emancipate the human spirit while
deepening commitment to those values that
undergird civilization.
Fully accredited. Lycoming is a member of
the Middle States Association of Colleges and
Schools, and the University Senate of The
United Methodist Church. It is a member of
the Association of American Colleges and
Universities, the Pennsylvania Association of
Colleges and Universities, the Commission for
Independent Colleges and Universities, the
National Commission on Accrediting and the
National Association of Schools and Colleges
of The United Methodist Church.
Also, the Department of Nursing is accred-
ited by the National League for Nursing. The
Department of Chemistry is approved by the
American Chemical Society to certify upon
graduation those students who meet or exceed
the requirements established by the Society
for membership.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
CONTENTS
Contents
Academic Calendar, 1 999-2000 2
Welcome to Lycoming 4
The Campus 6
Admission to Lycoming 10
Financial Matters 13
Student Affairs 20
Academic Policies And Regulations 23
The Academic Program 29
The Curriculum 49
The Board of Trustees 165
Administrative Staff/Faculty 166
The Alumni Association
Index 183
Communication With
Lycoming College Inside Back Cover
The general regulations and policies stated in this
catalog are in effect for the 1 999-00 academic year.
Freshmen beginning their first temis at Lycoming College
in the fall of 1999 or the spring of 2000 are there-after
governed by the policies stated in this catalog.
If changes are made in subsequent editions of the
catalog to either general requirements or major require-
ments, students have the option of following their original
program or a subsequent catalog version, but the College
always reserves the right to determine which requirements
apply.
If a student interrupts his or her education but returns
to the College after no more than one academic year has
passed, he/she will retain the same requirements in effect
at the initial date of entrance. A student who withdraws
from the College for more than one year will, upon return,
be required to complete the requirements currently
imposed upon other students of the same academic level.
A student who transfers to the College with advanced
standing will be subject to the requirements imposed upon
other students at the College who have attained the same
academic level. Post-baccalaureate students will be
subject to the requirements stated on page 30.
Lycoming College reserves the right to amend or
change the policies and procedures stated in this catalog
without prior notice to those who may be affected by
them. The provisions of this publication are not to be
regarded as an irrevocable contract between the applicant
and/or the student and Lycoming College.
1999-2(){K) ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ACADEMIC CALENDAR
•
Academic Calendar 1999 - 2000
Fall Semester
Spring Semester
Bills are due
August 13
December 17
Residence halls open for freshmen
August 27 at 9 a.m.
January 9 at 8 a.m.
Residence halls open for upperclassmen
August 28 at 10 a.m.
January 9 at 8 a.m.
Classes begin first period
August 30
January 10
Processing of drop/add begins
August 30
January 10
Re-registration fee of $25 applies
after this date
September 3
January 14
Last day for drop/add
September 3
January 14
Last day to elect audit and pass/fail grades
September 3
January 14
Last day for submission of final grades for
courses for which Incomplete grades were
recorded in Spring, May, and Summer terms
October 8
Last day for submission of final grades
for courses for which Incomplete
grades were recorded in Fall semester
February 18
Mid-semester deficiency reports due
in Registrar's Office at noon
October 18
February 25
Residence halls close at 6 p.m. for
spring recess
February 25
Residence halls open at 10 a.m.
March 5
Classes resume first period after
spring recess
March 6
Enrollment deposit deadline
March 7
LYCOMING COLLEGE
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ACADEMIC CALENDAR
Fall Semester
Spring Semester
Last day to withdraw from courses
October 29
March 17
Last days to withdraw from
half semester courses.
1 st 7 weeks
2nd 7 weeks
September 29
November 17
February 9
April 5
Residence halls close at 9:00 p.m. for
Thanksgiving recess
November 23
Residence halls open at 10 a.m.
November 28
Classes resume first period after
Thanksgiving
November 29
Final examinations begin
December 13
April 24
Semester ends at 5:00 p.m.
December 17
April 28
Residence halls close at 6:00 p.m.
December 17
April 28
SP
May Term
ECIAL SESSIC
Summer
Session #1
)NS
Summer
Session #2
Residence halls open noon - 2:30 p.m.
May 7
June 4
July 9
Classes begin
May 8
June 5
July 10
Last day for drop/add
May 9
June 7
July 12
Last day to elect audit and pass/fail grades
May 9
June 7
July 12
Last day to withdraw from courses
May 24
June 26
July 31
Term ends
June 2
July 7
August 11
Residence halls close at 4:00 p.m.
June 2
July 7
August 11
Special dates to remember:
Freshman Seminar August 27, 28, 29
New Student Convocation August 27
Labor Day (classes in session). . . September 6
Admissions Open House September 18
Homecoming Weekend September 24-26
Science Saturday October 2
Institute for Management Studies
Open House October 2
Admissions Open House October 6
Family Weekend October 8-10
Long Weekend (no classes). . . October 22,23,24
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG ■
Thanksgiving Recess November 24-28
Admissions Open House February 12
Spring Recess February 26 - March 5
Accepted Students Day April 9
Honors Convocation April 16
Good Friday (no classes) April 21
Baccalaureate May 6
Commencement May 7
Memorial Day (no classes) May 29
Independence Day (no classes) July 4
LYCOMING COLLEGE
WELCOME TO LYCOMING
Welcome To Lycoming College
Lycoming College is a small liberal arts
college dedicated to providing the type of
learning that can be used for a lifetime in a
supportive, residential environment that
fosters individual growth and close interper-
sonal relationships.
U.S. News and World Report has recog-
nized Lycoming as one of the top ten regional
colleges in the United States. It is something
that Lycoming alumni have quietly known for
years. The reasons are simple.
All of Lycoming's resources and faculty
are dedicated to the undergraduate education
of just 1500 students. Classes are small and
all faculty members teach. With a 13 to 1
ratio of students to faculty, classes of five or
ten students are not uncommon, while even
large introductory courses average about 30
students. This means abundant opportunities
for individual attention by a faculty truly
committed to teaching. The average gradua-
tion rate for first time freshmen is 59%.
Lycoming students are superbly prepared
to meet the challenges of life through an
academic program that includes both breadth
of study in the humanities, social sciences and
natural sciences and depth of study in at least
one area of concentration.
Those areas of concentration include
bachelor of arts programs in 33 major fields, a
bachelor of science in three major fields, and a
bachelor of science degree in nursing.
Those who intend to continue in medicine,
dentistry, law, the ministry or teaching will
find excellent preprofessional preparation.
Through a number of cooperative programs
with other colleges and universities,
Lycoming students can study engineering,
forestry, environment, podiatric medicine,
optometry, and medical technology — while
LYCOMING COLLEGE
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
WELCOME TO LYCOMING
Still enjoying the benefits of a small college
experience. They can also study at
Westminster College in Oxford, England;
Anglia Polytechnic University in Cambridge,
England; Regent's College in London,
England; or spend a semester in Washington,
D.C.. or New York City through a number of
other cooperative programs.
One of Lycoming's most popular and
successful ways of blending career planning
with a liberal arts education is through its
internship program. Close to one-third of
Lycoming students gain real job experience as
part of a semester course load. The
Williamsport area is particularly rich in
internship opportunities in business, commu-
nication, government, health and social
services. The close relationship between the
College and the community has given
Lycoming students a chance to roll up their
sleeves and gain resume-enhancing experience
rather than mere observation.
Most students complete their program of
study in four years, usually by taking four
courses each fall and spring semester. How-
ever, students may take one course during
Lycoming's May Term and from one to two
courses in each Summer Term.
Perhaps one of the most important qualities
of Lycoming is its feeling of community.
Lycoming is a truly residential college where
all students, with the exception of close
commuters, live on campus in one of the
College's residence halls.
The quality of campus life is enriched by a
variety of extracurricular activities in which
Lycoming students gain valuable leadership
training.
Students produce a weekly newspaper, run
the campus radio station, edit a yearbook,
mount theatre productions, participate in a
nationally acclaimed choir and concert band,
as well as organize and manage their own
social fraternities and sororities, special
interest clubs and campus-wide social events.
Student athletes can try out for 19 different
varsity sports ( 10 for men, 9 for women) or
participate in the College's strong intramural
program.
All students are admitted free to the
Lycoming College Artist Series which has
brought The New York City Opera National
Company; such Broadway musicals as Annie,
Into the Woods and Big River, and other
artists, ranging from the Tokyo String Quartet
to the Pilobolus Dance Theater. Student-run
programs have brought in Gin Blossoms,
Violent Femmes, Howie Mandel, Brian
Adams, and Rythm Syndicate.
Lycoming's campus lies near the historic
downtown of Williamsport. a city best known
as the birthplace of Little League Baseball and
the site of its annual international champion-
ship. The greater metro area has a population
of approximately 75,000.
The rolling hills and forestlands of
northcentral Pennsylvania provide some of the
state's best scenery, as well as hiking,
camping, kayaking, and other outdoor
recreation. Yet Lycoming is less than a four-
hour drive from New York City. Philadelphia,
Washington, D.C., Baltimore and Pittsburgh.
The College enjoys a relationship with the
United Methodist Church and supports its
tradition of providing an education to persons
of all faiths. The College is firmly committed
to a policy of cultural diversity and expects its
students to work together in an atmosphere of
respect and tolerance.
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
HISTORY • THE CAMPUS
History
The history of Lycoming College has been
one of continual evolution. The institution has
been, at one time or another, an elementary and
secondary school, a seminary, a junior college
and at present a four-year liberal arts college —
going through three name changes in the
process. Sold by the Presbyterians to the
Methodists (who bought it as a source of
revenue), it is today an independent non-
profit, private college, affiliated with the
United Methodist Church.
Its beginning dates back to 1812 — making
Lycoming one of the 50 oldest colleges in
America — when it was founded as the
Williamsport Academy, that city's first
elementary and secondary school. The school
was administered by a Board of Trustees
made up primarily of staunch Presbyterians.
By 1848, Williamsport had its own public
school system well in place, and the private
school was becoming a financial burden. A
visionary circuit preacher. Rev. Benjamin H.
Crever, persuaded the Methodists to buy the
school. They named the institution Dickinson
Seminary and offered college preparatory
courses. Rev. Crever is considered the
school's true founder.
The seminary operated as a private
boarding school until 1929 when a college
curriculum was added and it became the
Williamsport Dickinson Junior College, the
first junior college in Pennsylvania.
In 1947, the junior college became a four-
year degree-granting college of liberal arts and
sciences. It adopted the name Lycoming, derived
from the Indian word "lacomic," meaning
"Great Stream," a name that enjoys local
popularity as the name of the county, a
township and a creek.
In its evolutionary tradition, Lycoming
College continues to expand its programs and
improve its academic excellence with each
decade, seeking to provide a truly distin-
guished baccalaureate education to every
student entering its doors.
The Campus
Nineteen buildings sit on Lycoming's 35-
acre campus. Most buildings have been
constructed since 1950. All are easy to reach
from anywhere on campus. A 12-acre athletic
field and football stadium lie a few blocks
north of the main campus.
Modem buildings include the eight
residence halls, which contain clean and
comfortable double rooms; the student union;
and the physical education/recreation center.
Up-to-date facilities include the library, the
theatre, the planetarium, the computer center,
an electronic music studio, a photography
laboratory, and an art gallery. The computer
center opened in 1969; the art gallery and the
physical education center opened in 1980. An
arts center was renovated and opened in 1983.
The Heim Biology and Chemistry Building
opened in 1990.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
e
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE CAMPUS
•
Residence Halls
Asbury Hall (1962) — Named in honor of
Bishop Francis Asbury, the father of The United
Methodist Church in America, who made the
circuit through the upper Susque-hanna District
in 1812. the year Lycoming (then the
Williamsport Academy) opened its doors.
Asbury Hall houses freshman students in a co-
educational environment. The Telecommuni-
cations Office is located in the basement.
Crever Hall (1962) — Honors Lycoming's
founder and first financial agent, the Rev.
Benjamin H. Crever, who helped persuade the
Baltimore Conference to purchase the school
from the Williamsport Town Council in 1848.
East Hall (1962) — Houses five chapters of
Lycoming's fraternities and sororities. The
self-contained units contain student rooms and
a chapter room.
Forrest Hall (1968) — Honors Dr. and Mrs.
Fletcher Bliss Forrest and Anna Forrest
Burfeindt '30, the parents and sister of
Katherine Forrest Mathers '28, whose
generosity established the memorial.
Rich Hall (1948) — Honors the Rich family
of Woolrich, Pennsylvania. It houses health
and counseling services, dining services
office, security, residence life, and buildings
and grounds. Rich is an all female hall.
Skeath Hall (1965) — The largest residence
hall honors the late J. Milton Skeath, professor
of psychology and four-time Dean of the
College from 1921 to 1967. It houses
freshmen in a co-educational environment.
Wesley Hall (1956) — Honors John Wesley,
the founder of Methodism. This building
houses a number of Greek organizations, as
well as independent students.
Williams Hall (1965) — Honors Mary Ellen
Whitehead Williams, mother of Joseph A.
Williams, of St. Marys, Pennsylvania, whose
bequest established the memorial.
Academic Buildings
Academic Center (1968) — The most architec-
turally impressive complex on campus, the
Center is composed of four buildings: the
John G. Snowden Memorial Library, Wendle
Hall, the Arena Theatre and Laboratories, and
the faculty office building.
John G. Snowden Memorial Library
(1968) — The library is named after the late
state senator John G. Snowden. An active
instruction program acquaints students with
academic library strategies and supports their
specific research in each discipline studied.
Students become familiar with traditional
methods of research as well as new informa-
tion technologies utilizing computerized CD-
ROM and on-line searching, and the Internet.
The collection includes more than 160,000
volumes, approximately 1000 periodical titles,
and a strong reference section suitable to an
undergraduate education. The Snowden
Memorial Library also serves as a partial
depository for U.S. government publications
and houses the archives of the Central
Pennsylvania Conference of the United
Methodist Church and the College archives.
Art Gallery (1980) — Located in the north-
west corner of the first floor of the John G.
Snowden Memorial Library, the gallery
contains exhibits year-round, including shows
of student work.
Office of Communications Technology/
Computer Center (1969) —
(www.Iycoming.edu/dept/oct) Lycoming
College provides at least one computer
network access point in each room on campus.
This is the completion of an ambitious three
year undertaking to enrich the educational
environment. Students have access to a
variety of on campus resources and world
wide resources through the network.
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE CAMPUS
•
The College maintains four public use
computer labs, three labs populated with IBM
compatible computers, and one lab populated
by Macintosh computers. The IBM based labs
use the Windows NT operating system. These
labs utilize several popular software packages,
including Excel, and Office 97 (Word, Excel,
Power Point, Access) SPSS. The Macintosh
lab uses the System 8.5 operating system.
Microsoft Office, PageMaker, Photoshop,
Quark and Macromedia Director are among
the applications available in the Macintosh
lab. Laser printing is available in both labs,
with scanning and color printing available in
the Macintosh lab.
Lycoming College maintains a site on
the World Wide Web. Our URL is
http://www.lycoming.edu Any student who is
enrolled at Lycoming may receive a free
E-mail account as well as unlimited access to
the Internet and World Wide Web. Most
academic departments maintain home pages
and resources under the Lycoming College
home pages. Many faculty post departmental
information, syllabi, information about majors
and a variety of other resources under their
departmental home pages. A growing number
of faculty require students to have E-mail
accounts so that they may communicate
during off hours.
Any student living in a residence hall may
apply to join the Residential Networking
Program, ResNet. Students need properly
configured computers to give them access to
E-mail and the World Wide Web from their
rooms. The college has arranged through a
local service provider to offer access to off-
campus students for E-mail and the World
Wide Web at reduced rates
The College runs its administrative comput-
ing system from a UNIX based platform an
IBM F40. An IBM RS6000 running AIX
provides access to a variety of different
software packages to students in the Math-
ematical Sciences.
ResNet (1995) - Any student who has a
computer is encouraged to bring it to campus.
To join the Residential Networking Program,
ResNet, a student must have a computer that
meets a minimal set of standards and he/she
must compete the Residential Networking
Access Account Application, contracting for
the complete set of Internet Services. The
access account fee is $15.00 per month.
Applications are available in the Residence
Life Office, the Telecommunications Office, or
in the Office of Communications Technology.
For full instructions you can also go to
www.lycoming.edu/dept/oct.
Video Conference Facility (1995) - The
College maintains a specially equipped video-
conference facility that provides access to
courses, lectures and resources that would
otherwise be unavailable. Lycoming is part of
a consortium of schools that uses this tech-
nology to enhance educational opportunities.
Computer Graphics Lab (1993) — This
computer lab features state-of-the-art Macintosh
and Windows NT graphic stations equipped
with animation, photographic imaging, and
paint and draw programs for both fine arts and
commercial design students, along with
desktop publishing and a number of other
programs for general use. The programs are
updated annually.
Nursing Skills Laboratory (1983) —
Located in the lower level of the Academic
Center, it is a replica of a modem hospital ward,
complete with 10 simulated work stations, a
nurses' station, an intensive care unit and all
the medical equipment used by nurses.
Wendle Hall (1968) — Named after the
George Wendle family, a College benefactor,
this building contains 21 classrooms, the
psychology laboratories, three computer lab-
oratories with 50 IBM terminals available for
use, and spacious Pennington Lounge, an
informal meeting place for students and faculty.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE CAMPUS
Arena Theatre and Laboratories (1968) —
The 204-seat thrust-stage theatre is one of the
finest in the region. It includes projection
facihties. scene and costume shops, a make-up
room, and a multiple-use area known as the
Down Stage, where one-act experimental
plays are performed. The language, business,
mathematics, and physics laboratories are
situated on the upper floors. The Detwiler
Planetarium is located on the ground floor.
Faculty Office Building (1968) — Contains
faculty offices, seminar rooms, and a 735-seat
lecture hall.
Fine Arts Center (1923, renovated 1983) —
Contains studios, sculpture foundry, wood-
shop, printmaking shop, classrooms, lecture
hall, offices.
Academic Resource Center — Located on
the top floor of the Fine Arts Center, it is
operated by a professional staff and peer tutors
during the academic year. The Center offers
workshops, tutoring, and counseling.
Photography Laboratory (1984) — Located
in the lower level of the Fine Arts Center, it is
fully equipped for both black and white and
color photography.
Communication Center (1987) — The focal
point of the facility is a fully equipped
broadcast quality television studio and control
room. The building also houses two editing
rooms, a classroom, faculty offices, the FM
radio station and the student newspaper office.
Heim Biology and Chemistry Building
(1990) — The $10 million Heim Building is
one of the finest undergraduate science facilities
in the East. The three-level structure totals
more than 63,000 square feet and contains
state-of-the-art biology and chemistry labora-
tories, lecture halls, seminar rooms, a science
reading area and a greenhouse as well as
classrooms and faculty offices.
Clarke Building & Chapel (1939) —
Lycoming's landmark honors Martha
B. Clarke, a benefactor. The building contains
Clarke Chapel, St. John Neumann Chapel, the
United Campus Ministry Center, a recital hall,
music classrooms, practice studios, an elec-
tronic music studio and faculty offices.
Administration Buildings
Drum House — Built in 1857 the Admissions
House is the oldest building on the campus. It
was first occupied by a Presbyterian parson.
The Admissions House was bought by the
College in 1931, along with twenty-eight
other dwellings, and in 1940 became the
President's home. John W. Long occupied it
for the remainder of his tenure and D. Frederick
Wertz lived in the house from 1955 until 1965
when the College made the property at 325
Grampian Boulevard the President's home.
The building was then converted for use by
the Fine Arts Department. In 1983, when a
new Fine Arts facility was completed, the
department was relocated and the house was
vacant until 1 987 when it was restored by
college craftsmen to its original Federalist
design under the supervision of Carol Baker
'60, who kindly volunteered her services
during the year-long reconstruction. The
Admissions House was a gift of the W.F. Rich
family.
John W. Long Hall (1951) — Named after
President Long (1921-1955), it houses the
administrative offices, including those of the
President, Dean, Treasurer, Dean of Student
Affairs, Registrar, Alumni and Parent Pro-
grams, College Relations, Institutional
Advancement. Publications, and Financial
Aid. It includes a recepfion area and the
printing and bulk mail office.
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
0
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE CAMPUS • ADMISSION TO LYCOMING
Recreation Facilities
Physical Education and Recreation Center
(1980) — Includes the George R. Lamade
Gymnasium, which contains basketball and
other courts; a six-lane swimming pool; all-
purpose room; sauna and steam room; weight
room; offices; classrooms, and the Alumni
Lounge.
Wertz Student Center (1959) — Named
after D. Frederick Wertz, President (1955-
1968), it contains the main and private dining
rooms, Burchfield Lounge, a recreation area,
game rooms. Jack's Corner, bookstore, post
office, student activities office. Career Develop-
ment Center, and student organization offices.
Handicapped Accessibility
Most facilities at Lycoming College are
accessible to those with limited mobility. In
addition, the College will make special
accommodations whenever necessary to meet
the needs of any of its students.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Admission
To Lycoming
Lycoming College welcomes applications
from prospective students regardless of age,
sex, race, religion, financial resources, color,
national or ethnic background.
Admission Decision Criteria
Admission to Lycoming College is
competitive. Applicants are evaluated on the
basis of their academic preparation, talents,
and interests, as well as the College's capacity
to help them achieve their educational
objectives and career goals.
Successful candidates for admission have
typically completed a college preparatory
program in high school which includes four
years of English, three years of math, two
years of foreign language, two years of natural
or physical science, three years of social
science, and two years of academic electives.
In addition, successful admission candi-
dates generally place in the top two-fifths of
their high school graduating class, and have
better than average SAT or ACT scores.
From time to time supplemental materials, as
well as a personal interview, may be required
prior to the determination of admissibility.
Admission Application
Filing Period
Applications for the fall semester will be
accepted from June 1 st of the preceding year
through April 1 st of the year in which studies
are to begin. Applications for the spring
semester are accepted from the preceding May
1st through December 1st.
Applications, when complete, are reviewed
and evaluated on a rolling basis. Generally,
applicants are notified in writing regarding the
outcome of their applications within three
weeks following the receipt of all required
materials.
o
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ADMISSION TO LYCOMING
Freshman Applicants
Freshman applicants must complete the
following steps:
1) Submit the completed Lycoming College
Admission Application.
2) Submit the non-refundable $25
application fee.
3) Provide official transcripts of all high
school and post-secondary school studies
(whether or not completed).
4) Submit official results of the Scholastic
Aptitude Test (SAT I) or the American
College Test (ACT).
5) Submit two personal letters of recommendation.
Transfer Applicants
Lycoming College considers applications
from students who have attended other post-
secondary educational institutions. These
applicants must have earned a cumulative
grade point average of at least 2.00 (on a 4
point scale) in transferable courses at the post-
secondary institution(s) attended.
Credit will be granted only for courses
which have a grade of "C-" or higher.
Courses with a non-grade such as "P" or "S"
will not transfer. Lycoming College will
determine which courses are appropriate for
transfer and is under no obligation to accept
any course. Final determination of transfer
credit will be made by the Lycoming College
Registrar based on official transcripts only.
Transfer courses will be shown on the
Lycoming transcript with the symbol "T."
Transfer applicants must complete each of
the following steps:
1 ) Complete and return application with the
$25 application fee.
2) Provide official transcripts and course
descriptions or catalogs from each
post-secondary school attended. Students
who have accumulated less than 24
semester hours or 36 credit hours must also
submit high school transcripts.
3) Submit the Lycoming Transfer Form
(it will be sent to you upon application).
4) Submit two letters of recommendation.
Applicants may transfer up to 64 semester
credits at the Lycoming College 100 and 200
level and up to 32 semester credits at the
Lycoming College 300 and 400 level for a
total of 96 credits. Students must complete the
final 32 credits of the degree program at
Lycoming College. At least 16 credits in the
major area must be taken at Lycoming College.
Challenge examinations may not be used to
fulfill this requirement.
Additional information regarding the
transfer of college credit appears on page 23.
International Applicants
Prospective students who are neither
citizens nor permanent residents of the United
States are welcome to apply for admission.
International applicants must complete
each of the following steps:
1 ) Submit the completed Lycoming College
Admission Application.
2) Provide certified true copies of all
secondary (and when applicable, post-
secondary) transcripts, mark sheets, diplo-
mas, and certificates in the original lan-
guages, as well as in English (when the
originals are not in English). Transla-
tions of non-English materials must be
certified as true and correct.
3) Submit two letters of recommendation.
4) Provide proof of the ability to read, write,
and speak English at the college level as
evidenced by a TOEFL score of at least
500, or comparable evidence of English
language fluency.
5) International students who are currently
studying in the United States must be
"in-status" with the United States De-
partment of Justice, Immigration and
Naturalization Service. They must also
be eligible to transfer to Lycoming College.
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ADMISSION TO LYCOMING
Please note that the minimum amount
required for each academic year of study
(September through April) at Lycoming
College is U.S. $21,000. Summer living
expenses (May through August) average
an additional U.S. $4,500, and are not
included in $21,000 amount.
Note To All Students:
1 ) If there is additional information that
would be helpful to the Admissions Com-
mittee in reviewing your application, please
indicate it on a separate piece of paper.
2) If you are 24 or older, the requirement for
the SAT or ACT assessment may be waived.
Readmission to the College
All students who leave the College for one
or more semesters must apply for readmission
through the Office of the Registrar. Students
will be notified by mail when readmission has
been granted. They must then pay a deposit of
$100 confirming their intention to re-matricu-
late in order to receive registration materials.
Students seeking residence must submit an
additional $100 Room Reservation Deposit as
well as contact the Office of Residence Life to
make arrangements to reserve a room. These
deposits are non-refundable. Students who do
not attend Lycoming College the term for which
readmittance is granted will be required to
complete another readmission application when
they desire to return. Students who return to
the College after no more than one academic
year has passed may retain the same require-
ments in effect at the initial date of entrance.
After one year, students will be required to
complete the requirements currently imposed
upon other students of the same academic level.
Confirmation of Intent
to Enroll at Lycoming
Admitted applicants are asked to confirm
their intent to enroll for the fall semester no
later than the preceding May 1st, or by Decem-
ber 1 st for the following spring semester by
submitting the appropriate deposit. Nonresi-
dent, commuting students are required to submit
a $100 Confirmation Deposit. Resident
students are required to submit the $100
Confinnation Deposit, as well as a $100 Room
Reservation Deposit. Admitted international
applicants are required to submit all applicable
deposits prior to the issuance of the 1-20 form.
Deposits are non-refundable after May 1 st
for the following fall semester, and December
1 st for the following spring semester.
Student Orientation
Incoming freshmen are required to attend one
of three summer orientation sessions with at
least one parent before they enroll in the fall.
Upperclass transfer students are invited to a
separate session. The purpose of the program
is to acquaint the new students and their parents
more fully with the College so that they can
begin their Lycoming experience under the most
favorable circumstances. Students will take
placement tests, meet their academic advisor,
and preregister for fall classes. Information on
orientation is mailed to new students after they
confirm their intention to enroll.
Withdrawal of Admission Offers
Lycoming College reserves the right to
withdraw offers of admission when:
1 ) information requested as part of the
admission application process is not
provided by applicants,
2) misrepresentation of fact to the College by
applicants occurs during the application
process,
3) the conduct of applicants is not in keeping
with the ethical or moral standards as set
forth in the Lycoming College Catalog or
the Lycoming College Student Handbook.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ADMISSION TO LYCOMING • HNANCIAL MATTERS
Admissions Office
Location and Hours
Prospective students and their families are
encouraged to visit the campus for a student-
conducted tour and an interview with an
admissions counselor, who will provide
additional information about the College and
answer questions.
The Office of Admissions is located on
Washington Boulevard and College Place. For
an appointment, telephone 1-800-345-3920 or
(717)321-4026, or write Office of Admissions,
Lycoming College, Williamsport, PA 17701.
Office hours are:
Weekdays
September through April: 8:00 a.m. to 4:30
p.m.
May through August: 8:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m.
Saturdays
September through April: 9:00 a.m. to 12:00
noon
May through August: appointments by
request.
Financial Matters
Expenses for the
Academic Year 1999-2000
The following expenses are effective for the
regular fall and spring semesters. The College
reserves the right to adjust fees at any time. The
fees for each semester are payable approxi-
mately two weeks prior to the start of classes for
the semester as indicated on the semester bill.
Fees Per Semester Per Year
Tuition $8,720 $17,440
Room Rent $1,295 $2,590
Board $1,185 $2,370
Total $11,200 $22,400
One-Time Student Fees
Application Fee $25
Confirmation Deposit $ 1 00
Contingency Deposit $100
Room Reservation Deposit $100
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FINANCIAL MATTERS
Part-Time Students Fees
Application Fee $25
Each Unit Course $2,180.00
Additional Charges
Non-refundable Enrollment Deposit for
Returning Students $100
Activity Fee $80
Applied Music Fee (half-hour
per week per semester) $190
Cap and Gown Rental prevailing cost
Laboratory Fee per Unit Course. . $10 to $100
Reregistration Fee $25
Parking Permit (for the academic year) $20
Practice Teaching Fee
(payable in junior year) $400
School Nurse Practicum Fee $400
R.O.T.C. Uniform Deposit
(payable at Bucknell University) $75
Transcript Fee $3*
Placement Retest Fee $25
Single Room Charge. . . . additional charge of
$5 1 8 per semester.
The tuition covers the regular course load
of twelve to sixteen credits each semester
excluding band, choir, theater practica and all
scholars seminars. Resident students must
board at the College unless, for extraordinary
reasons, authorization is extended for other
eating arrangements. If a double room is used
as a single room, there is an additional charge
of $5 1 8 per semester. The estimated cost for
books and supplies is up to $800 per year,
depending on the course of study. Special
session (May Term and Summer Session)
charges for tuition, room, and board are
established during the fall semester.
*$3 for first copy; $1 for each additional copy
request at the same time. No charge for
currently enrolled fitll-time students. No
transcripts will be issued for a student or
alumnus whose financial obligation to the
college has not been satisfied.
Entry Fees and Deposits
Application Fee — All students applying for
admission must submit a $25 application fee.
This charge defrays the cost of processing the
application and is nonrefundable.
Confirmation Deposit — After students have
been notified of their admission to Lycoming, ;
they are required to make a $100 Confirma-
tion Deposit to confirm their intention to
matriculate. Students seeking residence must
submit an additional $100 Room Reservation
Deposit. All deposits are applied to the general
charges for the first semester of attendance.
After May 1 , deposits are nonrefundable.
Contingency Deposit — A one-time deposit
of $ 1 00 is required of all full-time students as
a guarantee for payment of damage to or loss
of College property, for library and parking
fines, or similar penalties imposed by the
College. The balance of this deposit is
refunded after all debts to the College have
been paid, either upon graduation or upon
written request submitted to the Registrar two
weeks prior to voluntary pennanent termina-
tion of enrollment. (See page 26.)
Enrollment Deposit — A non-refundable
enrollment deposit of $100 is required of all
current full and part-time degree-seeking
students each spring in order to pre-register
for the subsequent fall semester courses and/or
to participate in the annual room selection
process. This deposit is applied against the fall
semester bill.
Partial Payments
For the convenience of those who find it
impossible to follow the regular schedule of
payments, arrangements may be made with
the College Bursar for the monthly payment of
College fees through various educational plans.
Additional information may be obtained from
the Treasurer's Office or Admissions Office.
Lycoming College Withdrawal
Refund Policy
The College has adopted for all students
the refund policies prescribed by the U. S.
Department of Education for those receiving
LYCOMING COLLEGE
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
FINANCIAL MATTERS
Federal financial aid. If a student withdraws
from the College on or before the first day of
classes, all money paid by or on behalf of the
student, with the exception of the enrollment
deposit, will be refunded. If the student is a
recipient of financial aid, all financial aid
programs will be refunded as well.
Students wishing to withdraw from the
College during the semester should meet with
the Associate Dean of the College or the
Assistant Dean for Freshmen to ensure that
student financial and academic records are
properly closed. The effective date of calculat-
ing refunds shall be the date the notification of
withdrawal is given to the Dean or the date of
last class attended, whichever is later.
Students withdrawing, or dropping during
their first semester of attendance at Lycoming
will receive a prorated refund for tuition, fees,
room and board, less an administrative fee of
$100 and any unpaid charges, according to the
following schedule:
During Week 1
During Weeks 2 and 3
During Week 4
During Weeks 5 and 6
During Week 7
During Weeks 8 and 9
After 9th Week
All other students will receive a refund of
tuition, fees, room and board, less an admin-
istrative fee of $100, according to the follow-
ing schedule:
Refund Charge
On the First Day of Class 1 00% 0%
Remainder of Week 1 and 2 90% 10%
During Weeks 3 and 4 50% 50%
During Weeks 5 through 8
After 8th Week
Comparative schedules apply to the May and
Summer terms.
Refund
Charge
90%
10%
80%
20%
70%
30%
60%
40%
50%
50%
40%
60%
0%
100%
25%
0%
75%
100%
The U. S. Department of Education
requires that, for any student receiving federal
financial aid, the federal programs be refunded
IN FULL in a prescribed order prior to any
refund being issued to the student. State
Grant programs have varying regulations
concerning refunds, but most will require at
least a partial refund of the State Grant. If the
student has received a Lycoming Grant, a pro-
rated portion of the student's refund also will
be repaid to the Lycoming Grant program.
This will reduce, or in many cases eliminate,
the amount of the refund the student otherwise
would receive. Detailed examples are
available from the Financial Aid Office.
Full-time students who, after reducing their
course loads, continue to be enrolled for 1 2 to
1 6 semester hours are not eligible for a refund
of tuition for an individual course. Students
who register for extra hours in excess of 16
hours per semester and who later reduce their
loads will be refunded the fee charged for
overloads according to the above schedules.
Students who enroll full-time and subse-
quently assume part-time status by reducing
their loads below 1 2 hours, and part-time
students who drop individual courses, will be
refunded according to the above schedules for
the semester hours dropped. The assumption
of part-time status normally involves a
substantial reduction of financial aid since
most financial aid programs do not extend
eligibility to part-time students.
The calculated refund will be reduced by
unpaid charges. Any balance remaining will
be billed to the student. Unpaid student
account balances will be charged interest at
the rate of 1 % per month on the month-end
balance until account is paid in full. Should
legal collection become necessary, all costs of
collection will be added to the balance due.
Non-Payment of Fees Penalty
Students will not be registered for courses in
a new semester if their accounts for previous
attendance have not been settled. Diplomas,
transcripts, and certifications of withdrawals
in good standing are issued only when a satis-
factory settlement of all financial obligations
has been made in the Business Office. Final
grades may also be held in some cases. Unpaid
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FINANCIAL MATTERS
Student accounts will be charged interest at the
rate of 1 % per month on the month-end
balance until accounts are paid in full. Should
legal collection become necessary, all costs of
collection will be added to the balance due.
FINANCIAL AID
NOTE: A more detailed explanation of
Lycoming College financial aid programs,
policies and procedures is contained in the
student consumer's guide available through
the Office of Financial Aid.
Lycoming College is committed to helping
students and families meet college costs. While
some assistance is available to students regard-
less of need (merit scholarships), the primary
purpose of the College's financial aid program
is to help qualified students of limited
financial resources attend Lycoming College.
Scholarships may be awarded on the basis of
merit and/or need, while grants are provided
solely on the basis of financial need. Long-
term educational loans with favorable interest
rates and repayment terms are available, as are
part-time employment opportunities.
It is important to submit financial aid
applications after January 1 st, as appropriate
income information becomes available, but
before April 1 . Although applications may be
filed later, applicants can only receive
consideration for remaining available funds
and normally will not receive full funding of
his or her eligibility.
To be considered for financial aid, students
and families must complete the following
steps for each year the student seeks assistance:
1 . Fully complete and submit the Lycoming
Financial Aid Application (LFAA).
Return the completed application to the
Financial Aid Office.
2. The College may request signed and dated
copies of student and parent(s) Federal
income tax returns (1040, 1040 A, 1040ez,
1040PC, TeleFile), including W-2 forms, be
sent to the Financial Aid Office. The tax
returns required are for the year preceding
the academic year in which the student
seeks assistance.
3. Fully complete and submit the Free Applica-
tion For Federal Student Aid (FAFSA).
Returning students should submit the
Renewal FAFSA.
4. PA residents can apply for state grant
assistance using the FAFSA as well. Non-
PA residents should contact the State Grant
Agency in their home state to see if
additional forms must be filed.
Basic eligibility requirements for all federal
programs are listed on the FAFSA application.
Students are responsible for understanding the
basic eligibility requirements.
Enrollment Status for Financial
Aid Eligibility
Financial aid eligibility is substantially
reduced for students who are charged less than
full-time tuition. Credit is earned for some
courses which are offered at no charge, including
choir, band, theatre practica and all scholar
seminars. Therefore, these credits would not
be counted in the full-time tuition calculation.
For financial aid purposes, a full-time student
is enrolled in 12-16 billable semester hours.
Financial Aid Satisfactory
Progress Policy
To remain eligible for federal, state, and
institutional financial aid, all students must
maintain financial aid satisfactory progress as
defined below. The financial aid satisfactory
progress policy is separate and distinct from
the College's academic progress policy.
Students retain eligibility for financial aid
for ten (10) semesters of full-time study.
However, it is the College's practice to limit
institutional grants/scholarships to eight (8)
semesters of full-time study. Should students
attend beyond eight semesters of full-time
study, they may still be eligible for federal and;
or state aid for the 9th or 1 0th semester.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
FINANCIAL MATTERS
In some instances a student may appeal
academic suspension and be permitted to
continue enrollment even though the student
has fallen behind in credit hours or cumulative
GPA (see Academic Levels and Academic
Standing sections on page 27). A student who
is granted an academic appeal may continue to
receive financial assistance only if the student
meets the minimum qualitative (GPA) and
quantitative (credits completed) requirements
listed below.
of Sem.
Min. Cum. GPA
Min. Cr. Comp
1
1.50
10
2
1.60
20
3
1.70
34
4
2.00
48
5
2.00
61
6
2.00
74
7
2.00
88
8
2.00
102
9
2.00
115
10
2.00
128
Students who fail to successfully complete
the minimum number of credits and/or who fail
to meet the minimum cumulative GPA require-
ment will be placed on financial aid probation.
This allows one additional semester of course
work to bring the academic record up to min-
imum standards. Failure to meet the stated min-
imum after the probation period will result in
a suspension of all (federal, state, and institu-
tional) financial aid until the standards are met.
Financial aid satisfactory progress is mea-
sured annually and cumulatively by the Office
of Financial Aid. Official notification of
probation or suspension is made by the Office
of Financial Aid. Students wishing to appeal
his or her suspension of aid, and who have
legitimate reason for doing so (e.g. illness), must
put their request in writing to the Director of
Financial Aid at least two weeks prior to the
start of the semester for which the exception is
sought. Students placed on Financial Aid Pro-
bation for a period of two (2) consecutive sem-
esters, and who have therefore been granted an
appeal after the first probation semester, are pro-
hibited from future appeals. If the student fails to
attain the minimum standards after the second
semester of probation, eligibility for financial
assistance will be cancelled automatically.
Acceptance of an appeal is only valid for
determining eligibility for financial assistance
and has absolutely no bearing on any determina-
tion made by the Registrar and/or the
Committee on Academic Standards.
College Scholarships & Grants
NOTE: Lycoming Scholarships and Grants are
awarded to eligible students who are full-time
and degree-seeking. Students already possessing
a bachelor's degree are ineligible for scholarships,
grants and institutional loans. Refer to the
student Financial Aid Guide and/or the Financial
Aid Update for a more detailed explanation of
eligibility requirements for all Lycoming programs.
Lycoming Grants may be awarded to students
to help meet their documented financial need.
Renewal requires continued financial need as
determined by Federal Methodology and/ or the
financial aid director. Students should expect
the Grant award to remain constant for each
semester they are enrolled.
Ministerial Grants are awarded to dependent
children of United Methodist ministers and
ordained ministers of other denominations.
This grant amounts to 33% of tuition for
children of United Methodist ministers in the
Central Pennsylvania Conference and 25% of
tuition for all others. Students meeting the
criteria for this grant and any other Lycoming
Scholarship(s) will be awarded the
scholarship(s)/grant that provides the highest
dollar amount; both will not be awarded.
Pre-Ministerial Student Grants of up to 25%
tuition are awarded to students preparing for the
Christian ministry. Students must complete a pre-
ministerial grant application available through
the financial aid office. Students meeting the
criteria for this grant and any other Lycoming
Scholarship(s) will be awarded the scholar-
1999-2(X)0 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FINANCIAL MATTERS
•
ship(s)/grant that provides the highest dollar
amount; both will not be awarded.
Federal Grants
Pell Grants are made available by the federal
government. Eligibility is based upon a
federal formula.
Supplemental Educational Opportunity
Grants may be awarded to students with excep-
tional financial need. Priority must be given
to Pell Grant recipients. Funds are provided by
the federal government. Funds are limited.
State Grants
Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance
Agency (PHEAA) Grants are available for
PA residents meeting domicile and financial
requirements of the program. Eligibility is
determined by PHEAA. These grants are
available for a maximum of 8 semesters. Non-
PA residents should contact the State Grant
Agency in their home state for availability of
funds to students attending out-of-state colleges.
Loan Programs
Federal Subsidized Stafford/Keystone Loan
allows eligible Freshmen to borrow a maximum
of $2,625 annually. Eligible Sophomores may
borrow up to a maximum of $3,500 annually.
Eligible juniors and seniors may borrow up to
a maximum of $5,500 annually. The federal
gov-emment pays the interest while the
student is enrolled on at least a half-time basis.
The student begins to repay the loan (interest
and principal) 6 months after leaving school.
The interest rate for new borrowers is variable
based on the 91 -DAY T-BILL plus 3.1%,
capped at 8.25%. The rate is adjusted every
July 1 . Loan amounts are pro-rated for less
than full-time students. Eligibility is based on
financial need.
Federal Unsubsidized Stafford/Keystone
Loan provides an opportunity for students to
borrow under the Stafford Program who do not
qualify for the maximum amount of subsidized
Stafford loan. Maximum grade level amount
minus subsidized eligibility equals unsub-
sidized eligibility. Interest must be paid by the
borrower on a quarterly basis while enrolled
(check with your lender to see if interest
payments may be deferred). Other aspects of
the loan are similar to those under the
Subsidized program. Independent students
may be eligible for higher loan limits;
contact the Financial Aid Office for more
information.
Federal Perkins Loan (formerly the National
Direct Student Loan) may be offered to
students with exceptional need. Borrowers
must repay the loan, plus 5% per annum
simple interest on the unpaid balance, over a
period beginning nine months after the date
on which the borrower ceases to be enrolled at
least half-time. Funds are limited.
PLUS Loan is a loan parents may take out on
behalf of their dependent student. The
amount a parent may borrow for one year is
equal to the cost of education for one year
minus any fin-ancial aid the student is eligible
for in that year. The interest rate is variable but
is capped at 9%. The interest rate is determined
every July 1 and is equal to the bond equivalent
rate of 52-week T-Bill plus 3.1%. An applica-
tion is available at your bank or other lending
institution.
Employment Opportunities
Federal College Work-Study Program
Awards provide work opportunities on campus
for qualified students. Students receive pay-
checks for work perfonned in the previous pay
period. Based on documented need and awarded
by the Financial Aid Office. Funding is
limited. The student assumes full responsibility
in locat-ing a job. Returning students who wish
to work the following year must have their name
sub mitted to the Financial Aid Office by their
supervisor before the end of the Spring semester.
Students also have the opportunity to seek
work-study employment off-campus in the
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
HNANCIAL MATTERS
•
Community Service program. Interested
students can get additional information in the
Financial Aid Office.
Lycoming Campus Employment Program
is similar to Federal Work-Study except that
students are paid with institutional funds only
and is not based on financial need. A limited
number of jobs are available. Funding is limited.
Presidential Fellowships in Music are
available for selected students. Auditions and
interviews are conducted annually by the
Music department. A tuition stipend of $250
is awarded for each semester the student
serves as a Fellow. Recipients are expected to
fulfill responsibilities assigned each semester
by the Department with the primary responsi-
bility being musical performance. Renewable
upon Departmental recommendation.
Faculty Scholar Fellowships of $ 1 ,500 may
be available to students receiving the $12,500
Faculty Scholar Award. Fellowship recipients
are expected to work approximately 10 to 12
hours per week for the department sponsoring
the fellowship. Renewable upon Departmen-
tal recommendation; students must also
maintain a 3.00 cumulative G.P.A.
Other Job Opportunities are frequently
available with local business firms or persons.
Contact the Career Development Office of the
College for information on these opportunities.
Other Aid Sources
Veterans and Dependents Benefits are
available for qualified veterans and children of
deceased or disabled veterans. Contact the
Veteran's Officer in the Registrar's Office.
Reserved Officers Training Corps (ROTC)
Stipends and Scholarships are available for
qualified students. Contact the Financial Aid
Office for more information.
Tuition Exchange Grants may be available.
Lycoming College is a member of both the
Tuition Exchange Program and the CICU
Tuition Exchange Program. These programs are
for dependent students of employees at partici-
pating institutions of higher education. Students
should contact the Tuition Exchange officer at
their sponsor institution for information regard-
ing sponsorship. Students are expected to apply
for all federal and state grants. If the student
receives a federal or state grant, those amounts
may be applied toward room and board charges
if the student resides in the dorms. If the student
commutes, the grant amount is equal to tuition
less federal and state grants.
United Methodist Scholarships may be
available to full-time degree-seeking appli-
cants who have a cumulative GPA of 3.00 or
better, are active in Christian activities, and who
are active, full members of a United Methodist
church. Demonstrated financial need is also
required. Normally, seven $500 scholarships
are awarded each year. Annual application is
required. Recipients are selected by the
Director of Financial Aid and will be awarded
to the neediest students. The funds are
provided by the United Methodist Church.
Applications are available in the Financial Aid
Office. Renewal requires a cumulative GPA
of at least 3.00.
United Methodist Student Loans are
available on a very limited basis to students
who are members of the United Methodist
Church. The maximum amount which may be
borrowed for an academic year is $1,500
subject to the availability of the funds. Contact
The Board of Higher Education and Ministry,
P.O. Box 871, Nashville, TN 37202 for more
information.
Non-college Aid Opportunities are often
available through family employers or labor
unions, business firms, fraternal and religious
organizations, and secondary schools. Your
parents should contact their employer or
organizations of which they are members for
information on financial aid resources.
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
STUDENT AFFAIRS
•
Student Affairs
The Division of Student Affairs coordi-
nates a variety of programs, services, and
activities designed to enhance students'
personal, social, and educational growth and
development. This is accomplished through a
composite of programs, offices, and staff
including:
• Career Development Center
• Campus Ministry
• Commuter Student Affairs
• Counseling Services
• Greek life
• Health Services
• International student advising
• Intramural sports, recreation,
and leisure time activity
• Judicial affairs
• Residence Life
• Safety and Security
• Student activities and leadership
development
The Student Affairs staff view students as
collaborators in the educational process and,
therefore, expect that students will take
responsibility for managing our educational
community.
Career Development Center
The Career Development Center provides
services which are designed to help students
LYCOMING COLLEGE
identify their abilities and interests, set
realistic goals, and plan academic programs to
meet these goals. Counseling for Lycoming
students begins in the freshman year.
Individual and group counseling focus on
teaching students how they can learn about
different career fields and present themselves
to potential employers in a positive and
effective manner. Helping students make
appropriate and meaningful connections
between college and career is a goal of the
Career Development Center.
Counseling Services
Counseling Services assist students to ensure '
that their college experience is prosperous and
rewarding. Professional, confidential services
are provided free of charge to Lycoming
students. Counseling Services are designed to
facilitate one's self-understanding as well as to
provide support for students' adjustment and
transition to college life. Counseling Services
also provide advocacy to students with learning
differences and conducts outreach programs for
the entire college community.
Health Services
Lycoming College Health Services focuses
on the holistic care of the individual, health
maintenance, and wellness through health
education and prevention of illness. Educa-
tional materials and instructional programs are
available through the Student Health Services.
Routine medical care is provided without
charge on a daily basis Monday-Friday
8:00 a.m. -4:30 p.m. during the fall and spring
semesters. The office is staffed by a full-time
registered nurse with a physician available on a
daily basis.
Health Services' policies reflect the
recommendations of the American College
Health Association (ACHA), the Pennsylvania
Department of Health, and the Centers for
Disease Control (CDC).
^A
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
STUDENT AFFAIRS
Community Service
Community Service is an learning opportu-
nity for students accomplished in conjunction
with various agencies in the Williamsport area
or college departments. This activity allows
students to expand their knoledge relative to
specific individuals and certain communities
including but not limited to their history,
culture, and needs. The outcome of such
service promotes student's personal and social
development as well as giving them an en-
hanced perspective concerning civic
repsonsibility and social justice.
The Community Service Center, located in
Clarke Chapel, coordinates many service
opportunities available to students, faculty, and
staff in the greater Williamsport area. A
number of the community service projects
including Big Brothers/Big Sisters, Habitat for
Humanity, the Literacy Project, a school
tutoring program, Kiwanis Kids Kamp, Adopt-
A-Highway, Bloodmobile, Shephard of the
Streets, and the CROP Walk for World Hunger.
Residence Life
As a residential college, Lycoming offers
students the opportunity to integrate academic
and residential experiences. The Residence
Life Office is committed to providing a living/
learning environment to help each resident
grow as a person and as a student. Lycoming
College requires all students to live in college
housing and participate in the college board
plan each of their four years. Married students,
students residing with their parents within a 40
mile radius, students living with their depen-
dents, and students 23 years or older may
request to be exempted from this policy. Such
requests should be submitted in writing to the
Dean of Student Affairs at least three weeks
prior to the beginning of the semester for
which students are requesting permission to
live off campus.
Residence halls put students at the heart of
College activity — offering greater opportuni-
ties for participation. Through programs,
leadership opportunities, and peer interactions,
residents gain a sense of belonging to the
campus community, acquire new knowledge
and skills, have easy access to College services,
make informed choices, and assume responsi-
bility for themselves and their community.
The residence halls are staffed with upperclass
students who serve as Resident Advisors (RAs)
selected on the basis of leadership skills. RAs
provide information, refer students to campus
and local resources, help enforce College and
community standards, use helping skills for
students in need, and facilitate educational and
social programs. Most importantly, RAs assist
residents in the develop-ment and maintenance
of strong, positive residence hall cormnunities.
The Residence Life Council also encourages
student participation and involvement in such
areas as policy formulation, facility improve-
ment, and general resident concerns. With the
guidance and support of Residence Life staff,
each resident is expected to become involved in
promoting a positive learning environment in
their community.
Several different living options are avail-
able for students in our eight residence halls.
Asbury and Skeath Halls house all freshmen
students in a co-educational environment
encouraging students to develop class identity
and unity. The six upperclass halls offer
opportunities for co-educational housing, an
all female hall, fraternity and sorority chapter
housing, intensive study areas, a substance free
area, and smoking environments. Additional
information is sent to students following their
acceptance by the College.
Athletics
Athletics are an important part of the
Lycoming experience. As a member of the
NCAA. Lycoming sponsors seventeen
intercollegiate sports for both men and women
student-athletes.
Men can choose from football, soccer, cross
country, wrestling, golf, basketball, lacrosse.
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
STUDENT AFFAIRS
•
swimming, tennis, and track and field. Women
can compete in soccer, cross country, lacrosse,
volleyball, basketball, swimming, Softball,
tennis, and track and field.
Lycoming is a member of the Middle
Atlantic Conference, which is a Division III
athletic conference. As a Division III school,
Lycoming does not offer athletic scholarships.
In addition, the College offers a very active
intramural and recreation program that is open
to all students. This program includes, among
others, basketball, softball, water polo, beach
volleyball, and flag football.
Student Programs
The Office of Student Programs offers
assistance and resources for all campus
activities and student organizations. Through
the efforts of the student administered Campus
Activides Board (CAB), extra and co-
curricular programming is offered to the entire
college community. CAB programming is
designed to enhance the overall educational
experience of students through the exposure to
social, cultural, and recreational programs.
Members of the staff in Student Activities also
direct leadership training programs for the
student government, the Interfratemity and
Panhellenic Councils, the International
Student Organization, the Arrow Yearbook,
and all registered student organizations.
Religious Life
The United Campus Ministry, staffed by a
Protestant minister and a Roman Catholic lay
minister, provides a wide range of activities in
support of the spiritual development and
religious life of students. Ecumenical and
inclusive in nature. Campus Ministry at
Lycoming provides worship services, service
projects, social occasions, retreats, study
opportunities, and personal counseling.
The chaplains are an integral part of campus
life and are available to students who may
need support, counsel, or direction.
Safety and Security
The Department of Safety & Security
strives to maintain an environment that is free
of unnecessary hazards and disruptions. This
responsibility includes the enforcement of
Lycoming College rules, regulations, and
policies. Security personnel are scheduled on
an around-the-clock basis. An emergency
telephone line is always monitored. Twenty-
four hour a day telephone extensions are used
to handle general security concerns.
The department solicits the cooperation of
the entire college community in reporting
unsafe conditions and suspicious activity on
the Lycoming College campus.
Other services provided by the department
are: First aid and ambulatory medical tran-
sportation, emergency maintenance referral,
an escort service, guest and parking registra-
fion, and the dissemination of telephone
numbers and general information to the public
when the College switchboard is closed.
Standards of Conduct
Lycoming College is committed to the
creation and maintenance of a living-learning
environment which fosters the intellectual,
personal, social and ethical development of its
students. Respect for the rights of others and
self-discipline are essenfial to the fulfillment
of these goals. Students are expected to
adhere to the policies contained in the Student
Handbook and other College publications.
These policies, rules and regulations are part
of the contractual agreement students enter
into when they register at Lycoming College.
Students who demonstrate an unwilling-
ness to abide by these policies will be subject
to disciplinary action which may include
suspension or expulsion from the College.
Students are encouraged to review the Student
Handbook and Residence Hall Agreement in
order to familiarize themselves with the
policies governing student conduct.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS
Academic Policies
And Regulations
Students are expected to familiarize
themselves with the academic policies
contained in this Catalog. Failure to do so
does not excuse students from the require-
ments and regulations described herein.
THE UNIT
COURSE SYSTEM
Instruction at Lycoming College is orga-
nized, with few exceptions, on a departmental
basis. Most courses are unit courses, meaning
that each course taken is considered to be
equivalent to four semester hours of credit.
Exceptions occur in applied music and theatre
practicum courses, which are offered for either
one-half or one semester hour of credit, and in
departments that have elected to offer certain
courses for the equivalent of one, two or three
semester hours of credit. Furthermore,
independent studies and internships carrying
two semester hours of credit may be designed.
The normal student course load is four unit
courses (16 semester hours) during the fall and
spring semesters. Students who elect to attend
the special sessions may enroll in one unit
course (four semester hours) during the May
term and one or two unit courses (four - eight
semester hours) in each of the summer terms.
A student is considered full time when enrolled
for a minimum of three unit courses, or the
equivalent, during the fall or spring semesters,
one unit course, or the equivalent, for the May
term, and two unit courses for each of the
summer terms.
Students may enroll in five unit courses (20
semester hours) during the fall and spring
semesters if they are Lycoming scholars or were
admitted to the Dean's List at the end of the
previous semester. Exceptions may be granted
by the Dean of the College. Overloads are not
permitted during the May and summer terms.
alternative
credit sources
Transfer Credit
Matriculated students who wish to study at
other campuses must obtain prior written
approval to do so from their advisor, the chair of
the department in which the credit will be
awarded, and the Lycoming College Registrar.
Course work counting toward a major or minor
must also be approved in advance by the chair-
person of the department in which the major or
minor is offered. Once a course is approved, the
credit and grades for the course will be trans-
ferred to Lycoming and calculated in the
student's grade point average as if the courses
were taken here. This means that "D" and "F"
grades will be transferred as well as all other
grades. Students are expected to complete their
last eight unit courses (32 semester hours), and
16 semester hours in their major at Lycoming.
Requests for waivers of this regulation must be
sent to the Committee on Academic Standards.
Final determination of transfer credit will be made
by the Registrar based on official transcripts only.
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^M
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS
Credit By Examination
Students may earn credit or advanced
placement through the standardized examina-
tions Hsted below. A maximum of 50 percent
of the course requirements for the Baccalaure-
ate degree may be earned through these exam-
inations. The appropriate academic department
will determine which tests they will accept
and the course equivalencies. A list of
approved examinations is available in the
Office of the Registrar. Although these exam-
inations may be taken after matriculation, new
students who are competent in a given area are
encouraged to take the examination of their
choice before entering Lycoming so that the
college will have the test scores available for
registration advising for the first semester of
enrollment. Students applying to the college
for the first time should inform the Admis-
sions Office that they have completed these
tests and provide the official scores as part of
their application packet. Continuing students
must send official test scores to the Office of
the Registrar and inform their academic
advisors when examinations have been taken.
The College Entrance Examination Board
Advanced Placement (CEEB AP) - A score
of three or above is required for credit or
advanced placement.
The International Baccalaureate - Students
who have completed the full diploma and
have scores of five or above will be granted
32 credit hours, specific courses will be based
on the examinations taken. Students who
have completed the certificate will be granted
credit based on the examinations taken.
Subsidiary examinations will not be considered.
The American College Testing Proficiency
Examination Program (ACT PEP) - A score
equivalent to a grade of "B" or above is required.
College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) - A score at the 75th percentile or
above on the General Examinations and a
score equivalent to a grade of "B" or above on
the Subject Examinations is required.
Defense Activity for Non-Traditional
Education Support (D ANTES) - A score
equivalent to a grade of "B" or above is required.
STUDENT RECORDS
The policy regarding student educational
records is designed to protect the privacy of
students against unwarranted intrusions and is
consistent with Section 43B of the General
Education Provision Act (commonly known as
the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act
of 1974, as amended). The details of the College
policy on student records and the procedures
for gaining access to student records are
contained in the current issue of the Student
Handbook, which is available in the library and
the Office of the Dean of Student Affairs.
REGISTRATION
During the registration period, students select
their courses for the next semester and register
their course selections in the Office of the
Registrar. Course selection is made in consult-
ation with the student's faculty advisor in order
to insure that the course schedule is consistent
with College requirements and student goals.
After the registration period, any change in the
student's course schedule must be approved by
both the faculty advisor and Office of the
Registrar. Students may not receive credit for
courses in which they are not formally registered.
During the first five days of classes, students
may drop any course without any record of
such enrollment appearing on their pemianent
record, and they may add any course that is
not closed. The permanent record will reflect
the student's registration as of the conclusion
of the drop/add period. Students wishing to
withdraw from a course between the fifth day
and the 9th week of classes must secure a
withdrawal form from the Office of the
Registrar. Withdrawal grades are not
computed in the grade point average. Students
LYCOMING COLLEGE
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS
may not withdraw from courses after the 9th
week of a semester and the compaiable period
during the May and summer terms. Students
who stop attending a course (or courses) but
do not withdraw will receive a grade(s) of "F."
In zero semester hour and two semester hour
(1/2 unit) courses meeting only during the last
half of any semester, students may drop/add for
a period of five days, effective with the mid-
term date shown on the academic calendar.
Withdrawal from zero-credit and half-semester
courses with a withdrawal grade may occur
within 4 1/2 weeks of the beginning of the
course. It is understood that the period of time
at the beginning of the semester will be
identical, for example, a period of five days as
indicated above.
Cross Registration
A special opportunity exists in the
Williamsport area for students to take courses
at the Pennsylvania College of Technology.
Students may enroll for less than a full-time
course load at Penn College while remaining
enrolled in courses at Lycoming.
NON-DEGREE STUDENTS
Students who do not wish to pursue a degree at
Lycoming College may, if space permits, register
for credit or audit courses on either a part-time
or full-time basis. Students who register for
less than 1 2 semester hours aie considered to be
enrolled part-time; students who register for 1 2 or
more semester hours are considered to be
enrolled full-time.
Anyone wishing to register as a non-degree
student must fill out an application fonn in the
Admissions Office, pay a one-time application
fee and pay the tuition rate in effect at the time
of each enrollment. After a non-degree student
lias attempted four unit courses (16 semester
hours), the student must either matriculate or
obtain pennission from the Dean of the College
to continue study on a non-degree basis.
All non-degree students are subject to the
general laws and regulations of the College as
stated in the College Catalog and the Student
Handbook. The College reserves the right to
deny permission to register individuals who do
not meet the standards of the College.
Students who wish to change from a non-
degree to a degree status must apply for
admission as a degree candidate and satisfy all
conditions for admission and registration in
effect at that time.
AUDITORS
Any person may audit courses at Lycoming
at one-fourth tuition per course. Members of
the Lycoming College Scholar Program may
audit a fifth unit course per semester at no
additional charge. Laboratory and other special
fees must be paid in full. Examinations, papers,
and other evaluation devices are not required of
auditors, but individual arrangements may be
made to complete such exercises with consent of
the instructor. The option to audit a course
must be declared by the end of the drop/add
period. Forms are available in the Registrar's
Office.
ATTENDANCE
The academic program at Lycoming is based
upon the assumption that there is value in class
attendance for all students. Individual instruc-
tors have the prerogative of establishing
reasonable absence reguladons in any course.
The student is responsible for learning and
observing these regulations.
WITHDRAWAL FROM
THE COLLEGE
A student who wishes to withdraw from the
College during the semester should contact the
Office of the Associate Dean of the College or
the Assistant Dean for Freshmen. College
personnel will explain the procedure to ensure
that the student's financial and academic
records are properly closed.
A student who decides to discontinue study
at the College as of the conclusion of the
1999-2()(XJ ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS
current semester must provide the Registrar
with written notification of such plans in order
to receive a refund of the contingency deposit.
See page 14 for details.
GRADING SYSTEM
The evaluation of student performance in
courses is indicated by the use of traditional
letter symbols. These symbols and their
definitions are as follows:
A EXCELLENT - Signifies superior achieve-
ment through mastery of content or skills and
demonstration of creative and independent
thinking.
B GOOD - Signifies better-than-average
achievement wherein the student reveals
insight and understanding.
C SATISFACTORY - Signifies satisfactory
achievement wherein the student's work has
been of average quality and quantity. The
student has demonstrated basic competence in
the subject area and may enroll in additional
course work.
D PASSING - Signifies unsatisfactory
achievement wherein the student met only the
minimum requirements for passing the course
and should not continue in the subject area
without departmental advice.
F FAILING — Signifies that the student has
not met the minimum requirements for
passing the course.
I INCOMPLETE WORK — Assigned in
accordance with the restrictions of established
academic policy.
R A REPEATED COURSE — Students shall
have the option of repeating courses for which
they already have received a passing grade in
addition to those which they have failed. Credit
is received only once for the course. The most
recent course grade will count toward the GPA
P PASSING WORK, NO GRADE
ASSIGNED — Converted from traditional
grade of A through D-.
Quality Points
Earned for Each
Grade
Semester Hour
A
4.00
A-
3.67
B+
3.33
B
3.00
B-
2.67
C+
2.33
C
2.00
C-
1.67
D+
1.33
D
1.00
D-
0.67
F
0.00
X AUDIT — Work as an auditor for which
no credit is earned.
W WITHDRAWAL — Signifies withdrawal
from the course from the sixth day through the
ninth week of the semester.
Pluses and
minuses may be
awarded (except
for A-I-, F-I-, or F- )
at the discretion
of the instructor.
The cumula-
tive grade point
average (GPA) is
calculated by
multiplying quality
points by credits
and dividing the
total quality
points by the total
credits. A quality
point is the unit of measurement of the quality
of work done by the student. The cumulative
GPA is not determined by averaging semester
GPA's.
The grade point average for the major is
calculated in the same way as the cumulative
grade point average. A minimum of 2.00 is
required for the cumulative grade point
average in the major to meet the requirements
for graduation.
Pass/Fail
Use of the pass/fail grading option is
limited as follows (this does not apply to
ENGL 105):
• Students may enroll on a P/F basis in no
more that one unit course per semester and in
no more than four unit courses during their
undergraduate careers.
• P/F courses completed after declaration of a
major may not be used to satisfy a require-
ment of that major, including courses required
by the major department which are offered
by other departments. (Instructor-designated
courses are excepted from this limitation.)
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS
• Courses for which a grade of P is recorded
may not be used toward fulfil huent of any
distribution or "W" course requirement.
• Students may not enroll in ENGL 106 on a
P/F basis.
• A course selected on a P/F basis from which
a student subsequently withdraws will not
count toward the four-course limit.
• Instructor-designated courses may be
offered during the May term with the
approval of the Dean of the College. Such
courses are not counted toward the four-
course limit.
• P grades are not computed in the grade
point average.
• Students electing the P/F option may designate
a minimum acceptance letter grade from A to
B-. If the student earns the designated grade
or better, the grade will be recorded in the
permanent record and computed in the grade
point average. If a student selects P/F (with
no designated minimum acceptance grade)
and earns a grade of A to D-, a P will be
recorded in the permanent record but not
computed in the grade point average. In all
cases, if a student earns a grade of F, this
grade will be recorded in the permanent
record and computed in the student's grade
point average.
• Students must declare the P/F option before
the drop/add deadline.
• Instructors are not notified which of their
students are enrolled on an P/F basis.
• Students electing the P/F option are
expected to perform the same work as those
enrolled on a regular basis.
Incomplete Grades
incomplete grades may be given if, for
absolutely unavoidable reasons (usually
medical in nature), the student has not been
able to complete the work required in the
course. An incomplete grade must be
removed within six weeks of the next regular
semester, otherwise the incomplete is converted
to an "F."
Repetition of Course
Students shall have the option of repeating
courses for which they already have received a
passing grade in addition to those which they
have failed. Recording of grades for all
repeated courses shall be governed by the
following conditions:
• A course may be repeated only one time.
Both attempts will be recorded on the
student's transcript.
• Credit for the course will be given only once.
• The most recent grade will count toward the
GPA with this exception: A "W" grade
cannot replace another grade.
ACADEMIC LEVELS
The following table is used to determine the
academic grade level of degree candidates.
See page 17 for related Financial Aid
information.
Year Semester Number of Semester
Hours Earned
Freshman 1 Fewer than 1 2
2 At least 12 but fewer than 24
Sophomore 1 At least 24 but fewer than 40
2 At least 40 but fewer than 56
Junior 1 At least 56 but fewer than 76
2 At least 76 but fewer than 96
Senior 1 At least 96 but fewer than 1 1 2
2 More than 1 1 2
ACADEMIC STANDING
Good Academic Standing
Students will be considered in good academic
standing if they meet the following standard:
Minimum
Semester Hours Completed Cumulative GPA
fewer than or equal to 16 1 .70
more than 16, fewer than or equal to 32 1.80
more than 32, fewer than or equal to 48 1 .90
more than 48 2.00
Probation
Students who do not meet the standards for
good academic standing at the end of one
semester will be placed on academic probation.
19W-2()()() ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS
Students on academic probation are required
to pass ARC 100, Success Skills Workshop,
if they have not already done so, and are
encouraged to attend programs developed by
the Freshman and Sophomore deans.
Suspension
Students will be subject to suspension from
the College when:
• their cumulative grade point average is
below good standing for any two
semesters, or
• they earn a grade point average of 1 .00 or
under in any one semester.
The period of suspension will be for a
minimum of one full semester, not including
May term or the summer sessions.
• After this time students may apply for
readmission to the College. The decision
for readmission will be made by the
Committee on Academic Standards.
Readmission is not guaranteed.
• Students readmitted after suspension will
be on academic probation.
• Students readmitted after suspension who
fail to meet the required standards may be
dismissed.
• Students may request permission to take
courses at another institution. Courses not
receiving prior approval and with grades
below a "C" will not be accepted for
transfer.
Dismissal
Students will be subject to dismissal from the
College when:
• they exceed 24 semester hours of unsuc-
cessful course attempts (grades of F and
W) except in the case of withdrawal for
documented medical or psychological
reasons, or
• they cannot reasonably complete all
requirements for a degree.
The standard length of dismissal will be for a
period of two years.
• After this time students may apply for
readmission to the College. The decision
LYCOMING COLLEGE
for readmission will be made by the
Committee on Academic Standards.
Readmission is not guaranteed.
• Students readmitted after dismissal will be
on academic probation.
• Students may request permission to take
courses at another institution. Courses not
receiving prior approval and with grades
below a "C" will not be accepted for
transfer.
Probation, suspension, and dismissal become
effective at the end of the semester in which
the student fails to meet the academic stan-
dards listed above. The student will be
notified of such action via U.S. mail. Receipt
of such notice is not a prerequisite to the
student's being placed on probation, suspen-
sion, or dismissal.
ACADEMIC HONESTY
The integrity of the academic process of
the College requires honesty in all phases of
the instructional program. The College
assumes that students are committed to the
principle of academic honesty. Students who
fail to honor this commitment are subject to
dismissal. Procedural guidelines and rules for
the adjudication of cases of academic dishon-
esty are printed in The Faculty Handbook and
The Pathfinder (the student academic hand-
book), copies of which are available in the
library.
ACADEMIC HONORS
Dean's List
Students are admitted to the Dean's List at
the end of the fall and spring semesters if they
meet all of the following conditions:
• complete at least 1 2 semester hours for the
semester
• earn a minimum grade point average of 3.50
for the semester
• do not incur grades of F
• do not incur grades of P (except in those
courses graded only as P/F)
0
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS • THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
• do not repeat any courses (except those
which may be repeated for credit)
Graduation Honors
Students are awarded the Bachelor of Arts
degree, the Bachelor of Science degree, or the
Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree with
honors when they have earned the following
grade point averages based on all courses
attempted at Lycoming, with a minimum of
64 semester hours (16 units) required for a
student to be eligible for honors:
summa cum laiide exactly 3.90-4.00
magna cum laude exactly 3.50-3.89
cum laude exactly 3.25-3.49
Academic Honor Awards, Prizes, and
Societies - Superior academic achievement is
recognized through the conferring of awards
and prizes at the annual Honors Convocation
and Commencement and through election to
membership in honor societies.
SOCIETIES
Biology Beta Beta Beta
Economics Omicron Delta Epsilon
Education Kappa Delta Pi
English Sigma Tau Delta
Foreign Language Phi Sigma Iota
General Academic Phi Kappa Phi
History Phi Alpha Theta
Nursing Sigma Theta Tau
Philosophy Phi Sigma Tau
Physics Sigma Pi Sigma
Political Science Pi Sigma Alpha
Psychology Psi Chi
Social Science Pi Gamma Mu
Theatre Alpha Psi Omega
See page 160 for a complete list of Endowed
Awards and Annual Prizes.
The Academic
Program
Lycoming College awards three different
degrees: Bachelor of Arts (B.A.), Bachelor of
Science (B.S.) and Bachelor of Science in
Nursing (B.S.N.). For students wishing to do
so, multiple degrees are possible. Candidates
for multiple degrees must satisfy all require-
ments for each degree and earn a minimum of
40 units (160 semester hours). Students who
have completed fewer than 40 units but more
than 32 units (128 semester hours), and who
have completed all other requirements for two
baccalaureate degrees from Lycoming College
will receive only one baccalaureate degree.
They must choose the degree to be conferred.
Completed majors will be posted to the
transcript.
Freshmen entering the College during the
1999-2000 academic year are subject to the
requirements which appear on the following
pages. Continuing students are subject to the
Catalog in effect at the time of their entry
unless they elect to complete the current
curriculum. Students who transfer to the
College with advanced standing will be
subject to the requirements imposed upon
other students at the College who have
attained the same academic level.
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^»
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
-•I
Students already possessing a baccalaure-
ate degree who are returning for a second
degree will be reviewed on an individiual
basis by the Registrar and major department.
Post-baccalaureate students will be subject to
the current catalog, must complete all major
requirements and related prerequisites, and
may be required to complete the distribution
requirements. This does not apply to non-
degree students in certificate-only programs.
Students must complete the final 32
semester hours of the degree program at
Lycoming College. At least 16 semester
hours in the major program must be taken at
Lycoming.
If a student interrupts his or her education
but returns to the College after no more than
one academic year has passed, he/she will
retain the same requirements in effect at the
initial date of entrance. A student who
withdraws from the College for more than one
year will, upon return, be required to complete
the requirements currently imposed upon other
students of the same academic level.
Lycoming College certifies three official
graduation dates per calendar year: the May
commencement date for those students who
complete their degree requirements between
January 1 and the conclusion of the Spring
semester; September 1 5 for those students who
finish after the conclusion of the Spring
semester and by September 1 ; and January 1
for those students who finish between
September 1 and the conclusion of the Fall
semester.
Lycoming's Commencement ceremony
occurs in May. Students will be permitted to
participate in the ceremony when (a) they
have finished all degree requirements as of the
preceeding January 1 , have finished all degree
requirements as of the May date, or have
a plan approved by the Registrar for finishing
by September 1 of the same calendar year ;
and (b) they are in good academic standing at
the conclusion of their last semester prior to
the ceremony.
Exceptions to or waivers of any requirements
and/or policies listed in this Catalog must be
made by the Committee on Academic Standards.
THE BACHELOR OF
ARTS DEGREE
Lycoming College is committed to the
principle that a liberal arts education is the
ideal foundation for an informed and produc-
tive life. The liberal arts - including the fine
arts, the humanities, mathematics, the natural
and social sciences - have created the social,
political, economic and intellectual systems
which help define contemporary existence.
Therefore, it is essential that students grasp the
modes of inquiry and knowledge associated
with these disciplines.
Consequently, the Bachelor of Arts degree
is conferred upon the student who has completed
an educational program incorporating the two
principles of the liberal arts known as distribu-
tion and concentration. The objective of the
distribution principle is to insure that the
student achieves breadth in learning through
the study of the major dimensions of human
inquiry: the humanities, the social sciences,
and the natural sciences. The objective of the
concentration principle is to provide depth of
learning through completion of a program of
study in a given discipline or subject area !
known as the major. The effect of both
principles is to impart knowledge, inspire
inquiry, and encourage creative thought.
Requirements For Graduation
Every B.A. degree candidate is expected to
meet the following requirements in order to
qualify for graduation:
• Complete the distribution program.
• Complete the Writing Across the
Curriculum Program requirements.
• Eam one year of credit in Physical Activities,
Wellness, and Community Service.
Athletic training courses or Military Science
01 1, 021, 031, or 041 may satisfy this
requirement.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^A
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
» Complete a major consisting of at least eight
unit courses (32 semester hours). Students
must pass every course required for the
major and have a minimum major grade
point average of 2.00.
• Pass a minimum of 32 units (128 semester
hours) with a minimum cumulative grade
point average of 2.00. Additional credits
beyond 1 28 semester hours may be completed
provided that the minimum 2.00 cumulative
average is maintained.
> Complete in residence the final eight courses
(32 semester hours) offered for the degree at
Lycoming.
' Satisfy all financial obligations incurred at
the College.
rHE BACHELOR OF
SCIENCE DEGREE
The Bachelor of Science degree is available
o students majoring in Biology, Chemistry, or
Computer Science. Students may elect either
he B.A. or the B.S. degree in these majors,
rhe B.S. degree is appropriate for students
)lanning further education in a graduate or
)rofessional school.
Requirements For Graduation
Every B.S. degree candidate is expected to
neet the following requirements in order to
jualify for graduation:
Complete the B.S. major in either Biology,
Chemistry, or Computer Science as
described on page 67, 79 and 1 12 respec-
tively. Students must pass every course
required for the major and have a minimum
major grade point average of 2.00.
' Complete the distribution program.
' Complete the Writing Across the Curriculum
Program requirements.
' Earn one year of credit in Physical Activities,
Wellness, and Community Service. Athletic
Training courses or Military Science 01 1,
021, 031 or 041 may satisfy this requirement.
• Pass a minimum of 32 units (128 semester
hours) with a minimum grade point average of
2.00. Additional credits beyond 1 28 semester
hours may be completed provided that the min-
imum 2.00 cumulative average is maintained.
• Complete in residence the final eight courses
(32 semester hours) offered for the degree at
Lycoming.
• Satisfy all financial obligations incurred at
the College.
THE BACHELOR OF
SCIENCE IN NURSING
DEGREE
The program of study leading to the Bachelor
of Science in Nursing degree is designed to
prepare men and women as beginning practitio-
ners of professional nursing, qualified for first-
level positions in a variety of health settings and
for graduate study in nursing. Upon satisfactory
completion of the program, a graduate is eligible
to write the State Board of Nursing examination
for licensure as a registered nurse. The goal of
the program is to develop a liberally-educated
and self-directed individual who is prepared to
contribute to the welfare of the nation through
the practice of professional nursing, which
supports the promotion and restoration of the
health of individuals and families in a variety of
settings.
Requirements For Graduation
Every B.S.N, degree candidate is expected
to meet the following requirements in order to
qualify for graduation:
• Complete the Nursing major as described on
page 125. Students must pass every course
required for the major and have a minimum
major grade point average of 2.00.
• Complete the distribution program.
• Complete the Writing Across the Curriculum
Program requirements.
• Pass a minimum of 32 units (128 semester
hours) with a minimum cumulative average
of 2.00.
999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
• Earn one year of credit in Physical Activi-
ties, Wellness and Community Service.
Athletic training or Military Science Oil,
02 1 , 03 1 or 04 1 may satisfy this requirement.
• Complete in residence the final eight
courses (32 semester hours) offered for the
degree at Lycoming.
• Satisfy all financial obligations incurred at
the College.
THE DISTRIBUTION
PROGRAM
The Distribution Program for
the B.A., B.S., and B.S.N.
Degrees
A course can be used to satisfy only one
distribution requirement (except in the Cultural
Diversity area). Courses for which a grade of
"P" is recorded may not be used toward the
fulfillment of the distribution requirements.
(Refer to page 26 for an explanation of the
grading system.) No more than two courses
used to satisfy the distribution requirements
may be selected from the same department,
except for ENGL 105 and 106 or 107 and
Foreign Language Courses numbered
below 222.
A course in any of the following distribu-
tion requirements refers to a full-unit course
(four semester hours) taken at Lycoming, any
appropriate combination of fractional unit
courses taken at Lycoming which accumulate
to four semester hours, any appropriate course
which is taken by cross-registration, any
appropriate course which is part of an approved
off-campus program (such as those listed in
the catalog sections titled COOPERATIVE
PROGRAMS, SPECIAL ACADEMIC
OPPORTUNITIES, and STUDY ABROAD
PROGRAMS) or any approved course
transferred from another institution.
Special distribution requirements which
apply to students in the Lycoming Scholar
Program appear on page 40. For information
regarding CLEP and AP credit see page 24.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
A. English - Students are required to pass
ENGL 105, unless exempted on the basis of
the college's placement examination, and
ENGL 106 or 107. ENGL 105 and ENGL
106 or 107 must be taken during the freshman
year unless the student does not successfully
complete ENGL 105 during the first semester.
B. Fine Arts - Students are required to pass
two courses (or the equivalent) from Art,
Creative Writing, Literature, Music, and/or
THEA 100, 1 12, 1 14, 148, 332, 333, 335.
C. Foreign Language - Students are required
to pass a course in French, German, Greek,
Hebrew, or Spanish numbered 101, unless
exempted on the basis of placement, and a
course numbered above lOI in the same
language. Placement at the appropriate course
level will be determined by the faculty of the
Department of Foreign Languages and
Literatures. Students who have completed
two or more years of a given language in high
school are not admitted for credit to the
elementary course in the same foreign
language except by written permission of the
chair of the department.
D. Humanities - Students are required to pass
four courses from History, Literature, includ-
ing THEA 333 and 335, Philosophy, and/or
Religion. At least one course must be suc-
cessfully completed in 3 of the 4 disciplines.
E. Mathematics - Students are required to
demonstrate competence in basic algebra and
to pass one course selected from CPTR 108,
MATH 103, 106, 109, 112, 116, 128, 129, 13(
or 214. Competence in basic algebra may be
demonstrated by passing the basic algebra
section of the Mathematics Placement Examina
tion, or successfully completing MATH 100.
The Mathematics Placement Examination
may be scheduled a maximum of three times,
only one of which may be after matriculation.
A retest fee of $25 will be charged for each
private test administration.
F. Natural Sciences - Students are required to pas!
^»
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALQ
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
two laboratory courses chosen from Astronomy/
Physics, Biology, and/or Chemisty.
G. Social Sciences - Students are required to
pass two courses from Economics, Political
Science, Psychology and/or Sociology-
Anthropology.
H. Cultural Diversity - Students are required
to pass one designated course which intro-
duces students to Cultural Diversity which are
distinct from the predominant Anglo-Ameri-
can culture. The course selected to fulfill this
requirement may also be used to satisfy one of
the other general education requirements in
the liberal arts. Students also may fulfill the
cultural diversity requirement by successfully
completing at least one full-time semester (12
semester hours) in a college-accepted study
abroad program.
The following courses have been approved
to be offered as cultural diversity courses and
will be offered as such. Students must check
semester class schedules to determine which
courses are offered as "D" (cultural diversity)
courses for that semester
ART ART 222, 339
BUSINESS BUS 241, 244, 319
ENGLISH ENGL 334
FRENCH FRN 228
GERMAN GERM 22 1 , 222
HISTORY HIST 120, 140,
230,240,310
MUSIC MUS 116, 128,234
POLITICAL SCIENCE PSCI 221, 326, 340
PSYCHOLOGY PSY 341
RELIGION RELllO, 224,
225, 226, 228
SOCIOLOGY- SOC 229, 33 1 , 334,
ANTHROPOLOGY 335, 336 337, 338
SPANISH SPAN 221, 222,
311
THEATRE THEA 114,212,
332,333,335,410
WOMEN'S STUDIES WMST 320
Writing Across The
Curriculum Program
I. Purpose
The Lycoming College Writing Across the
Curriculum Program has been developed in
response to the conviction that writing skills
promote intellectual growth and are a hallmark
of the educated person. The program has
therefore been designed to achieve two major,
interrelated objectives:
1 ) to enhance student learning in general
and subject mastery in particular, and
2) to develop students' abilities to commu-
nicate clearly. In this program, students
are given opportunities to write in a
variety of contexts and in a substantial
number of courses, in which they receive
faculty guidance and reinforcement.
II. Program Requirements
Students must successfully complete the
following writing requirements:
1) ENGL 105 or exemption from the course.
2) ENGL 106 (Composition) or ENGL
107 (Honors Composition).
3) A writing component in all distribution
courses completed at Lycoming.
4) Three courses designated as writing-
intensive, or "W" courses.
• Successful completion of ENGL 106
or 1 07 is a prerequisite for enrollment
in writing-intensive courses.
• All courses designated "W" are
numbered 200 or above.
• One of the student's "W" courses must
be in his/her major (or one of the
majors) or with departmental approval
from a related department. Not all
three can be from the same major.
III. Approved Writing Intensive Courses
The following courses have been approved
to be offered as writing intensive courses and
may be offered as such. Students must check
semester class schedules to determine which
courses are offered as "W" courses for that
semester.
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^»
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
ACCOUNTING
AMERICAN STUDIES
ART
ASTRONOMY
BIOLOGY
BUSINESS
CHEMISTRY
COMMUNICATION
COMPUTER SCIENCE
CRIMINAL JUSTICE
ECONOMICS
EDUCATION
ENGLISH
FRENCH
GERMAN
HISTORY
INTERNATIONAL
STUDIES
MATHEMATICS
MUSIC
NEAR EAST CULTURE
NURSING
PHILOSOPHY
PHYSICS
POLITICAL SCIENCE
PSYCHOLOGY
RELIGION
SOCIOLOGY-
ANTHROPOLOGY
SPANISH
THEATRE
ACCT 223,
224, 442
HIST 443
ART 222, 223, 331,
333, 334, 336, 339
ASTR 230
BIO 222, 224
BUS 244, 441
CHEM331,332
COMM211,326
CPTR 246, 247,
346
HIST 230, 443,
PHIL 218
ECON 337, 440
EDUC 343, 344
ENGL 225, 311,
331,334,335,
336, 420
FRN 402, 441
GERM 431, 441
HIST 218, 230,
332, 443, 449
INST 449
MATH 234
MUS 336
ART 222
NURS221,435
PHIL 216, 217,
218,219,301,332,
333, 334, 335
PHYS 338, 447
PSCI 223, 244,
334, 400
PSY 225, 431, 432
REL 230, 331,337
SOC 229, 441
SPAN 325,418,
424
THEA 212, 332,
333
Physical Activities, Wellness, and
Community Service Program
L Purpose
This program is designed to promote
students' physical welfare, health awareness,
and to encourage a sense of civic responsibility.
II. Program Requirements
Students must pass any combination of two
semesters of course work selected from the
following:
1 . Designated physical activities courses.
2. Designated varsity athletics.
3. Designated wellness courses.
4. Designated community service projects.
CONCENTRATION
The Major
Students are required to complete a series of
courses in one departmental or interdisciplinary
(estabhshed or individual) major. Specific
course requirements for each major offered by
the College are listed in the curriculum section
of this catalog. Students must earn a 2.00 or
higher grade point average in the major.
Students must declare a major by the begin-
ning of their junior year. Departmental and
established interdisciplinary majors are
declared in the Office of the Registrar,
whereas individual interdisciplinary majors
must be approved by the Committee on
Curriculum Development. Students may
complete more than one major, each of which
will be recorded on the transcript. Students
may be removed from major status if they are
not making satisfactory progress in their
major. This action is taken by the Dean of the
College upon the recommendation of the
department, coordinating committee (for
established interdisciplinary majors), or
Curriculum Development Committee (for
individual interdisciplinary majors). The
decision of the Dean of the College may be
appealed to the Committee on Academic
Standards by the student involved or by the
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
recommending department or committee.
Students pursuing majors in two different
degrees are subject to the policy for dual
degrees on page 29.
Departmental Majors — The following
Departmental majors are available:
Accounting
Art History
Art Studio
Astronomy
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communication
Computer Science
Economics
English
French
German
History
Mathematics
Music
Nursing
Philosophy
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Sociology- Anthropology
Spanish
Theatre
Established Interdisciplinary Majors —
The following established interdisciplinary
majors include course work in two or more
departments:
Accounting-Mathematical Sciences
Actuarial Mathematics
American Studies
Criminal Justice
International Studies
Literature
Near East Culture and Archaeology
Individual Interdisciplinary Majors —
Students may design majors which are unique
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
to their needs and objectives and which combine
course work in more than one department.
These majors are developed in consultation
with students' faculty advisors and with a panel
of faculty members from each of the sponsor-
ing departments. The applications are acted
upon by the Curriculum Development Commit-
tee. The major normally consists of 10 courses
beyond those taken to satisfy the distribution
requirements. Students are expected to complete
at least six courses at the junior or senior level.
Examples of individual interdisciplinary majors
are: Legal Studies, Western History and
Archaeology, Women and the Legal System,
and Religion and Marketing.
The Minor
The College awards two kinds of minors,
departmental and interdisciplinary, in recog-
nition of concentrated course work in an area
other than the student's major. All minors are
subject to the following limitations:
• A minor must include at least two courses
which are not counted in the student's major.
• A student may receive at most two minors.
• Students with two majors may receive only
one minor; students with three majors may
not receive a minor.
• Students may not receive a minor in their
major discipline unless their major disci-
pline is Art and the minor is Art History or
their major is Biology and the minor is
Environmental Science. (A discipline is any
course of study in which a student can
major. Tracks within majors are not separate
disciplines.)
• A student may not receive a minor unless
his/her average in the courses which count
for his/her minor is a minimum of 2.00.
• Courses taken P/F may not be counted
toward a minor.
Students must declare their intention to
minor by signing a form available in the
Registrar's Office, obtaining required faculty
signatures, and returning the completed form to
the Office of the Registrar.
^R
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
When students complete a minor, the title
will be indicated on their official transcript.
Students must meet the requirements for the
minor which are in effect at the time they
declare a minor or which are in effect subse-
quent to that time before they graduate.
Departmental Minors — Requirements for a
departmental minor vary from department to
department. Students interested in pursuing a
departmental minor should consult that
department for its policy regarding minors.
Departmental minors are available in the
following areas:
ACCOUNTING
ART
Art History
Commercial Design
Painting
Photography
Sculpture
ASTRONOMY
BIOLOGY
Biology
Environmental Science
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Marketing
Finance
General Management
CHEMISTRY
COMMUNICATION
ECONOMICS
ENGLISH
Literature
Writing
FOREIGN LANGUAGES
AND LITERATURES
French
German
Spanish
HISTORY
American History
European History
History
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
Computer Science
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Mathematics
PHILOSOPHY
Philosophy
Philosophy and Law
Philosophy and Science
PHYSICS
POLITICAL SCIENCE
Political Science
World Politics
Legal Studies
PSYCHOLOGY
RELIGION
SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY
THEATRE
Theatre History and Literature
Performance
Technical Theatre
Interdisciplinary Minors — Interdisciplinary
minors include course work in two or more
departments. Students interested in interdisci-
plinary minors should consult the faculty
coordinator of that minor. Interdisciplinary
minors are available in the following areas:
BIBLICAL LANGUAGES, CRIMINAL
JUSTICE, and WOMEN'S STUDIES.
PRE-PROFESSIONAL
PROGRAMS (also see "Pre-Profes-
sional Advising" in The Advising Program
section)
Preparation for Educational Professions —
Lycoming College believes that the liberal arts
provide the best preparation for future teachers.
Thus, all education students complete a liberal
arts major in addition to the Lycoming
College Teacher Education Certificate
requirements. Students can be certified in
elementary education or one or more of the
following secondary areas: art (K-12), biology,
chemistry, English, French, general science
(with biology or astronomy/physics tracks),
German, mathematics, music (K-12), physics,
social studies, and Spanish. All teacher
education programs are approved by the
Pennsylvania Department of Education.
^B
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
Pennsylvania certificates are recognized in
most other states either through reciprocal
agreements or by transcript evaluation. See
the Education Department listing on page 90.
Preparation for Health Professions — The
program of pre-professional education for the
health professions (allopathic, dental, osteo-
pathic, podiatric and veterinary medicine;
optometry, and pharmacy) is organized around
a sound foundation in biology, chemistry,
mathematics, and physics and a wide range of
subject matter from the humanities, social
sciences, and fine arts. At least three years of
undergraduate study is recommended before
entry into a professional school; the normal
procedure is to complete the Bachelor of Arts
degree.
Students interested in one of the health
professions or in an allied health career should
make their intentions known to the Admissions
Office when applying and to the Health
Professions Advisory Committee (HPAC)
during their first semester (see page 44).
Preparation for Legal Professions —
Lycoming offers a strong preparation for
students interested in law as a profession.
Admission to law school is not predicated
upon a particular major or area of study;
rather, a student is encouraged to design a
course of study (traditional or interdisciplinary
major) which is of personal interest and
significance. While no specific major is
recommended, there are certain skills of
particular relevance to the pre-law student:
clear writing, analytical thinking, and reading
comprehension. These skills should be
developed during the undergraduate years.
Pre-law students should register with the
Legal Professions Advisory Committee (LP AC)
during their first semester (see page 44).
Preparation for Theological Professions —
Students preparing to attend a theological
seminary should examine the suggestions set
down by the Association of Theological
Schools. It is recommended that students
pursue a broad program in the liberal arts with
a major in one of the humanities (English,
history, languages, literature, philosophy,
religion) or one of the social sciences (Ameri-
can studies, criminal justice, economics,
international studies, political science, psychol-
ogy, sociology-anthropology). Students
preparing for a career in religious education
should major in religion and elect five or six
courses in psychology, education and sociol-
ogy. This program of study will qualify
students to work as educational assistants or
directors of religious education after graduate
study in a theological seminary.
Students should register with the Theologi-
cal Professions Advisory Committee (TPAC)
during their first semester. TPAC acts as a
"center" for students, faculty, and clergy to
discuss the needs of students who want to
prepare themselves for the ministry, religious
education, advanced training in religion, or
related vocations (see page 44).
COOPERATIVE PROGRAMS
Lycoming has developed several coopera-
tive programs to provide students with opport-
unities to extend their knowledge, abilities, and
talents in selected areas through access to the
specialized academic programs and facilities
of other colleges, universities, academies and
hospitals. Although thorough advising and
curricular planning are provided for each of
the cooperative programs, admission to
Lycoming and registration in the program of
choice do not guarantee admission to the coop-
erating institution. The prerogative of admitting
students to the cooperative aspect of the
program rests with the cooperating institution.
Students who are interested in a cooperative
program should contact the coordinator during
the first week of the first semester of their
enrollment at Lycoming. This is necessary to
plan their course programs in a manner that
will ensure completion of required courses
according to the schedule stipulated for the
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
program. All cooperative programs require
special coordination of course scheduling at
Lycoming.
Engineering — Combining the advantages of
a liberal arts education and the technical train-
ing of an engineering curriculum, this program
is offered in conjunction with The Pennsylva-
nia State University and Washington Univer-
sity at St. Louis. Students complete three years
of study at Lycoming and two years at the
cooperating university. Upon satisfactory
completion of the first year of engineering
studies, Lycoming awards a Bachelor of Arts
degree. When students successfully complete
the second year of engineering studies, the
cooperating university awards a Bachelor of
Science degree in engineering.
At Lycoming, students complete the dis-
tribution program and courses in physics,
mathematics, and chemistry. The Pennsylva-
nia State University offers aerospace, agricul-
tural, ceramic, chemical, civil, computer,
electrical, engineering science, industrial,
mechanical, mining and nuclear engineering.
Similar offerings are available at Washington
University at St. Louis.
Forestry or Environmental Studies —
Lycoming College offers a cooperative
program with Duke University in environ-
mental management and forestry. Qualified
students can earn the baccalaureate and master
degrees in five years, spending three years at
Lycoming and two years at Duke. All
Lycoming distribution and major requirements
must be completed by the end of the junior
year. At the end of the first year at Duke, a
baccalaureate degree will be awarded by
Lycoming. Duke will award the professional
degree of Master of Forestry or Master of
Environmental Management to qualified
candidates at the end of the second year.
The major program emphases at Duke are
Forest Resource Management, Resource Eco-
nomics and Policy, and Resource Ecology.
The program is flexible enough, however,
to accommodate a variety of individual designs.
An undergraduate major in one of the natural
sciences, social sciences, or business may
provide good preparation for the programs at
Duke, but a student with any undergraduate
concentration will be considered for admission.
All students need at least two courses each in
biology, mathematics, and economics.
Students begin the program at Duke in July
after their junior year at Lycoming with a one-
month session of field work in natural resource
management. They must complete a total of
48 units which generally takes four semesters.
Some students prefer to complete the
baccalaureate degree before undertaking grad-
uate study at Duke. The master degree
requirements for these students are the same
as for those students entering after the junior
year, but the 48-unit requirement may be
reduced for completed relevant undergraduate
work of satisfactory quality. All credit
reductions are determined individually and
consider the students' educational background
and objectives.
Medical Teciinology - Students desiring a
career in medical technology may either
complete a Bachelor of Arts or a Bachelor of
Science program followed by a clinical
internship at any hospital accredited by the
American Medical Association, or they may
complete the cooperative program. Students
electing the cooperative program normally
study for three years at Lycoming, during
which time they complete 24 unit courses,
including the College distribution require-
ments, a major, and requirements of the
National Accrediting Agency for Clinical
Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS). The current
requirements of the NAACLS are: four
courses in chemistry (one of which must be
either organic or biochemistry); four courses
in biology (including courses in microbiology
and immunology), and one course in
mathematics.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
@
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
Students in the cooperative program usually
major in biology, following a modified major
of six unit courses that exempts them from
Ecology (BIO 224) and Plant Sciences (BIO
225). Students must take either Microbiology
(BIO 32 1 ) or Microbiology for the Health
Sciences (BIO 226), and either Human
Physiology (BIO 323) or Cell Biology (BIO
435). The cooperative program requires
successful completion of a one-year internship
at a hospital accredited by the American
Medical Association. Lycoming is affiliated
with the following accredited hospitals: Divine
Providence, Rolling Hill, Robert Packer,
Lancaster, and Abington. Students in the
cooperative program receive credit at
Lycoming for each of eight courses in biology
and chemistry successfully completed during
the clinical internship. Successful completion
of the Registry Examination is not considered a
graduation requirement at Lycoming College.
Students entering a clinical internship for
one year after graduation from Lycoming
must complete all of the requirements of the
cooperative program, but are not eligible for
the biology major exemptions indicated
above. Upon graduation, such students may
apply for admission to a clinical program at
any hospital.
Optometry — Through the Accelerated
Optometry Education Curriculum Program,
students interested in a career in optometry
may qualify for admission to the Pennsylvania
College of Optometry after only three years at
Lycoming College.
After four years at the Pennsylvania College
of Optometry, a student will earn a Doctor of
Optometry degree. Selection of candidates for
the professional segment of the program is
completed by the admissions committee of the
Pennsylvania College of Optometry during the
student's third year at Lycoming. (This is one
of two routes that students may choose. Any
student, of course, may follow the regular
application procedures for admission to the
Pennsylvania College of Optometry or another
college of optometry to matriculate following
completion of his or her baccalaureate pro-
gram.) During the three years at Lycoming
College, the student will complete 24 unit
courses, including all distribution require-
ments, and will prepare for his or her profes-
sional training by obtaining a solid foundation
in biology, chemistry, physics, and mathemat-
ics. During the first year of study at the
Pennsylvania College of Optometry, the
student will take 39 semester hours of basic
science courses in addition to introductions to
optometry and health care. Successful comple-
tion of the first year of professional training will
complete the course requirements for the B.A.
degree at Lycoming College.
Most students will find it convenient to
major in biology in order to satisfy the
requirements of Lycoming College and the
Pennsylvania College of Optometry. Such
students are allowed to complete a modified
biology major which will exempt them from
two biology courses: Ecology (BIO 224) and
Plant Sciences (BIO 225). (This modified
major requires the successful completion of
the initial year at the Pennsylvania College of
Optometry.) Students desiring other majors
must coordinate their plans with the Health
Professions Advisory Committee in order to
ensure that they have satisfied all requirements.
Podiatry — Students interested in podiatry
may either seek admission to a college of
podiatric medicine upon completion of the
Bachelor of Arts degree or through the Accel-
erated Podiatric Medical Education Curricu-
lum Program (APMEC). The latter program
provides an opportunity for students to
qualify for admission to the Pennsylvania
College of Podiatric Medicine (PCPM) or the
Ohio College of Podiatric Medicine (OCPM)
after three years of study at Lycoming. At
Lycoming, students in the APMEC program
must successfully complete 24 unit courses,
including the distribution requirements and a
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^»
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
basic foundation in biology, chemistry,
physics, and mathematics. During the first
year of study at PCPM or OCPM, students
must successfully complete a program of basic
science courses and an introduction to podiatry.
Successful completion of the first year of
professional training will contribute toward the
fulfillment of the course requirements for a
Bachelor of Arts degree at Lycoming.
Students in the cooperative program who
major in biology will be allowed to complete a
modified major which will exempt them from
two biology courses: Ecology (BIO 224) and
Plant Sciences (BIO 225). This modified
major requires the successful completion of
the initial year at PCPM or OCPM.
Students interested in a career in podiatric
medicine should indicate their intentions to
the Health Professions Advisory Committee.
U.S. Army Reserve Officers Training
Corps Program (R.O.T.C.) — The program
provides an opportunity for Lycoming
students to enroll in R.O.T.C. Lycoming
notes enrollment in and successful completion
of the program on student transcripts. Mili-
tary Science is a four-year program divided
into a basic course given during the freshman
and sophomore years and an advanced course
given during the junior and senior years.
Students who have not completed the basic
course may qualify for the advanced course by
completing summer camp between the
sophomore and junior years. Students
enrolled in the advanced course receive an
annual stipend of $1,000. One course each in
written communication, human behavior, and
military history will fulfill the professional
military education requirements. R.O.T.C.
scholarship cadets must also complete one
semester of a foreign language.
Students successfully completing the
advanced course and advanced summer camp
between the junior and senior years will qualify
for a commission as a Second Lieutenant in
the United States Army upon graduation, and
will incur a service obligation in the active
Army or Army Reserves. The only expense
to the student for this program is the $75 uni- |
form deposit, which is refundable, less costs.
THE HONORS PROGRAM
The Scholar Program
The Lycoming College Scholar Program is a
special program designed to meet the needs and
aspirations of highly motivated students of
superior intellectual ability. The Lycoming
Scholar satisfies the College's distribution
requirements, generally on a more exacting
level and with more challenging courses than
the average student. Lycoming Scholars also
participate in special interdisciplinary seminars
and in serious independent study culminating
in a senior project. Scholars may audit a fifth
course each semester at no additional cost. In
addition. Scholars may be exempted from the
usual limitations on independent studies by the
Individual Studies Committee.
Students are admitted to the program by
invitation of the Scholar Council, the group
which oversees the program. The council
consists of a director and four other faculty
selected by the Dean of the College, and four
students elected by current scholars. The
guidelines governing selection of new scholars
are flexible; academic excellence, intellectual
curiosity, and creativity are all taken into
account. Students who desire to participate in
the Scholar Program but are not invited may
petition the Scholar Council for consideration.
Petitioning students should provide the Scholar
Council with letters of recommendation from
Lycoming faculty and a transcript to be sent to
the director of the Scholar Program.
To remain in the program, students must main-
tain a cumulative average of 3.00 or better. Stu-
dents who drop below this average will be placed
on Scholar probation for one semester. After one
semester, they will be asked to leave the program
if their GPA has not returned to 3.00 or higher.
To graduate as a Scholar, a student must have at
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
least a 3.00 cumulative average. Scholars must
successfully complete five Lycoming Scholars
Seminars, as well as the non-credit Senior
Scholar Seminar in which they present the
results of their independent studies. In
addition, the following distribution require-
ments must be met.
Scholar Distribution Requirements for
Students in B.A., B.S., and B.S.N. Programs
A. English - Scholars must complete ENGL
106 or ENGL 107. The Scholar Council
strongly recommends that qualified scholars
enroll in ENGL 107 if scheduling permits.
ENGL 1 06 or 1 07 must be taken during the
freshman year.
B. Fine Arts - Scholars are required to pass
two courses (or the equivalent) from the
following: Art: ART 1 1 1, 1 15, 220 or higher;
Music: MUS 117, 135 or higher; Theatre:
THEA 1 14 or higher, excluding THEA 148;
Creative Writing: ENGL 240, 322, 342, 411,
412. 441 or 442; Literature: Any English
Literature course (except ENGL 215) and the
literature courses of the Department of Foreign
Languages and Literatures (French, German, or
Spanish).
C. Foreign Language - Scholars are required
to pass a course in French. German. Greek,
Hebrew, or Spanish numbered 1 1 1 or higher.
Placement at the appropriate course level will
be determined by the faculty of the Department
of Foreign Languages and Literatures. Scholars
who have completed two or more years of a
given language in high school are not admit-
ted for credit to the elementary course in the
same foreign language except by written
permission of the chairman of the department.
D. Humanities - Scholars are required to pass
four courses from three of the following
disciplines: History: any course numbered
200 or higher; Literature: any English
literature course (except ENGL 215) and the
literature courses of the Department of
Foreign Languages and Literatures (French.
German, or Spanish); Philosophy: any course
numbered 200 or higher; Religion: any course
numbered 222 or higher.
E. Mathematics - Scholars must earn at least a
grade of B (3.00) in one of MATH 103, 106,
109, 1 12, or CPTR 108; or successfully
complete one of MATH 116, 128, 129, 130, or
214.
F. Natural Sciences - Scholars are required
to pass two laboratory courses from the follow-
ing: Astronomy/Physics: any course numbered
1 1 1 or higher; Biology: any course numbered
1 10 or higher; Chemistry: any
course numbered 1 1 0 or higher.
G. Social Sciences - Scholars are required to
pass two courses from the following: Econom-
ics: any course numbered 1 10 or higher;
Political Science: any course numbered 106 or
higher; Psychology: PSY 1 10 or any other
PSY course numbered 224 or higher. Sociol-
ogy-Anthropology: any course from 1 10, 220,
224, 226, 227, 229, 300 or higher.
H. Cultural Diversity - Scholars are required
to pass one designated course which introduces
students to Cultural Diversity which is distinct
from the dominant western culture. Approaches
to study may be artistic, historical, sociological,
anthropological, international, psychological,
or issues oriented. The course selected to
fulfill this requirement may also be used to
satisfy one of the other general education
requirements in the liberal arts.
L Writing Across the Curriculum. This
requirement is the same as that stipulated by
the College for all students.
J. Physical Activities, Wellness and Commu-
nity Service. This requirement is the same as
that stipulated by the College for all students.
K. Lycoming Scholar Seminars — Team-
taught interdisciplinary seminars are held every
semester under the direction of the Lycoming
Scholar Council. They meet for one hour each
1999-2()(K) ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
-•
week (Tuesdays at noon) and carry one hour of
credit. Grades are "A/F" and are based on
students' performance. Lycoming Scholars are
required to successfully complete five seminars
and they are permitted to register for as many
as eight. Topics for each academic year will be
selected by the Scholar Council and announced
before spring registration of the previous year.
Students must be accepted into the Scholar
Program before they enroll in a Scholar Seminar.
Scholars are strongly urged to register for a
least one seminar during the freshman year.
L. Senior Project — In the senior year,
scholars must successfully complete an
independent studies or departmental honors
project which has been approved in advance
by the Independent Studies Committee and the
Scholar Council. This project must be
presented orally as part of the Senior Scholar
Seminar and be accepted by the Scholar
Council.
M. Major — Scholars must complete a
major and 32 units (128 semester hours),
exclusive of the Senior Scholar Seminar.
Note to Transfer Students — In the case of
transfer students and those who seek to enter
the program after their freshman year and in
other cases deemed by the Scholar Council to
involve special or extraordinary circum-
stances, the Council shall make adjustments to
the scholar distribution requirements provided
that in all cases such exceptions and adjust-
ments would still satisfy the regular College
distribution requirements.
Management Scholars
Program of the Institute for
Management Studies
The IMS sponsors a Management Scholars
Program for academically talented students in
the three IMS departments. To join the
Management Scholars Program, a student must
satisfy the following criteria:
a) Have a declared major or minor in one or
moreof the IMS departments. However,
the IMS Director may invite or permit
other students to join the Management
Scholars Program who do not meet this
criteria, such as freshmen who have not
yet declared a major or minor.
b) Have an overall GPA of 3.00 or higher, or
exhibit strong academic potential if the
student is a first-semester freshman.
To graduate as a Management Scholar, a
student must meet the following criteria:
a) Successfully complete two semester-
hours of Management Scholar Seminars.
b) Successfully complete a major or minor in i
one of the three IMS departments. \
c) Graduate with a GPA of 3.00 or higher in
both overall college work, and within an ,
IMS major and/or minor. j
d) Successfully complete an appropriate !
internship, practicum or independent
study, or complete a special project j
approved by the IMS Director. [
At least one Management Scholar Seminar is
taught per academic year on an interdisciplinary
topic of relevance to students in all three IMS
departments. The seminars are offered as one
semester-hour courses and do not result in
overload charges for full-time students.
Students who are currently Lycoming College
Scholars may also become Management
Scholars and participate in both programs.
Nursing Scholars Program '
The Department of Nursing offers a program
for those students who excel academically. To
graduate as a Nursing Scholar, a student must:
a. Demonstrate continued participation in
activities sponsored by the Center for
Nursing Excellence (CNE).
b. Achieve a GPA of 3.25 or higher in both
overall college work and within the nursing
major.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
:. Successfully complete an approved intern-
ship, practicum, or independent or honors
study.
1. Demonstrate those qualities most becoming
a professional nurse, including a commit-
ment to the profession and community
service.
Students who are Lycoming College Scholars
■nay become Nursing Scholars and participate
n both programs.
Departmental Honors
Honors projects are normally undertaken
)nly in a student's major, and are available
)nly to exceptionally well-qualified students
vho have a solid background in the area of
he project and are capable of considerable
self-direction and have a GPA of at least 3.00.
rhe prerequisites for registration in an honors
urogram are as follows:
' A faculty member from the department(s)
in which the honors project is to be under-
taken must agree to be the director and must
secure departmental approval of the project.
• The director, in consultation with the
student, must convene a committee consist-
ing of two faculty members from the
department in which the project is to be
undertaken, one of whom is the director of
the project, and one faculty member from
each of two other departments related to the
subject matter of the study.
• The Honors Committee must then certify by
their signatures on the application that the
project in question is academically legiti-
mate and worthy of pursuit as an honors
project, and that the student in question is
qualified to pursue the project.
• The project must be approved by the
Committee on Individual Studies.
Students successfully complete honors
projects by satisfying the following conditions
in accordance with guidelines established by
the Committee on Individual Studies:
• The student must produce a substantial
research paper, critical study, or creative
project. If the end product is a creative
project, a critical paper analyzing the
techniques and principles employed and the
nature of the achievement represented in the
project shall be also submitted.
• The student must successfully explain and
defend the work in a final oral examination
given by the honors committee.
• The Honors Committee must certify that the
student has successfully defended the
project, and that the student's achievement is
clearly superior to that which would ordi-
narily be required to earn a grade of "A" in a
regular independent studies course.
• The Committee on Individual Studies must
certify that the student has satisfied all of
the conditions mentioned above.
Except in unusual circumstances, honors
projects are expected to involve independent
study in two consecutive unit courses.
Successful completion of the honors project
will cause the designation of honors in that
department to be placed upon the permanent
record. Acceptable theses are deposited in the
College library. In the event that the study is
not completed successfully or is not deemed
worthy of honors, the student shall be re-
registered in independent studies and
given a final grade for the course.
THE ADVISING PROGRAM
Academic Advising
One advantage of a small college is the
direct, personal contact between a student and
the College faculty who care about that
student's personal, academic, and professional
aspirations. The student can draw upon their
years of experience to resolve questions about
social adjustment, workload, study skills,
tutoring and more. Perhaps the member of the
faculty with the most impact on a student is
the academic advisor.
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
The freshman advisor, whom the student
meets at summer orientation, assists with
course selection by providing accurate informa-
tion about requirements, programs and career
options. Advisors help students to identify
other campus resources. Health Services can
supply counseling support for students with
personal adjustment issues.
During the sophomore year, the student
must choose a major and select an advisor
from the major department. The new advisor,
while serving as a resource, can best advise
that student about course selection and career
opportunities.
Advisors at Lycoming endeavor to
contribute to students' development in yet
another way. They insist that students assume
full responsibihty for their decisions and
academic progress. By doing so, they help to
prepare them for the harder choices and
responsibilities of the professional world.
Also, Lycoming provides special advising
programs for careers in medicine, law and
religion. Interested students should register
with the appropriate advisory committee
immediately after deciding to enter one of
these professions.
Pre-Professional Advising
(also see "Pre-Professional Programs" in
the Concentration section)
Preparation for Educational Professions —
Students interested in obtaining teacher cert-
ification should consult with a member of the
Education Department as early as possible.
See the Education Department listing on
page 90.
Preparation for Health Professions —
Students interested in one of the health
professions or in an allied health career should
make their intentions know to the Admissions
Office when applying and to the Health
Professions Advisory Committee (HPAC)
during their first semester. This committee
advises students concerning preparation for
and application to health-professions schools. '
All pre-health professions students are invited
to join the student Pre-Health Professions j
Association. See also descriptions of the
nursing program and of the cooperative
programs in podiatric medicine, optometry,
and medical technology.
Preparation for Legal Professions —
Students interested in pre-law should register
with the Legal Professions Advisory Commit-i
tee (LPAC) during their first semester and
should join the Pre-Law Society on campus.
LPAC assists the pre-law student through
advising, compilation of recommendations,
and dissemination of information and materi-
als about law and the legal profession. The
Pre-Law Society sponsors films, speakers, am
field trips including visits to law school
campuses.
Preparation for Theological Professions —
Students who plan to investigate the religious
vocations should register with the Theologica
Professions Advisory Committee (TPAC)
during their first semester. TPAC acts as a
"center" for students, faculty, and clergy to
discuss the needs of students who want to
prepare themselves for the ministry, religious
education, advanced training in religion, or
related vocations. Also, it may help coordi-
nate internships for students who desire
practical experience in the parish ministry or
related areas.
ACADEMIC
SUPPORT SERVICES
Academic Resource Center
(ARC)
Daniel Hartsock, Director
The Academic Resource Center, located o
the second floor of the Fine Arts Building,
provides a variety of free services to the
campus community.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALO
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
Writing Center — Working one-on-
one. Writing Tutors use questioning
techniques to help others improve
individual papers while developing
confidence and independence as writers.
Other services include the Paper File, a
file of graded essays maintained by
course; the Writing Room, a quiet place
for writers to work; self-paced, computer
assisted typing instruction; and the
Documentation Style Manual for use
when citing sources on research projects.
Tutoring Center — The ARC provides
one-on-one peer tutoring in math, foreign
languages, and sciences on a walk-in
basis and peer tutoring by arrangement in
other subjects. Tutors assist students
with homework assignments and exam
review.
Survival Skills Program — The ARC
and volunteer faculty conduct a group of
study skills workshops on time manage-
ment, note-taking from lectures, reading
textbooks, successful study techniques
and WordPerfect.
00
lUCCESS SKILLS WORKSHOP
^ seven-week course, the workshop intro-
luces students to a variety of topics important
3 student success. Among these are time
nanagement, learning styles, motivation,
lighlighting text, note-taking, and word-
irocessing. Topics will be selected to meet
tudents' needs. ARC 100 is highly recom-
nended for students who, in consultation with
heir academic advisors, choose to improve
heir academic skills. This noncredit course
vill be graded on a pass/fail basis.
3ffice of the Assistant
)ean for Freshmen
Lycoming College believes a student's
reshman year needs structure and support.
Phis office serves as a focal point for the
reshman and his or her family.
Freshman Orientation — The purpose
of this required program is to acquaint
new students and their families more
fully with the College so that they can
begin their Lycoming experience under
the most favorable circumstances.
Students sit for placement tests, confer
with their academic advisors, preregister
for fall classes, and become acquainted
with their classmates.
Crossing Thresholds — Begins the day
freshmen arrive with New Student Con-
vocation. The weekend activities include
community service, readings, informal
writing, career, library and financial aid
workshops along with social events.
Information and Support — Students
and their families find the Office of the
Assistant Dean for Freshmen an acces-
sible resource to resolving problems,
developing solutions, coordinating
services and enabling student success.
Student and Family newsletters are
provided during the year.
Office of the Assistant
Dean for Sophomores
The College continues to provide academic
counseling and support as students move into
the sophomore year. The Assistant Dean for
Sophomores meets individually with second
year students and, in cooperation with the
Assistant Dean for Freshmen, conducts small
group retreats and other meetings. These
efforts are designed to alert students to their
circumstances, to help them explore options,
to motivate them to achieve their academic
aspirations, and to provide them with useful
strategies and resources for success.
In addition, the Sophomore Dean assists
Sophomore Class Officers in planning events,
consults with students on a variety of personal
and social concerns, surveys the Class to learn
their opinions about the Freshman Year at
999-2(K){) ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
Lycoming, and engages in a variety of other
activities involving tlie welfare of our sopho-
more students.
SPECIAL ACADEMIC
OPPORTUNITIES
May Term — This four-week voluntary
session is designed to provide students with
courses listed in the catalog and experimental
and special courses that are not normally
available during the fall and spring semesters
and summer sessions. Some courses are
offered on campus, others involve travel. In
addition to the courses themselves, attractions
include less formal classes and reduced tuition
rates. On campus courses have included
Chemistry in Context, Field Geology, Field
Ornithology, Energy Economics, Writer's
Seminar, American Detective Fiction, The
American Hard-Boiled Mystery, Organized
Crime in America, and Internet Marketing and
Advertising. Travel courses have included
Painting at the Outer Banks, Art History and
Photography in Greece and Italy, Cross-
Cultural Psychology in Greece and Italy,
Intensive Language/Cultural Study and
Community Service in Mexico, Tropical Marine
Biology in Jamaica, and Nursing in England.
A Business internship opportunity to study
and work in England for six weeks is offered
on a biannual basis.
Summer Sessions I and II — These two suc-
cessive five-week academic terms offer the
opportunity for students to complete intern-
ships, independent studies and semester courses.
Independent Studies — Independent studies
are available to any qualified student who
wishes to engage in and receive academic
credit for any academically legitimate course
of study for which he or she could not other-
wise receive credit. It may be pursued at any
level (introductory, intermediate, or advanced)
and in any department, whether or not the
student is a major in that department. An
independent studies project may either
duplicate a catalogue course or be completely
different from any catalog course. In order for
a student to be registered in any independent
study course, the following conditions must be.
satisfied:
1 ) An appropriate member of the faculty must
agree to supervise the project and must
certify by signing the application form that '
the project involves an amount of legiti-
mate academic work appropriate for the
amount of academic credit requested and
that the student in question is qualified to
pursue the project.
2) The studies project must be approved by
the chair of the department in which the
studies project is to be undertaken. In the
case of catalog courses, all department
members must approve offering the catalog
course as an independent studies course.
3) After the project is approved by the
instructor and the chair of the appropriate
department, the studies project must be
approved by the Committee on Individual
Studies.
Participation in independent studies
projects which do not duplicate catalog
courses is subject to the following:
• Students undertaking independent studies
projects must have a GPA of at least 2.50.
• Students may not engage in more than one
independent studies project during any
given semester.
• Students may not engage in more than two
independent studies projects during their
academic careers at Lycoming College.
• The Individual Studies Committee may
exempt members of the Lycoming College
Scholar Program from these two limitations.
As with other academic policies, any other
exceptions to these two rules must be ap-
proved by the Committee on Academic
Standards.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
0
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
Internship Program — An internship is a
course jointly sponsored by the College and a
public or private agency or subdivision of the
College in which a student is able to earn
college credit by participating in some active
capacity as an assistant, aide, or apprentice.
At least one-half of the effort expended by the
intern should consist of academic work related
to agency situations. The objectives of the
internship program are:
1) to further the development of a central
core of values, awarenesses, strategies,
skills, and information through experiences
outside the classroom or other campus
situations, and
2) to facilitate the integration of theory and
practice by encouraging students to relate
their on-campus academic experiences
more directly to society in general and to
possible career and other post-baccalaure-
ate objectives in particular.
Any junior or senior student in good acad-
3mic standing may petition the Committee on
[ndividual Studies for approval to serve as an
intern. A maximum of 16 credits can be earned
through internships, practica, and/or student
teaching. Guidelines for program develop-
ment, assignment of tasks and academic
requirements, such as exams, papers, reports,
grades, etc., are established in consultation with
a faculty director at Lycoming and an agency
supervisor at the place of internship.
Students with diverse majors have partici-
pated in a wide variety of internships,
including ones with NBC Television in New
York City, the Allenwood Federal Prison
Camp, Pennsylvania State Department of
Environmental Resources, Lycoming County
Historical Society, the American Cancer
Society, business and accounting firms, law
offices, hospitals, social service agencies,
banks and Congressional offices.
Practica — Practica are offered in Account-
ing, Biology, Business, Communication,
Economics, Education, IMS, Psychology,
and Sociology. These courses require 10 to
12 hours of work per week in a business,
agency, or organization in addition to class-
room time. A maximum of 16 credits can be
earned through practica, internships, and/or
student teaching.
Teacher Intern Program — The purpose of
the Teacher Intern Program is to provide
individuals who have completed a baccalaure-
ate degree with the opportunity to become
certified teachers through on-the-job training.
Interns can earn a Lycoming College Teacher
Education Certificate and be certified by the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania in elementary
education or one or more of the following
secondary areas: art, biology, chemistry,
English, French, general science (with biology
or astronomy/physics tracks), German, math-
ematics, music, physics, social studies, and
Spanish.
Interested individuals should file a formal
application with the Education Department for
admission to the Intern Program. Upon
completion of the application process, interns
receive a letter of Intern Candidacy from the
Pennsylvania Department of Education which
the candidate then uses to apply for a teaching
position. Necessary professional coursework
can be completed prior to the teaching
experience when individuals obtain teaching
position. (See Education Department on page
90 for course listing.)
The Philadelphia Urban Semester — A full
semester liberal arts program for professional
development and field study is available to
Lycoming students. The program is open to
juniors majoring in any discipline or program.
The Philadelphia Urban Semester is sponsored
and administered by the Great Lakes Colleges
Association.
Washington Semester — With the consent of
the Department of Political Science and the
Registrar, selected students are permitted to
study in Washington, D.C., at The American
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
University for one semester. They may
choose from seven different programs:
Washington Semester, Urban Semester,
Foreign Pohcy Semester, International
Development Semester, Economic Policy
Semester, Science and Technology Semester,
or American Studies Semester.
United Nations Semester — With the
consent of either the Department of History or
Political Science and the Registrar, selected
students may enroll at Drew University in
Madison, New Jersey, in the United Nations
Semester, which is designed to provide a first-
hand acquaintance with the world organiza-
tion. Students with special interests in world
history, international relations, law, and
politics are eligible to participate.
Capitol Semester Internship Program —
This program is available to eligible students
on a competitive basis. The program is co-
sponsored by Pennsylvania's Office of
Administration and Department of Education.
Paid internships are available to students in
most majors. Interested students should
contact the Career Development Center for
additional information.
STUDY ABROAD
PROGRAMS
Students are encouraged to participate in a
variety of study abroad programs sponsored
by affiliates, other institutions, or our ex-
change program with Westminster College in
Oxford, England. Students who intend to
study abroad must have a cumulative grade
point average of 2.50 or higher. Study abroad
opportunities range from summer sessions to a
full semester or academic year overseas. All
overseas programs require prior approval from
the students' major departments, the Study
Abroad Coordinator, and the Registrar.
Applications are available in the Office of the
Registrar.
Before embarking on an overseas learning
experience, students should review the study
abroad materials in the Career Development
Center (2nd floor, Wertz Center). With the
help of the Study Abroad Coordinator, they
must identify any additional program require-
ments such as fluency in a foreign language.
A limited number of competitive grants for
study abroad at our affiliate institutions are
available. Application forms are posted on the
College's home page under Academic
Programs, Study Abroad. For more details,
contact the Study Abroad Coordinator.
Affiliate Programs — Lycoming has coop-
erative arrangements with five institutions
overseas: Anglia Polytechnic University
(Cambridge, England), Lancaster University
(Lake District, England), Regent's College
(London, England), Tandem Escuela
Intemacional (Madrid, Spain), and
Westminster College (Oxford, England).
Course offerings vary at each institution,
contact the Study Abroad Coordinator for
details. Students interested in the program at
Tandem should contact the Department of
Foreign Languages and Literatures.
Programs Sponsored by Other Institutions
Lycoming students have taken advantage of
opportunities offered by other institutions in
countries such as Australia, the Czech
Republic, France, Germany, Ireland, Mexico,
New Zealand, Spain, and Sweden. Informa-
tion regarding these and other programs are
available in the Career Development Center,
the Department of Foreign Languages and
Literatures, and from the Study Abroad
Coordinator.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
0
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE ACADEMDIC PROGRAM • CURRICULUM
Curriculum
Student Teaching Abroad — Lycoming
College has established a cooperative program
with Moorhead State University enabling
teacher education students to do all or part of
their student teaching in a foreign country.
This program offers exceptional students
the opportunity to student teach in nearly any
country in the world. Students are placed in
independent international schools where
English is the instructional language. An
effort is made to assign students to geographi-
cal areas that will enrich their backgrounds,
serve their special interests and expand their
cultural horizons.
NOTE: Lycoming College cannot assume
responsibility for the health, safety, or welfare of
students engaged in or en route to or from any
off-campus studies or activities which are not
under its exclusive jurisdiction.
Numbers 100-149 Introductory courses and
Freshman level courses
Numbers 200-249 Intermediate courses and
Sophomore level courses
Numbers 300-349 Intermediate courses and
Junior level courses
Numbers 400-449 Advanced courses and
Senior level courses
Numbers N50-N59* Non-catalog courses
offered on a limited basis
Numbers 160-169 Applied Music, Theatre
Practicums and other fractional credit courses
Numbers 470-479 Internships
Numbers N80-N89* Independent Study
Numbers 490-49 1 Independent Study for
Departmental Honors
*N = course level 1 , 2, 3 or 4 as determined by
department
Courses not in sequence are listed
separately, as:
Drawing ART 1 1 1
Color Theory ART 212
Courses which imply a sequence are indicated
with a dash between, meaning that the first
semester must be taken prior to the second, as:
Intermediate French
FRN 111-112
All students have the right of access to all
courses.
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ACCOUNTING
•
ACCOUNTING (accd
Associate Professor: Kuhns (Chairperson)
Assistant Professors: Wienecke, Slocum
The purpose of the accounting major is to
help prepare the student for a career within the
accounting profession. In order to satisfy the
needs of an extremely diverse profession, the
major in accounting consists of three separate
tracks. Track I is designed for students with
an interest in accounting for the informational
needs of managers including business entities,
non-profit entities and internal auditing.
This track will provide excellent preparation
for the Certified Management Accounting
(CM A) exam. Track II is a 128 semester hour
program and is designed to meet the require-
ments of the Pennsylvania State Board of
Accountancy for those students whose goal is
to become Certified Public Accountants in
Pennsylvania. Track III is a 150 semester
hour program designed to meet the 150 hour
requirement of the American Institute of
Certified Public Accounts for those students
whose goal is to become a member of the
AICPA in Pennsylvania or any other state.
Core courses required of all majors:
ACCT 1 10, 223, 344, 440, 443; BUS 223,
228, 244, 312, 320, 338, 441; ECON 110 or
111; MATH 103
Track requirements:
I. Management Accounting — 128 hours:
ACCT 224, 444, 449; BUS 339
II. Financial Accounting — 128 hours:
ACCT 345, 436, 441 ; one course from
ACCT 224, 226, 442, 449, or BUS 345
III. Financial Accounting — 150 hours:
ACCT 224, 345, 436, 441, 442, 447,
449; BUS 235, 236; ECON both 1 10 and
111; one course from SOC or PS Y
The following courses have been approved
to be offered as writing intensive courses and
may be offered as such: ACCT 223, 224,
442. Students must check semester class
schedules to determine which courses are
offered as "W" courses for that semester.
Minor
A minor in the Department of Accounting
consists of ACCT 1 10 and four other account-
ing courses as determined by the student's
interests.
100
PERSONAL FINANCIAL PLANNING
This course prepares students to make better
informed financial decisions in a complicated
world. A practical, relatively non-technical
course designed to help the student identify
and plan to meet their financial goals.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ACCOUNTING
110
ELEMENTARY ACCOUNTING THEORY
An introductory course in recording, classify-
ing, summarizing, and interpreting the basic
business transaction. Problems of classifica-
tion and interpretation of accounts and
preparation of financial statements are studied.
130
ACCOUNTING FOR MANAGERIAL
DECISION-MAKING
An introduction to the various components
of managerial accounting. Emphasis is placed
on managerial problem-solving techniques
and the analysis of the results. Accounting
systems, costing procedures, cost-volume
profit relationships, managerial control
processes and the use of computers as aids to
decision-making are studied. Students will
gain hands-on experience with various
computer applications of managerial account-
ing. Prerequisite: ACCT 110.
223
COST AND BUDGETARY
ACCOUNTING THEORY I
Methods of accounting for material, labor
and factory overhead expenses consumed in
manufacturing using job order, process, and
standard costing techniques. Prerequisite:
ACCT 110.
224
COST AND BUDGETARY
ACCOUNTING THEORY II
Application of cost accounting and bud-
getary theory to decision making in the area of
make or buy, expansion of production and
sales, break even analysis, decision modeling,
internal control and information systems.
Prerequisite: ACCT 223 and MATH 103.
226
GOVERNMENT AND
FUND ACCOUNTING
This course is designed to introduce
accounting for not-for-profit organizations.
Municipal accounting and reporting are
studied. Prerequisite: ACCT 110.
344
INTERMEDIATE
ACCOUNTING THEORY I
An in-depth examination of the environ-
ment within which financial accounting theory
exists. An examination of the basic postulates
that underlie financial statements and a
critique of what financial reporting means.
Prerequisite: ACCT 223 or consent of
instructor.
345
INTERMEDIATE
ACCOUNTING THEORY II
An examination of the various accounting
and reporting issues affecting assets. Prereq-
uisite: ACCT 344.
436
INTERMEDIATE
ACCOUNTING THEORY III
An examination of the various accounting
and reporting issues affecting liabilities,
stockholder equity, earnings per share, cash
flows and accounting changes. Prerequisite:
ACCT 345
440
AUDITING THEORY
A study of the science or art of verifying,
analyzing, and interpreting accounts and
reports. The goal of the course is to empha-
size concepts which will enable students to
understand the philosophy and environment of
auditing. Special attention is given to the
public accounting profession, studying
auditing standards, professional ethics, the
legal liability inherent in the attest function,
the study and evaluation of internal control,
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ACCOUNTING
the nature of evidence, the growing use of
statistical sampUng, the impact of electronic
data processing, and the basic approach to
planning an audit. Finally, various audit
reports expressing independent expert
opinions on the fairness of financial statements
are studied. Prerequisite: ACCT 344, MATH
103, and BUS 320.
441
FEDERAL INCOME TAX
Analysis of the provisions of the Internal
Revenue Code relating to income, deductions,
inventories, and accounting methods. Practical
problems involving determination of income
and deductions, capital gains and losses,
computation and payment of taxes through
withholding at the source and through declara-
tion are considered. Planning transactions so
that a minimum amount of tax will result is
emphasized. Prerequisite: ACCT 110 or
consent of instructor.
442
FEDERAL INCOME TAX
ADMINISTRATION AND PLANNING
An analysis of the provisions of the
Internal Revenue Code relating to partner-
ships, estates, trusts, and corporations. An
extensive series of problems is considered,
and effective tax planning is emphasized.
Prerequisite: ACCT 441.
443
ACCOUNTING FOR BUSINESS
COMBINATIONS
Certain areas of advanced accounting
theory, including business combinations and
consolidated financial statements. Prerequi-
site: A CCT 345. One-half unit of credit.
444
CONTROLLERSHIP
Control process in the organization.
General systems theory, financial control
systems, centralization-decentralization,
performance measurement and evaluation,
forecasts and budgets, and marketing, produc-
tion and finance models for control purposes.
Prerequisite: ACCT 224 or consent of
instructor.
447
ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
An intensive study of partnerships, installment
and consignment sales, branch accounting,
foreign currency transactions, segment and
interim reporting. Prerequisite: ACCT 443.
One-half unit of credit.
449
PRACTICUM IN ACCOUNTING
An introduction to the real world of
accounting. Students are placed in Manage-
rial and Public Accounting positions in order
to effect a synthesis of the students' academic
course work and its practical applications.
Specifics of the course work to be worked out
in conjunction with department, student and
sponsor. May be repeated for credit with
consent of instructor.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Interns in accounting typically work off
campus under the supervision of a public or
private accountant.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Typical examples of recent studies in
accounting are: computer program to generate
financial statements, educational core for
public accountants, inventory control, and
church taxation.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
LYCOMING COLLEGE
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ACCOUNTING-MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES • ACTUARIAL MATHEMATICS
ACCOUNTING -
MATHEMATICAL
SCIENCES
Associate Professor: Kuhns (Coordinator)
The accounting-mathematical sciences
interdisciplinary major is designed to offer,
within a liberal arts framework, courses which
will aid in constructing mathematical models
for business decision-making. Students
obtain the necessary substantial background in
both mathematical sciences and accounting.
Required accounting courses are: ACCT
1 10, 223, 224, 344, 345, 441, 442. In math-
ematical sciences, required courses are: CPTR
125, 321 and MATH 112, 128, 129, 338 and
either 103 or 332. Recommended courses
include: MATH 130, 238, 333; BUS 223,
235. 236, 338, 339; CPTR 108, 246; ECON
1 10, 1 1 1 ; PSY 224, 225; and SOC 1 10.
1999-20(X) ACADEMIC CATALOG ■
ACTUARIAL
MATHEMATICS
Associate Professor: Sprechini (Coordinator)
The Actuarial Mathematics major is
designed to offer, within a liberal arts frame-
work, coursework to prepare for an actuarial
career. Students obtain the necessary math-
ematical background for the first actuarial
exam and two or three exams beyond the
first one. Students also obtain some back-
ground in accounting, economics, and business
which is needed for an actuarial career. At the
time of completion of all major requirements,
or shortly thereafter, a student should be
prepared to sit for up to four of the examina-
tions of the Society of Actuaries.
The Actuarial Mathematics major consists
of 14 unit courses and two semesters of non-
credit colloquia. In Mathematical Sciences,
required courses are CPTR 125, MATH 128,
129, 130, 234, 238, 321, 332, 333, and 338.
Also required are ACCT 1 10; ECON 1 10; one
of MATH 214 or ECON 230; one of ACCT
1 30, ACCT 44 1 , BUS 338, ECON 33 1 or 44 1 ;
two semesters of MATH 339 or 449 taken
during the junior and/or senior years; success-
ful completion of the Course 100 Examination
of the Society of Actuaries by the end of the
junior year.
Recommended courses include: ACCT
223, 224, 226, 344; BUS 339, 342; CPTR 108;
ECON 220, 229, 332, 337; MATH 106, 231,
432, 434. It is also strongly recommended that
the student complete as many of the actuarial
examinations as possible prior to graduation.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
AMERICAN STUDIES
•
AMERICAN
STUDIES (AMST)
Professor: Piper (Coordinator)
The American Studies major offers a compre-
hensive program in American civiHzation which
introduces students to the complexities under-
lying the development of America and its cont-
emporary life. Thirteen courses are included.
Four Course Requirements
The primary integrating units of the major,
these courses — some team-taught — will
encourage students to consider ideas from
different points of view and help them to
correlate information and methods from
various disciplines:
1 . AMST 200 — America as a Civilization
(First semester of major study)
2. AMST 220 — American Tradition in the
Arts and Literature
3. HIST 449 or SOC 447 — Research and
Methodology (junior or senior year)
4. Internship or Independent Study (junior
or senior year)
Concentration Areas
Six courses in one option and three in the
other are needed. Six primary concentration-
option courses in American Arts or American
Society build around the insights gained in the
core courses. They focus particular attention
on areas most germane to academic and
vocational interests. The three additional
courses from the other option give further
breadth to an understanding of America.
Students also will be encouraged to take
elective courses relating to other cultures.
Students should design their American
Studies major in consultation with the
program coordinator.
American Arts Concentration Option
ART 332 — American Art of the 20th Century^
ENGL 222 — American Literature I
ENGL 223 — American Literature II
MUS 128 — American Music
MUS N 80 — Studies in American Music
THEA N 80 — Studies in American Theatre
American Society Concentration Option
ECON 224 — Urban Problems
HIST 442 — U.S. Social and Intellectual
History to 1877
HIST 443 — U.S. Social and Intellectual
History since 1877
PSCI33 1 — Civil Rights and Liberties
PSCI 335 — Law and Society ■
SOC 334 — Racial and Cultural Minorities '
Students interested in teacher certification
should refer to the Department of Education on
page 90.
200
AMERICA AS A CIVILIZATION
An analysis of the historical, sociocultural,
economic, and political perspectives of Ameri-
can civilization with special attention to the
interrelationships between these various
orientations. May be taken for either one-half
unit (Section 200A) or full unit (Section B);
declared majors and prospective majors should
take the full-unit course, 200B. Alternate years.
220
AMERICAN TRADITION IN
THE ARTS AND LITERATURE
The relationship of the arts and literature to
the various historical periods of American life.
470-479 INTERNSHIP
N80-N89 INDEPENDENT STUDY
490-491 INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS
LYCOMING COLLEGE
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ART
ART (ART)
Professors: Bogle, Shipley
Associate Professor: Golahny
Assistant Professor: Estomin (Chairperson)
Part-time Instructor: Stemgold
The Art Department offers two majors in
the B.A. Degree — Studio Art and Art History.
THE B.A. DEGREE -
STUDIO ART
To complete a Bachelor of Arts Degree
with a major in studio art, students must
complete the seven-course foundation
program and the requirements for an area of
specialization, successfully complete each
semester's colloquium (while a declared
major), and successfully complete the senior
exhibition. Exception to participation in the
colloquium may be made by the art faculty.
Placement into ART 227, Introduction to
Photography, will be based on the experience
of the student and determined by the faculty of
the Art Department. Students who place out
of ART 227 will take ART 337, Photography
II, to fulfill the foundation requirement in
photography. In addition, students placed into
ART 337 who are specializing in Track IV,
Commercial Design, will be required to take
ART 342, Photography III, or an approved
independent study, and students specializing
in Track VI, Photography/Electronic Media,
will be required to take ART 344. Computer
Graphics for Electronic Media, or an approved
independent study.
Foundation Program
ART 1 1 1 — Drawing I
ART 115 — Two-Dimensional Design
ART 116 — Figure Modeling
ART 2 12 — Color Theory
ART 222 — Survey of Art: Ancient Medieval
and Non-Western Art
ART 223 — Survey of Art: Ancient,
Medieval, and Non-Western Art
ART 227 — Introduction to Photography
ART 148, 248, 348, 448 — Art Colloquium
Areas of Specialization
I. Painting
ART 220 — Painting I
ART 221 —Drawing II
ART 330 — Painting II
ART 446 — Studio Research
and two art history courses numbered
300 or above.
II. Printmaking
ART 221 —Drawing II
ART 228 — Printmaking I
ART 338 — Printmaking II
ART 446 — Studio Research
and two art history courses numbered
300 or above.
III. Sculpture
ART 225 — Sculpture I
ART 226 — Figure Modeling II
ART 335 — Sculpture II
ART 446 — Studio Research
and two art history courses numbered
300 or above.
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^M
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ART
•
IV. Commercial Design
ART 221 — Drawing II
ART 337 — Photography II
ART 343 — Computer Graphics for
Print Media
ART 344 — Computer Graphics for
Electronic Media
ART 442 — Special Projects with
Commercial Design
ART 470 — Internship
A student is encouraged to take the follow-
ing courses: BUS 332, Advertising; COMM
323, Feature Writing for Special Audiences;
COMM 1 10, Principles of Communication;
and PSY 224, Social Psychology.
V. Generalist Art Major
To be taken by those students who are seeking
teaching certification in Art. In addition, this
area of specialization is recommended for those
students also majoring or minoring in Psychol-
ogy with a possible future career in art therapy.
ART 119 — Ceramics I
ART 220 — Painting I
ART 225 — Sculpture I
ART 228 — Printmaking I
and two art history courses numbered 300 or
higher.
Students planning to complete the K- 1 2 art
certification program must also fulfill the
following requirements:
ART 310 — History and Practice of Art
Education
EDUC 200 — Introduction to the Study of
Education
PSY 138 — Educational Psychology
EDUC 446, 447 and 449 — Professional
Semester
VI. Photography/Electronic Art
ART 337 — Photography II
ART 342 — Photography III
ART 343 — Computer Graphics for Print
Media
ART 446 — Studio Research
and two Art History courses numbered 300 or
above.
Students are also encouraged to take ART
344, Computer Graphics for Electronic Media,
and to complete an Internship.
The following courses have been approved
to be offered as writing intensive courses and
may be offered as such: ART 222, 223, 331,
333, 334, 336, and 339. Students must check
semester class schedules to determine which
courses are offered as "W" courses for that
semester.
THE B.A. DEGREE -
ART HISTORY
To complete a Bachelor of Arts degree
with a major in art history, a student must take
courses in art history, studio art, and history
and/or religion. A student majoring in art
history is advised to take a foreign language.
Art History majors (once declared) are
required to participate in each semester's art
colloquium.
Required of all students:
ART 222 — Survey of Art: Ancient,
Medieval, and Non-Western Art
ART 223 — Survey of Art: From the
Renaissance through the
Modern Age
ART 447 — Art History Research
ART 148, 248, 348, 448 — Art Colloquium
Choose four of the following:
ART 310 — Hi story /Practice Art Education
ART 331 — 20th Century European Art
ART 332 — American Art of the 20th Century
ART 333 — 19th Century European and
American Art
ART 334 — Art of the Renaissance
ART 336 — Art of the Baroque
ART 339 — Women in Art
Choose two of the following:
ART 1 1 1 — Drawing I
ART 115 — Two-Dimensional Design
ART 1 16 — Figure Modeling I
ART 227 — Introduction to Photography
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ART
Choose two
rtIST210-
^IST212-
«IST316-
«IST 320 -
4IST 322 -
■iIST416-
-1IST418-
^EL 113 -
^L 1 14 -
^EL226 -
of the following:
- Ancient History
- Medieval Europe and
its Neighbors
- Conflict in Western Civilization
- Diplomatic History of Europe
since 1789
- The Crisis of Liberalism and
Nationalism: Europe 1848-1870
- History of Reformation Thought
- History of Renaissance Thought
- Old Testament Faith and History
- New Testament Faith and Histoiy
- Biblical Archaeology
It is further suggested that the student
:hoose electives in other departments that may
:omplement the study of art history. Among
hese recommended electives are:
FRN 412 — French Literature of the
19th Century
BNGL 336 — Shakespeare
VIUS 117 — Survey of Western Music
VIUS 335 — History of Western Music I
VIUS 336 — History of Western Music II
FHEA 332 — History of Theatre I
FHEA 333 — History of Theatre II
The following courses have been approved
:o be offered as cultural diversity courses:
\RT 222, 339. Students must check semester
:lass schedules to determine which courses
ire offered as "D" courses for that semester.
The following courses have been approved
;o be offered as writing intensive courses and
nay be offered as such: ART 222, 223, 331,
333, 334, 336 and 339. Students must check
semester class schedules to determine which
courses are offered as "W" courses for that
semester.
Minors
Five minors are offered by the Art Depart-
ment. Requirements for each follow: Commer-
:ia] Design: ART 1 1 1, 1 15, 212, 223, 227 and
343; Painting: ART 111,115, 220, 330 and
221 or 223; Photography: ART 1 1 1, 212, 223,
227, 337 and 342; Sculpture: ART 1 16, 225,
226, 335, and 1 1 1 , 11 9 or 445; Art History:
ART 222, 223 and two advanced art history
courses. Art majors who minor in art history
must take two additional upper level courses
beyond the two required for the minor intended
for students who major in other disciplines (i.e.,
ART 222, 223 and four upper level courses).
Ill
DRAWING I
Study of the human figure with gesture and
proportion stressed. Student is made familiar
with different drawing techniques and media.
Some drawings from nature.
115
TWO-DIMENSIONAL DESIGN
The basic fundamentals found in the two-
dimensional arts: line, shape, form, space,
color, and composition are taught in relation-
ship to the other two-dimensional arts.
Perceptual theories and their relationships to
what and why we see what we see in art are
discussed with each problem.
116
FIGURE MODELING I
Understanding the figure will be approached
through learning the basic structures and pro-
portions of the figure. The course is conceived
as a three-dimensional drawing class. At least
one figure will be cast by each student.
119
CERAMICS I
Emphasis placed on pottery design as it
relates to function of vessels and the design
parameters imposed by the characteristics of
clay. The techniques of ceramics are taught to
encourage expression rather than to dispense
merely a technical body of information.
212
COLOR THEORY
A study of the physical and emotional
aspects of color. Emphasis will be placed on
the study of color as an aesthetic agent for the
artist. The color theories of Johannes Itten
I999-2(KM) ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ART
•
will form the base for this course with some
study of the theories of Albert Munsell, Faber
Birren, and Wilhelm Ostwald.
220
PAINTING I
An introduction of painting techniques and
materials. Coordination of color, value, and
design within the painting is taught. Some
painting from the figure. No limitations as to
painting media, subject matter, or style.
Prerequisite: ART 115 or consent of instructor.
Ill
DRAWING II
Continued study of the human figure.
Emphasis is placed on realism and figure-
ground coordination with the use of value and
design. Prerequisite: ART 111.
222
SURVEY OF ART: ANCIENT,
MEDIEVAL, AND NON-WESTERN ART
A survey of the major developments in the
visual arts of the Ancient, Medieval, and Non-
western fields. Emphasis is on the interrelation
of form and content, the function and meaning
of the visual arts within their respective
cultures, and the importance of visual literacy.
223
SURVEY OF ART: FROM THE
RENAISSANCE THROUGH
THE MODERN AGE
A survey of Western architecture, sculp-
ture, and painting. Emphasis is on the
interrelation of form and content and on the
relatedness of the visual arts to their cultural
environment: 14th-20th centuries.
225
SCULPTURE I
An introduction to the techniques, materi-
als, and ideas of sculpture. Clay, plaster, wax,
wood, and other materials will be used. The
course will be concerned with ideas about
sculpture as expression, and with giving
material form to ideas.
226
FIGURE MODELING II
Will exploit the structures and understand-
ings learned in Figure Modeling I to produce
larger, more complex figurative works. There
will be a requirement to cast one of the works
in plaster. Prerequisite: ART 116 and consent
of instructor.
Ill
INTRODUCTION TO PHOTOGRAPHY
Objectives of the course are to develop
technical skills in the use of photographic
equipment (cameras, films, darkroom,
printmaker) and to develop sensitivity in the
areas of composition, form, light, picture
quality, etc. Each student must own (or have
access to) a 35mm camera capable of full-
manual operation.
228
PRINTMAKING I
Introduction to the techniques of
silkscreen, intaglio, monotype and lithography
printing. One edition of at least six prints
must be completed in each area. Prerequisite:]
ART 1 1 1 or 115; or consent of instructor.
229
CERAMICS II
Continuation of Ceramics I. Emphasis on
use of the wheel and technical aspects such as
glaze making and kiln firing. Prerequisite:
ART 119.
310
HISTORY AND PRACTICE
OF ART EDUCATION
This course concerns the teaching of art, from
the distant past to the present. Topics include i
Discipline-Based Art Education: its philoso-
phy, history, and context; lesson planning; and
teaching methods. Course work includes
observation of art classes in elementary and
secondary schools in the greater Williamsport
area. Required of art majors in the K-12
certification program.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ART
130
>AINT1NG II
Continuation of Painting I (ART 220).
imphasis is placed on individual style and
echnique. Artists and movements in art are
tudied. No limitations as to painting media,
ubject matter, or style. Prerequisite: ART 220.
(31
!OTH CENTURY EUROPEAN
^ND AMERICAN ART
Developments in European and American
^rt from about 1 880 to the present, including
Cubism, Dada, Surrealism, Abstraction,
Abstract Expressionism, Photorealism, and
'ost-Modemism.
\2>2>
9TH CENTURY EUROPEAN
^ND AMERICAN ART
The art of Western Europe and the United
Jtates from 1780-1900, with emphasis on
)ainting in France. Those artists to be studied
nclude David, Goya, Delacroix, Courbet, the
mpressionists, Tumer, Homer, Cole and Eakins.
>34
\RT OF THE RENAISSANCE
The art of Italy and Northern Europe from
1300 to 1530, with emphasis on the painters
jiotto, Masaccio, Leonardo da Vinci, Raphael,
ritian. Van Eyck, and Durer, the sculptors
jhiberti, Donatello and Michelangelo, and the
irchitects Brunelleschi and Alberti.
$35
SCULPTURE II
A continuation of Sculpture I (Art 225).
Bmphasis is on advanced technical process,
[lasting of bronze and aluminum sculpture
ivill be done in the school foundry. Prerequi-
site: ART 225.
536
\RT OF THE BAROQUE
Seventeenth-century painting and sculpture
in Italy and The Netherlands with emphasis on
Bernini, Poussin. Rubens, and Rembrandt, with
special attention given to the expressive, nar-
rative, and painterly styles present in their art.
337
PHOTOGRAPHY II
To extend the skills developed in Introduc-
tion to Photography (ART 227) by continued
growth in technical expertise including
instruction in photo art processes such as
collage, multiple images, hand-coloring and/
or toning. Emphasis is placed on conceptual
and aesthetic aspects of photography. Prereq-
uisite: ART 227.
338
PRINTMAKING II
Continuation of Printmaking I (ART 228).
Emphasis on multi-plate and viscosity
printing. Prerequisite: ART 228.
339
WOMEN IN ART
A survey of women artists from a variety
of viewpoints — aesthetic, historical, social,
political and economic — which seeks to
understand and integrate the contributions of
women artists into the mainstream of the
history of art.
342
PHOTOGRAPHY III
Study of techniques and aesthetics of color
photography using color negatives and/or
slides, advanced imaging techniques utilizing
the computer to enhance and manipulate
students' original photographs, and introduc-
tion to large format view cameras. Integration
of tools to students' own artistic process
emphasized. A portfolio including examples
of color, image processing and large format
work will be produced. Prerequisites: ART
227, 337, and 343.
343
COMPUTER GRAPHICS FOR PRINT MEDIA
Use of computers as an artist's and
designer's tool. Concentrated, hands-on study
of image manipulation, illustration and layout
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^S
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ART
programs. Content of course includes funda-
mentals of vector and raster imaging, typogra-
phy, design, layout, color separation, and
manipulating computer images obtained from
scanners, video sources, and the students' own
original production using computer paint
software. Prerequisite: ART 227 and either
ART in or 115; or consent of instructor.
344
COMPUTER GRAPHICS
FOR ELECTRONIC MEDIA
Use of the computer as a tool to create,
manipulate and edit video for artistic and
commercial purposes. Content of course
includes computer animation, multi-media
program production and computer interfaced
video production. Prerequisite: ART 343 or
consent of instructor.
440
PAINTING III
Advanced study of painting techniques and
materials. A personal painting direction is
expected. There is some experimentation with
new painting techniques. Prerequisite: ART
330.
441
DRAWING III
Continued study of the human figure,
individual style, and professional control of
drawing techniques and media are empha-
sized. Prerequisite: ART 221
442
SPECIAL PROJECT IN
COMMERCIAL DESIGN
Concentrated research, preparation and
execution of a series of projects in commercial
design utilizing computer graphics, page
layout programs and paint, draw and image
manipulation software that simulate traditional
airbrush, water-based mediums, markers,
colored pencils and ink pens. The following
skills are involved: illustration, photography,
design, typesetting, lettering, layout, overlays,
scanning color separation, matching and
proofing and preparation of files for a service
bureau or printer. Prerequisite: ART 343 or
consent of instructor.
445
SCULPTURE III
In Sculpture III the student is expected to
produce a series of sculptures that follow a
conceptual and technical line of development.
Prerequisite: ART 116, 225, and 335.
446
STUDIO RESEARCH
Independent research in an elective studio
area, conducted under the supervision of the
appropriate faculty member, includes creation!
of work which may be incorporated in the
senior group exhibition. Student works in
private studio assigned by the department.
447
ART HISTORY RESEARCH
Independent research, conducted under thci
supervision of the appropriate faculty mem-
ber, includes the research and writing of a
thesis, to be presented to a committee of Art
Department faculty. This course may be
repeated for credit.
148, 248, 348 and 448
ART COLLOQUIUM
A non-credit seminar in which faculty,
students and invited professionals discuss and
critique specific art projects. Requii-ed of all
students majoring in art. Taken each semes-
ter. Meets 2-4 times each semester. Pass/Fail.
Non-credit seminar.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Recent studies in anatomy. Aspects of the
art nouveau, lithography, photography,
pottery, problems in illustration, and water-
color.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOC
ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS
ASTRONOMY
AND PHYSICS
Associate Professors: Erickson, Fisher,
Wolfe (Chairperson)
The department offers two majors. The
major in astronomy is specifically designed to
train students in the field of planetarium
sducation; it also may serve as a basis for
earning state certification as a secondary
school teacher of general science. The major
in physics can prepare students for graduate
work in physics, astronomy, and related
physical sciences, for the cooperative
program in engineering, for state certification
as secondary school teachers of physics, or for
technical positions in industry.
ASTRONOMY (ASTr)
The major in astronomy requires courses in
astronomy, physics, chemistry and mathemat-
ics. The required courses are ASTR 111, 448,
and five additional courses numbered ASTR
1 12 or higher, four of which must be numbered
ASTR 230 or higher; PHYS 225-226; CHEM
11 0- 1 1 1 or 330-33 1 ; and MATH 1 28- 1 29.
Astronomy majors are also required to register
for four semesters of ASTR 349 and 449 (non-
credit colloquia).
The requirement for taking ASTR 448 can
be satisfied by doing an individual studies or
honors project where the results would be
presented at a departmental colloquium. A
double major in astronomy and physics need
only take the course once. Students participat-
ing in an engineering 3-2 program will be exempt
from taking ASTR 448.
The following courses are recommended: PHIL
223 and 333, PHYS 333, and ART 227.
Students interested in teacher certification
should refer to the Department of Education on
page 90.
The following course has been approved to be
offered as a writing intensive course and may be
offered as such: ASTR 230. Students must
check semester class schedules to determine
which courses are offered as "W" courses for that
semester.
Minor
A minor in astronomy consists of a grade of C
or better in both ASTR 1 11 and PHYS 225 plus
any three additional courses selected from PHYS
226 or ASTR courses numbered 200 or higher.
104
FIELD GEOLOGY
A methods course introducing the field tech-
niques needed to study the geology
of an area. May or summer term only.
107
OBSERVATIONAL ASTRONOMY
A methods course providing the opportunity
to make a variety of astronomical observations,
both visually and photographically, with and
without telescopes. The planetarium is used to
familiarize the student with the sky at various
times during the year and from different
locations on earth. May or summer term only.
101
PRINCIPLES OF ASTRONOMY
111
PRINCIPLES OF ASTRONOMY
A summary of current concepts of the
universe from the solar system to distant
galaxies. Describes the techniques and instru-
ments used in astronomical research. Presents
not only what is reasonably well known about
the universe, but also considers some of the
major unsolved problems ASTR 101 and 111
share the same three hours of lecture and two
hours of laboratory each week. ASTR 111 has
1999-2(X)0 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS
one additional hour each week for more
advanced mathematical treatment of the
material. Credit may not be earned for both
101 and HI. Corequisite for 111: MATH 127
or consent of instructor.
102
PRINCIPLES OF GEOLOGY
112
PRINCIPLES OF GEOLOGY
A study of the surface processes and
internal structure of the planet Earth. Shows
how past events and lifeforms can be recon-
structed from preserved evidence to reveal the
geologic history of our planet from its origin to
the present. Describes the ways geology
influences our environment. ASTR 102 and
112 share the same three hours of lecture and
two hours of laboratory each week. 112 has
one additional hour each week for more
advanced mathematical treatment of the
material. Credit may not be earned for both
102 and 112. Corequisite for 112: MATH 127
or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
114
MANNED SPACE FLIGHT I
Traces the beginnings of rocketry and
spaceflight capability from Sputnik (1957)
through the conclusion of the Apollo moon
landings (1972). Extensive use of NASA
video and other audio-visual aids. Examina-
tion of scientific, engineering and political
motivations. When taken in May term, must be
scheduled with ASTR 115. Not for distribution.
Alternate years. One-half unit of credit.
115
MANNED SPACE FLIGHT II
Examines manned spaceflight from Skylab
missions (1973-74) through Apollo-Soyuz Test
Project, early Space Shuttle missions, to current
U.S. and Soviet space efforts. Extensive use of
NASA video. Examination of scientific,
engineering, and political motivations. When
taken in May Term, must be scheduled with
ASTR 114. Not for distribution. Alternate
years. One-half unit of credit.
230
PLANETARIUM TECHNIQUES
A methods course covering major aspects of
planetarium programming, operation
and maintenance. Students are required to
prepare and present a planetarium show. Upon
successfully completing the course, students ar
eligible to become planetarium assistants. Thn
hours of lecture and demonstration and three
hours of practical training per week. Prerequi-
site: a grade ofC or better in ASTR 101 or 111.
Alternate years.
243
PLANETARY SCIENCE
A comparative survey of the various classq
of natural objects that orbit the sun, including
the major planets, their satellites, the minor
planets, and comets. Topics include meteoro-
logical processes in atmospheres, geological
processes that shape surface features, internal
structures, the role of spacecraft in the explore
tion of the solar system, and clues to the origir
and dynamic evolution of the solar system.
Four hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites:
a grade ofCor better in ASTR 111 or 112, or
PHYS 225. Alternate years.
344
RELATIVITY AND COSMOLOGY
A detailed presentation of the special theory
of relativity and an introduction to the general
theory. Topics include: observational and
experimental tests of relativity, four-vectors,
tensors, space-time curvature, alternative
cosmological models, and the origin and futur^
of the universe. Four hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisites: ASTR 111 and PHYS 225.
Alternate years. Cross-listed as PHYS 344.
445
STELLAR EVOLUTION
The physical principles governing the
internal structure and external appearance of
stars. Mechanisms of energy generation and
transport within stars. The evolution of stars
from initial formation to final stages. The
creation of chemical elements by nucleosyn-
thesis. Four hours of lecture per week.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^»
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS
Prerequisites: ASTR III and PHYS 226.
\lternate years.
146
jtellar dynamics and
jAlactic structure
The motion of objects in gravitational
lelds. Introduction to the n-body problem,
rhe relation between stellar motions and the
;alactic potential. The large-scale structure of
galaxies in general and of the Milky Way
jalaxy in particular. Four hours of lecture
ler week. Prerequisites: ASTR 111 and
^HYS 225. Alternate years.
148
RESEARCH TOPICS
Students participate in a research project
inder the guidance of a faculty member in the
lepartment. In weekly meetings, they share
eports from the literature and report on their
)wn work. Topics will range from abstract
heoretical to selected practical experimental
nvestigations. Prerequisite: Permission of
he instructor Cross-listed as PHYS 448.
149 & 449
ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS COLLOQUIA
This non-credit but required course for
uniors and seniors majoring in astronomy and
)hysics offers students a chance to meet and
lear active scientists in astronomy, physics,
ind related scientific areas talk about their
)wn research or professional activities. In
iddition, majors in astronomy and physics
nust present two lectures, one given during
he junior year and one given during the senior
/ear, on the results of a literature survey or
heir individual research. Students majoring
n this department are required to attend four
lemesters during the junior and senior years.
\ letter grade will be given when the student
jives a lecture. Otherwise the grade will be P/
^. Students in the Cooperative Program in
Jberal Arts and Engineering are required to
ittend two semesters and present one lecture
luring their junior year. Non-credit course.
One hour per week. Cross-listed as PHYS
U9 & 449.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Independent studies may be undertaken in
most areas of astronomy.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
PHYSICS (PHYS)
The major in physics requires courses in
physics, chemistry and mathematics. The
required courses are PHYS 225, 226, 331, 332,
448 and four additional courses numbered
PHYS 333 or higher; CHEM 1 10-1 1 1 or 330-
331; and MATH 128-129. Physics majors are
also required to register for four semesters of
PHYS 349 and 449 (non-credit colloquia).
The requirement for taking PHYS 448 can
be satisfied by doing an individual studies or
honors project where the results would be
presented at a departmental colloquium. A
double major in astronomy and physics need
only take the course once. Students participat-
ing in an engineering 3-2 program will be
exempt from taking PHYS 448.
Up to two courses chosen from ASTR HI,
1 12, 243, 445 and 446 may substitute for two
of the four physics electives. The following
courses are recommended: MATH 231, 238;
CPTR 125 (all three required for the coopera-
tive engineering program and by many graduate
schools), and PHIL 223, 333.
Students interested in teacher certification
should refer to the Department of Education on
page 90.
The following courses have been approved
to be offered as writing intensive courses and
may be offered as such: PHYS 338, 447.
Students must check semester class schedules
to determine which courses are offered as "W"
courses for that semester.
999-2()(KJ ACADEMIC CATALOG
^M
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS
Minor
A minor in physics requires completion of
tiie following courses with a C grade or better:
PHYS 225-226, 331, 332, and one additional
course selected from PHYS courses numbered
300 or higher.
106
ENERGY ALTERNATIVES
A physicist's definition of work, energy, and
power. The various energy sources available
for use, such as fossil fuels, nuclear fission and
fusion, hydro, solar, wind, and geothermal. The
advantages and disadvantages of each energy-
conversion method, including availability,
efficiency, and environmental effects. Present
areas of energy research and possible future
developments. Projections of possible future
energy demands. Exercises and experiments in
energy collection, conversion, and utilization.
May or summer term only.
108
GREAT IDEAS OF THE
PHYSICAL UNIVERSE
An introduction to several major concepts
of physics which have developed over the past
several centuries, relating them to their broad
implications. The emphasis is on a descriptive
rather than a mathematical discussion of
topics which range from early Greek concepts
of science to present day methods and
techniques used to describe the physical
universe. Many distinctions and similarities
between science and other areas of human
endeavor will be studied to demonstrate the
beauty, simplicity, harmony, and grandeur of
some of the basic laws which govern the
universe. Three hours of lecture and tn-o
hours of laboratory per week. Alternate years.
225-226
FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICS I-II
A mathematically rigorous introduction to
physics designed for majors in physics, astro-
nomy, chemistry and mathematics. Topics
include mechanics, thermodynamics, electric-
ity and magnetism, waves, optics, and modem
physics. Five hours of lecture and recitation
and one three-hour laboratory per week. Core-
quisite: MATH 128 or 129. With consent of
department, MATH 109 may substitute for
MATH 128 or 129 as a prerequisite.
331
CLASSICAL MECHANICS
An analytical approach to classical mechan-
ics. Topics include: kinematics and dynamics
of single particles and systems of particles,
gravitation and other central forces, moving
reference frames, and Lagrangian and Hamiltol
nian formulations of mechanics. Four hours oj
lecture and three hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: MATH 129 and a grade ofC or
better in PHYS 225.
332
ELECTROMAGNETISM
A theoretical treatment of classical electro-
magnetism. Topics include: electrostatics,
magnetostatics, electric and magnetic poten-
tials, electric and magnetic properties of matter
Maxwell's equations, the electromagnetic
field, and the propagation of electromagnetic
radiation. Four hours of lecture and three hours <
of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: MATH
129 and a grade ofC or better in PHYS 226.
333
OPTICS
Geometrical optics, optical systems,
physical optics, interference, Fraunhofer
and Fresnel diffraction, and coherence and
lasers will be covered. Three hours of lecture
and three hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: PHYS 226 and MATH 128; or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
336
MATHEMATICAL METHODS OF PHYSICS
Solution of ordinary linear differential
equations using power series and Laplace
transforms, nonlinear differential and coupled
differential equations, Fourier analysis using
both trigonometric and complex exponential
functions, complex variables, eigenvalue
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOC
ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS
jroblems, infinite dimensional vector spaces,
mrtial differential equations, boundary value
jroblem solutions to the wave equation, heat
low equation and Laplace's equation. Prereq-
lisites: MATH 231 and 238. Alternate years.
J37
FHERMODYNAMICS AND
STATISTICAL MECHANICS
Classical thermodynamics will be presented,
showing that the macroscopic properties of a
system can be specified without a knowledge of
:he microscopic properties of the constituents of
:he system. Then statistical mechanics will be
ieveloped, showing that these same macro-
scopic properties are determined by the micro-
scopic properties. Four hours of lecture and
recitation per week. Prerequisites: PHYS226
and MATH 129. Alternate years.
338
MODERN PHYSICS
Thorough investigation of changes in the
classical understanding of space and time
together with those of energy and matter that
led to the time development of relativistic and
quantum mechanical theories. Topics include:
introduction to special relativity, blackbody
radiation, the postulation of the photon and
quantization, atomic spectra, interactions of
matter and energy, Bohr model of the atom,
concepts of symmetry, and development and
applications of the Schrodinger equation.
Four hours of lecture and one-three hour
laboratory per week. Prerequisites: MATH
129 and a grade ofCor better in PHYS 226.
339
SOLID STATE PHYSICS
Topics include crystalline structures,
periodic potentials, band structure, free
electron model, semiconductor physics,
electromagnetic and thermal properties of
solids, superconductivity, and superfluidity.
Four hours of lecture and three hours of
laboratory per week. Prerequisites: PHYS
332 and MATH 129; or consent of instructor.
Alternate years.
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
344
RELATIVITY AND COSMOLOGY
A detailed presentation of the special theory of
relativity and an introduction to the general theory.
Topics include: observational and experimental
tests of relativity, four vectors, tensors, space-time
curvature, alternative cosmological models, and
the origin and future of the universe. Four
hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: ASTR 111
andPHYS225. Alternate years. Cross-listed as
ASTR 344.
439
INTRODUCTION TO QUANTUM MECHAN-
ICS
Basic concepts and formulation of quantum
theory. The free particle, the simple harmonic
oscillator, the hydrogen atom, and central force
problems will be discussed. Both time-indepen-
dent and time-dependent perturbation theory will
be covered. Four hours of lecture and recitation.
Prerequisite: Either PHYS 226 or CHEM 331, and
MA TH231. Cross-listed as CHEM 439.
447
NUCLEAR AND PARTICLE PHYSICS
The course will consider properties of nuclei,
nuclear models, radioactivity, nuclear reactions
(including fission and fusion), and properties of
elementary particles. The interactions of nuclear
particles with matter and the detection of nuclear
particles will be covered. It will be shown how
observed phenomena lead to theories on the
nature of fundamental interactions, how these
forces act at the smallest measurable distances,
and what is expected to occur at even smaller
distances. Four hours of lecture and recitation
and three hours of laboratoiy per week. Prereq-
uisites: PHYS 226, MATH 129, and either PHYS
338 or CHEM 110. Alternate year.^.
448
RESEARCH TOPICS
Students participate in a research project
under the guidance of a faculty member in the
department. In weekly meetings, they share
reports from the literature and report on their
^A
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS • BIOLOGY
own work. Topics will range from abstract
theoretical to selected practical experimental
investigations. Prerequisite: Permission of
the instructor Cross-listed as ASTR 448.
349 & 449
ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS
COLLOQUIA
This non-credit but required course for juniors
and seniors majoring in astronomy and physics
offers students a chance to meet and hear active
scientists in astronomy, physics and related
scientific areas talk about their own research or
professional activities. In addition, majors in
astronomy and physics must present two lectures,
one given during the junior year and one given
during the senior year, on the results of a literature
survey or their individual research. Students
majoring in this department are required to attend
four semesters during the junior and senior
years. A letter grade will be given when the
student gives a lecture. Otherwise the grade will
be P/F. Students in the Cooperative Program in
Liberal Arts and Engineering are required to
attend two semesters and present one lecture
during their junior year. Non-credit course. One
hour per week. Cross-listed as ASTR 349 & 449.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Interns in physics work off campus under
the supervision of professional physicists
employed by local industries or hospitals.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Independent studies may be undertaken in
most areas of physics.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
BIOLOGY (BIO)
Professors: Angstadt, Diehl
Associate Professors: Gabriel, Zaccaria,
Zimmerman (Chairperson)
Assistant Professors: Briggs, Newman
The Department of Biology offers both
B.A. and B.S. degree programs, with minors
available in Biology and Environmental
Science. Consent of instructor may replace
BIO 110-111 as a prerequisite for all
upper level biology courses.
The B.A. Degree
To earn the B.A. degree students must
complete the 1 3 course major which consists
of BIO 110, 111,222, 224, 225, 321, 323 and
one course in Biology numbered 328 or higheij
(excluding BIO 400 or 470); one course from
CHEM 1 15, 220, or 221 plus two additional
units of Chemistry; two units of mathematical
sciences chosen from CPTR 108, 125 and/or
MATH 103, 109, 127, 128 or above. In
addition, juniors and seniors are required to {
successfully complete BIO 349/449 (non-
credit colloquium) for a maximum of four I
semesters and complete the capstone experi-
ences described below. Enrollment in student
teaching and/or other similar off-campus j
academic experiences will be accepted by the !
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
BIOLOGY
department in lieu of that semester's collo-
quium requirement. Only two courses
numbered below 221 may count toward the
major. Declared Biology majors may substi-
tute BIO 101-102 for BIO 1 10-1 1 1 with
written consent of the department chair.
The B.S. Degree
To earn the B.S. degree students must
complete the 13 course major described for
the B.A., meet the colloquium requirement,
and pass three courses chosen in any combina-
tion from the following: BIO 328 or above
(including BIO 400 and/or 470), CHEM 200
or above, PHYS 200 or above, or MATH
127 or above. Students electing to graduate
with a B.S. must complete the capstone
experiences listed below.
Cooperative Programs
Certain specific exceptions to the B.A. and
B.S. degrees will be made for students in
accelerated programs. The requirements for
accelerated programs in Optometry, Forestry
or Environmental Studies, Medical Technol-
ogy, and Podiatry can be found in the
Academic Program section of the catalog.
Students interested in these programs should
contact the program director before finalizing
their individual programs.
Writing Intensive Courses
The following courses have been approved
to be offered as writing intensive courses and
may be offered as such: BIO 222, 224.
Students should check semester class sched-
ules to determine which courses are offered as
"W" courses for that semester.
Capstone Experiences for Biology Majors
In order to graduate, all biology majors
must demonstrate to the Department their
command of biology by meeting the following
three criteria.
1. Practical Experience: All students must
complete at least one of the experiences
in the following list: Internship,
Practicum, Relevant Summer Experi-
ence, Independent Studies, Honors,
Medical Technology Internship, Teach-
ing Semester, Biology Laboratory
Assistant, Biology-related volunteer
work. (Summer experiences. Biology-
related volunteer work, or working as a
lab assistant must be approved by the
Department in order to be used to meet
this requirement.)
2. Research & Presentation Component:
All junior and senior majors are required
to successfully complete Biology
Colloquia (BIO 349 and 449) during all
their semesters on campus. During their
final year, students will research a
biological topic and make an oral
presentation at the Biology Colloquium.
This will provide the student with the
basic level of information literacy in the
biological science.
3. Assessment: All majors are required to
take at least one of the exams listed
below or pass a Biology Department Exit
Exam. GRE - Bio subject exam, MCAT,
OAT, DAT, VCAT, or the Praxis. By the
end of their first semester of their senior
year, students must provide the Depart-
ment official documentation of the scores
they have earned on one of these exams.
If one or more of these requirements
have not been met by the end of their
first semester of their senior year, the
student must submit a plan signed by
their advisor showing when and how
these requirements will be completed.
Certification in Secondary Education
A Biology major interested in becoming
certified at the secondary level to teach
Biology and/or General Science should, as
early as possible, consult the current Depart-
ment of Education Teacher Education
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
BIOLOGY
Handbook and should make their plans known
to their advisor and the Chair of the Education
Department so the required courses can be
scheduled before the Professional Semester.
a) To obtain certification in Secondary
Biology a student must successfully
complete a Biology major, EDUC 200.
PSY 138, the Pre-Student Teaching
Participation, and the Professional
Semester (EDUC 446, 447 and 449).
Students may choose EDUC 232 and/or
EDUC 239 as Education electives.
b) Students interested in obtaining
General Science/Biology certification
must complete all the requirements for
secondary Biology listed in (a) as well
as PHYS 108 or 225 and any two
courses from ASTR 1 11, 1 12 or 243.
ASTR 230 is strongly recommended as
an additional course.
Minors
The Department of Biology offers two
minors: Biology and Environmental Science.
A minor in biology requires the completion
of four courses numbered 200 or higher, with
their appropriate prerequisites (i.e., two
introductory biology courses). At least two of
these must be from the series of courses BIO
222, 224, 225, 321, or 323.
A minor in Environmental Science consists
of two introductory biology courses (one of
which must be BIO 220), BIO 224, two
additional courses numbered 200 or higher,
one course in economics (recommended
ECON 225), and ASTR 102.
Biology majors who minor in Environmen-
tal Science must complete all requirements of
a biology major. In addition, they need to
complete BIO 220, one advanced biology
course (328 or higher), ECON 225, ASTR
1 12, and one course selected from either
ECON 240 or PSCI 237.
101
PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY I
An investigation of biological principles
including cell biology, mitosis and meiosis,
genetics, molecular biology, photosynthesis,
evolution and natural selection, and diversity.
The course is designed for students not
planning to major in the biological sciences.
Credit may not be earned for both BIO 101
and 1 10. Three hours of lecture and one-
three hour laboratory per week.
102
PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY II
An investigation of biological principles
including ecological systems, mechanisms and
functions of the endocrine, digestive, cardio-
vascular, respiratory, nervous, renal and
reproductive systems. The course is designed
for students not planning to major in the
biological sciences. Credit may not be earned
for both BIO 102 and 111. BIO 101 is not a
prerequisite for BIO 102. Three hours of
lecture and one-three hour lab per week.
110-111
INTRODUCTION TO BIOLOGY
An introduction to the study of biology
designed for students planning to major in the
biological sciences. Major topics considered
include the origin of life, cellular respiration
and photosynthesis, genetics, development,
anatomy and physiology, ecology, behavior,
and evolution. Credit may not be earned for
both BIO 101 and 110 or for both BIO 102
and 111. Three hours of lecture cmd one
three-hour laboratory per week.
213-214
HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
Using the organ-systems approach, the
course is an introduction to the human body —
its anatomy, physiology, and normal develop-
ment — with particular attention to structure
and function at all levels of its biological
organization (molecular through organismal).
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^H
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
BIOLOGY
Three hours of lecture, and one three-hour
laboratory per week. Prerequisite: CHEM
1 15 or 220. or consent of instructor.
220
ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY
This course provides an introduction to eco-
logical principles and concepts with an exami-
nation of the biological basis of contemporary
environmental problems. The effects of human
population on earth's resources are studied
against a background of biological and health
sciences. This course is designed primarily for
students not planning to major in the biological
sciences. Three hours of lecture and one three-
hour laboratory per week. Pre-requisite: BIO
101 or 110. This course is not a substitute for
BIO HI for majors.
Ill
GENETICS
A general consideration of the principles
governing inheritance, including treatment of
classical, molecular, cytological, physiology,
microbial, human, and population genetics.
Three hours of lecture and two two-hour
laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite:
BIO 110-111.
224
ECOLOGY
The study of the principles of ecology with
emphasis on the role of chemical, physical,
and biological factors affecting the distribu-
tion and succession of plant and animal
populations and communities. Included will
be field studies of local habitats as well as
laboratory experimentation. Three hours of
lecture and one three-hour laboratory per
week. Prerequisite: BIO 110-111.
225
PLANT SCIENCES
A survey of the structure, development,
function, classification, and use of plants and
related organisms. The study will comprise
four general topic areas: form, including
morphology and anatomy of plants in growth
1999-2(X)(1 ACADEMIC CATALOG
and reproduction; function, concentrating on
nutrition and metabolism peculiar to photosyn-
thetic organisms; classification systems and
plant identification, and human uses of plants.
Three hours of lecture and one three hour lab-
oratory per week. Prerequisite: BIO 110-111.
226
MICROBIOLOGY FOR
THE HEALTH SCIENCES
A study of microorganisms with emphasis
given to their taxonomy and their role in various
aspects of human infectious disease. Mecha-
nisms for treating and preventing infectious
diseases will be presented. Laboratory to include
diagnostic culture procedures, antibiotic
sensitivity testing, serology, anaerobic tech-
niques and a study of hemolytic reactions. Three
hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory per
week. Prerequisite: One year of introductory
level biology, one year of chemistry or consent of
instructor. Not open to students who have
received credit for BIO 32 1 .
321
MICROBIOLOGY
A study of microorganisms. Emphasis is given
to the identification and physiology of microor-
ganisms as well as to their role in disease, their
economic importance, and industrial applica-
tions. Three hours of lecture and two two-hour
laboratory periods perweek. Prerequisite: BIO
110-111. Not open to students who have
received credit for BIO 226.
323
HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY
The mechanisms and functions of systems,
including the autonomic, endocrine, digestive,
cardiovascular, respiratory, renal, nervous,
and reproductive systems. Three hours of
lecture and one three-hour laboratory per
week. Prerequisite: BIO 1 10-111.
^»
LYCOMING COLLEGE
BIOLOGY
328
AQUATIC BIOLOGY
A field-oriented course dealing with freshwa-
ter ecosystems. Studies will include a survey
of the plankton, benthos, and fish — as well as
the physical and chemical characteristics of
water that influence their distribution. Several
local field trips and an extended field trip to a
field station will familiarize students with the
diversity of habitats and techniques of limnolo-
gists. Alternate years. Prerequisites: BIO
110-111.
329
TROPICAL MARINE BIOLOGY
A field-oriented course where students
study the creatures of the fringing reefs,
barrier reefs, lagoons, turtlegrass beds and
mangrove swamps at a tropical marine
laboratory. Studies will include survey of
plankton, invertebrates, and fish as well as the
physical and chemical characteristics that
influence their distribudon. Prerequisite:
BIO 110-111. Alternate May terms.
333
MEDICINAL AND POISONOUS PLANTS
An overview of plants that produce
physiologically active substances that are
important to humans and animals. Major
themes include: Mechanisms and symptoms
of poisoning, and plant chemicals with useful
physiological effects. Laboratory topics
include plant classification and techniques for
compound idendfication. Three hours of
lecture and one three-hour laboratory per
week. Prerequisites: BIO 110-111, or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
334
INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
Comparadve study of the invertebrate
phyla with emphasis on phylogeny, physiol-
ogy, morphology, and ecology. Two three-
hour lecture/laboratory periods per week.
Prerequisite: BIO 110-11 1. Alternate years.
338
HUMAN ANATOMY
An upper-division elective course which
uses a combined organ-system and regional
approach to the study of human anatomy. The
course includes lecture, laboratory and indi-
vidual and/or group mini-projects. Computer
simulated dissection software packages are used
extensively. Video presentadons of cadaver
dissecdons and a video disk of cross-secdonal
anatomy are available for study. Prerequisites.
BIO 110 and 111.
340
PLANT ANIMAL INTERACTIONS
An investigation of different herbivorous
animals, plant defenses, and how herbivores
influence plants. Topics include evoludon of
herbivores and plants, effects of herbivory on
individuals and communities, and types of plan
defenses. We will also discuss how animals
deal with plant defenses, the advantages and
disadvantages of monophagous and polypha-
gous lifestyles, different types of herbivores
and herbivore damage, and mutualisms betweei
plants and their herbivores. Three hours of
lecture and one three-hour laboratory per week
Prerequisites: BIO 110-111, or consent of
instructor Alternate years.
341
VERTEBRATE EMBRYOLOGY
A study of the development of vertebrates
from ferdlization to the fully formed fetus.
Particular attention is given to the chick and
human as representadve organisms. Two three-
hour lecture/laboratoiy periods per week.
Prerequisite: BIO 1 10-1 1 1. Alternate years.
342
ANIMAL BEHAVIOR
A study of causation, function, evolution,
and biological significance of animal behaviors
in their normal environment and social contexts
Three hours of lecture and one four-hour
laboratory each week. Prerequisite: BIO
110-111. Alternate years.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
BIOLOGY
346
VIROLOGY
An introduction to the study of viruses. The
course will cover virus anatomy and reproduc-
tion, diseases caused by viruses, modern
treatments of viral infections and viral vaccines
produced by recombinant DNA and other
technologies. Course content will also include
a description of how viruses are used as tools
for genetic engineering and for studying
cellular processes like membrane signal
transduction, regulation of genetic expression
and oncogenesis (cancer). Four hours of
lecture per week. Prerequisite: BIO 110-1 11
or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
347
IMMUNOLOGY
The course introduces concepts concerning
how pathogens cause disease and host defense
mechanisms against infectious diseases.
Characterization of and relationships between
antigens, haptens, and antibodies are presented.
Serological assays will include: agglutination,
precipitations, immunofluorescence,
immunoeletrophoresis, and complement
fixation. Other topics are: immediate and
delayed hypersensitivities (i.e. allergies such as
hay fever and poison ivy), immunological renal
diseases, immunohematology (blood groups,
etc), hybridome technology, the chemistry and
function of complement, autoimmunity, and
organ graft rejection phenomena. Three hours
of lecture, one three-hour laboratory, and one
hour of arranged work per week. Prerequisite:
BIO 110-111. Alternate years.
348
ENDOCRINOLOGY
This course begins with a survey of the
role of the endocrine hormones in the integra-
tion of body functions. This is followed by a
study of the control of hormone synthesis and
release, and a consideration of the mecha-
nisms by which hormones accomplish their
effects on target organs. Two three-hour
lecture/laboratory periods per week. Pre-
requisite: BIO 110-111. A Iternate years.
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
400
BIOLOGY PRACTICUM
A work-oriented experience for junior or
senior biology majors jointly sponsored by the
Department and a public or private agency.
The practicum is designed to integrate class-
room theory with field or laboratory practice.
In addition to attendance at a weekly seminar,
students will spend 10-12 hours per week at the
sponsoring agency. Academic work will
include, but is not limited to: a log, readings,
recitation and an assigned research
paper related to the specific agency's activities.
May be repeated once for credit with permis-
sion of the instructor.
430
COMPARATIVE ANATOMY
OF VERTEBRATES
Detailed examination of the origins, struc-
ture, and functions of the principal organs of the
vertebrates. Special attention is given to the
progressive modification of organs from lower
to higher vertebrates. Three hours of lecture
and one four-hour laboratory per week. Prereq-
uisite: BIO 110-111. Alternate years.
431
HISTOLOGY
A study of the basic body tissues and the
microscopic anatomy of the organs and
structures of the body which are formed from
them. Focus is on normal human histology.
Three hours of lecture and one four-hour
laboratory per week. Prerequisite: BIO 11 0-
111. Alternate years.
435
CELL BIOLOGY
An intensive study of the cell as the basic
unit of life. Topics will include: origins of
cellular life, biochemistry of the cell,
enzymatic reactions, cellular membranes,
intracellular communication, the cell cycle, the
cytoskeleton and cell motility, protein sorting,
distribution and secretion. Prerequisites: BIO
110-111 and one semester of organic chemistry.
Alternate years.
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
BIOLOGY
•
436
EVOLUTION
The study of the origin and modification of
life on earth. Topics discussed include molecu-
lar evolution, population genetics, gene flow,
natural selection, sexual selection, kin selection,
neutral theory, extinction, co-evolution, and
the evolution of man. Four hours of lecture
per week. Prerequisite: BIO 110-111, or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
An in-depth analysis of fundamental
cellular information flow processes with
particular emphasis on how these processes
have been harnessed in the laboratory,
resulting in technologies such as DNA cloning
and sequencing, the Polymerase Chain
Reaction (PCR), genetic testing, gene therapy,
genetic engineering, DNA forensics, and
construction of gene libraries. Two hours of
lecture, a one-hour lab and a three-hour lab
per week. Prerequisites: BIO 110-111 and one
semester of organic chemistry.
439
MEDICAL GENETICS
This course is concerned with the relation-
ships of heredity to disease. Discussions will
focus on topics such as chromosomal abnor-
malities, metabolic variation and disease,
somatic cell genetics, genetic screening, and
immunogenetics. Laboratory exercises will
offer practical experiences in genetic diagnos-
tic techniques. Prerequisite: BIO 101-102 or
110-1 11. May term only.
440
PARASITOLOGY AND
MEDICAL ENTOMOLOGY
The biology of parasites and parasitism.
Studies on the major groups of animal parasites
and anthropod vectors of disease will involve
taxonomy and life cycles. Emphasis will be
made on parasites of medical and veterinary
importance. Three hours of lecture and one
three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisites
BIO 110-111. A It e mate years.
444
BIOCHEMISTRY
Emphasis is given to the metabolism of
carbohydrates, lipids, amino acids, proteins,
and nucleic acids; integration of metabolism; i
and biochemical control mechanisms, includ-
ing allosteric control, induction, repression,
signal transduction as well as the various
types of inhibitive control mechanisms. Threl
hours of lecture, one three-hour laboratory
and one hour of arranged work per week.
Prerequisite: CHEM 115 or 221, or consent
of instructor. Cross-listed as CHEM 444.
Alternate years.
445
RADIATION BIOLOGY
A study of the effects of ionizing and non-
ionizing radiations on cells, tissues and organ-
isms. Consideration will be given to repair
mechanisms and how repair deficiencies
elucidate the nature of radiation damage. Tlnee
hours of lecture and one three-hour laborato-
ry per week. Prerequisites: BIO 110-111,
one year of chemistry. Alternate years.
446
PLANT ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
A study of plant physiology as a function
of plant anatomy. Metabolic relationships and
environmental factors will be examined from
a background of the structure and develop-
ment of cells, tissues, organs, and whole
plants. Three hours of lecture and one three-
hour laboratory per week. Prerequisites: BIO
110-111 and 225. Alternate years.
349 & 449
BIOLOGY COLLOQUIUM
This course offers the student a chance to
become familiar with research in the biological
sciences using techniques such as meeting and
talking with active researchers, reading and
critically analyzing the current literature, and
discussing the ideas and methods shaping
LYCOMING COLLEGE
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
BIOLOGY • BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
biology. Students will be required to read and
analyze specific papers, actively participate in
discussions. Biology majors with junior and
senior standing are required to successfully
complete coUoquim during all semesters on
campus except for semesters when student
teaching. The grade will be P/F. Non-credit
course. One hour per week. Prerequisites:
biology majors with junior or senior class
standing.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Recent samples of internships in the
department include ones with the Department
of Environmental Resources, nuclear medicine
or rehabilitative therapies at a local hospital.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Departmental studies are experimentally-
oriented and may entail either lab or field
work.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
Examples of recent honors projects have
involved stream analysis, gypsy moth
research, drug synthesis and testing.
BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION
(BUS)
Associate Professor: Weaver
Assistant Professors: Henninger (Chairperson),
Stemgold, Toncar
Part-time Instructors: Larrabee
This major is designed to educate students
about business and management functions in
both commercial and non-commercial organi-
zations. The program provides a well-balanced
preparation for a wide variety of professions
and careers, including banking, financial
services, small business management, market-
ing, sales, advertising, retailing, general
management, supervision, investments, human
resources management, and management
information systems. The major is also
appropriate for students who plan to attend
graduate school in business or related fields,
such as law or public administration.
All students majoring in Business Adminis-
tration must complete the ten core courses and
at least one of the four tracks listed below.
Core courses required of all majors:
ACCT 1 10; BUS 223, 228, 244, 312, 320,
338. 441;ECON 1 10 or 111; MATH 103.
Track requirements:
1. General Management:
ACCT 130; BUS 330, 449; one course from
BUS 235, 332, 343, 345, 429
2. Financial Management:
ACCT 130; BUS 339; two courses from
BUS 340, 345, 435, ECON 220
3. Marketing Management:
BUS 319, 342, 429; one course from BUS
332, 343, 444
4. International Business Management:
Two courses selected from BUS 319, 330,
435; ECON 343; PSCI 225; one course
selected from ECON 240, PSCI 221. PSCI
326; and two higher-numbered language
courses beyond those used to meet the
foreign language distribution requirement.
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Majors in the International Business Manage-
ment track are encouraged to minor in a
foreign language. Additionally, it is the
expectation, though not a requirement, that
they will complete a practicum or
internship relating to international business,
preferably in a foreign country.
Minors
The department offers three minors:
(1) general management,
(2) financial management, and
(3) marketing management.
1. General Management:
Students are required to complete BUS
1 12, 228, 244, one course in the department
numbered 300 or higher, and either BUS
223 or a second course in the department
numbered 300 or higher. If two courses are
taken numbered 300 or higher, each must
be chosen from a different major track.
2. Financial Management:
Students are required to complete BUS
338, 339, 340, ECON 220 and either
ECON441 or BUS 345.
3. Marketing Management:
Students are required to take BUS 228,
319, 342 and any two of the following:
BUS 332, 343, 429 or 444.
Internships
Through BUS 439, Business Practicum,
and BUS 325, International Internship, the
department offers a wide variety of U.S. and
international internships with businesses,
government agencies and nonprofit organiza-
tion. In addition, the department is a member
of the institute for Management Studies, which
also offers internships, including several full-
time paid internships during the summer.
Recommended Courses
All majors and minors are encouraged to
complete a selection of the following courses:
• ACCT 1 30 Accounting for Managerial
Decision-Making (Track 3 majors)
• BUS 235 Legal Principles I
• ECON 1 1 0 Principles of Macroeconomics
and 1 1 1 Principles of Microeconomics
• COMM 21 1 Public Speaking and Group
Communication, 323 Feature Writing for
Special Audiences, and 235 Writing and
Speaking in Business and the Professions
• PHIL 216 Philosophical Issues in Business
• PSCI 1 1 0 Government and Politics in the
United States
The following courses have been approved
to be offered as cultural diversity courses:
BUS 244, 319. Students must check semester
class schedules to determine which courses
are offered as "D" courses for that semester.
Writing Intensive Courses
The following courses have been approved to
be offered as writing intensive courses and
may be offered as such: BUS 244, 441.
Students must check semester class schedules
to determine which courses are offered as
"W" courses for that semester.
Institute for Management Studies
The Department of Business Administra-
tion is a member of the Institute for Manage-
ment Studies. See page 109.
112
BUSINESS AND SOCIETY
A critical examination of the role of business'
in modem society. Topics include the social
and economic roles of business management
techniques by commercial and non-commer-
cial organizations (e.g., banks, manufacturers,!
retail stores, hospitals), and business careers
and functions. Designed for students consid-
ering majors or minors in business, and for non-
majors seeking a broad understanding of
business. May not be taken for credit by
students who have successfully completed four
or more courses m BUS.
223
QUANTITATIVE BUSINESS ANALYSIS
A study of the opportunities and shortcom-
ings of a quantitative approach to managerial
LYCOMING COLLEGE
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOC
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
lecision-making. Using hand-computed and
omputer generated decisional models, students
xplore quantitative applications to quality
ontrol, resource allocation, inventory control,
lecisional analysis, network scheduling,
orecasting, and other topics. Prerequisite:
4ATH 103 or consent of instructor.
28
MARKETING PRINCIPLES
A study of the methods used by business and
onprofit organizations to design, price,
iromote and distribute their products and
ervices. Topics include new product develop-
ment, advertising, retailing, consumer behavior,
marketing strategy, ethical issues in marketing
nd others. Readings, case studies, library
ssignments and team research projects.
35
£GAL PRINCIPLES I
Lectures and analyses of cases on the
ature, sources, and fundamentals of the law
1 general, and particularly as relating to
ontracts, agency, and negotiable instruments.
36
£GAL PRINCIPLES II
Lectures on the fundamentals and history
f the law relating to legal association, real
iroperty, wills, and estates.
44
/lANAGEMENT AND
)RGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR
A study of the complex character of organi-
ational life and the discipline and process of
tianagement. Topics include the evolution and
cope of organizations and management, plan-
ling. organizing, leading, and controlling,
imphasis is placed on the importance of man-
ging in a global environment, understanding
[le ethical implications of managerial decisions,
nd appreciating work place diversity.
112
lUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
A study of the recruitment, selection,
levelopment, compensation, retention.
evaluation, and promotion of personnel within
an organization. Emphasis is on understanding
these major activities performed by Human
Resource Management professionals as
organizations deal with increased laws and
regulations, the proliferation of lawsuits related
to Human Resources, changes in work force
characteristics, and an increasingly competitive
work environment. 1/2 unit of credit. Prerequi-
site: BUS 244 or consent of instructor.
319
INTERNATIONAL MARKETING
An investigation of the challenges of doing
business in an increasingly global environment.
Special emphasis is placed on the cultural and
social diversity of international markets.
Examines the marketing strategies of global
firms, and the challenges of international
pricing, distribution, advertising and product
development. Prerequisite: BUS 228 or
consent of instructor.
320
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION
SYSTEMS
A study of computer information systems
and digital networks from the perspective of
business managers and other end-users. Topics
include the components and functions of
management information systems, personal
productivity applications, distributed networks
and communication systems (including the
Internet and World Wide Web), database
management, electronic commerce and other
emerging technologies and business applica-
tions. One-half unit of credit. Prerequisite:
BUS 244 or consent of instructor.
325
INTERNATIONAL INTERNSHIP
A seven week overseas internship experi-
ence, supervised on site by a member of the
Lycoming College faculty. The course includes
an internship with an organization in the host
country, and a program of activities designed to
familiarize the student with the cultural,
999-2(K)() ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
political and legal environment of the host
country. These activities include seminars,
guest lecturers, visits to centers of government
and to sites of cultural and/or historical
importance. Previous internships have in-
cluded: The Prince's Youth Business Trust,
The Oxfordshire Chamber of Commerce,
Oxford Brookes University, Critchley's
Chartered Accountants, Oxfam U.K., Spires
International and FPD Savills International; all
located in Oxford, England. Previous programs
in the U.K. have included visits to the House
of Parliament, Windsor Castle and Stone-
henge, as well as weekend trips to Dublin,
Ireland and Paris, France. Open to business
and non-business majors and may be taken for
four to eight semester hours of credit. Prereq-
uisite: consent of instructor. Summer term
only. May be repeated for credit, provided that
the 16-credit limit for practica, internships,
and /or student teaching is not exceeded.
330
INTERNATIONAL MANAGEMENT
A study of the dynamic process of applying
management concepts and techniques in a
multinational environment. Topics include
global strategy and competitiveness, the
cultural context, intercultural communications,
organizational behavior and human resource
management, and ethics and social responsi-
bility. Special emphasis is placed on managing
organizational cultures and diversity and the
environment for international management.
Prerequisite: BUS 244 or consent of instructor
332
ADVERTISING AND PROMOTION
How businesses and other institutions
promote their products to consumers. The
role of advertising and promotion in the
marketing strategy of the firm in investigated,
and the effects of different promotional tools
and advertising techniques is discussed.
Prerequisite: BUS 228 or consent of
instructor.
338
FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCIAL MAN-
AGEMENT
A study of the fundamental theory, tools,
and methods of financial management. Topic
include the mathematics of finance, working
capital management, capital budgeting, and
analysis of financial statements. Prerequisites
ACCT 110 and MATH 103, or consent of
instructor.
339
INTERMEDIATE FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT
An intensive study of issues and applica-
tions of financial management. Topics coveri
include international finance, ethics, capital
structures, cost of capital, financial analysis a
forecasting. Extensive use of directed and no
directed cases. Prerequisite: BUS 338 or
consent of instructor.
340
INVESTMENTS
An introduction to the financial sector of the
economy and the structure and functions of
financial markets and the agencies involved;
brokerage houses and stock exchanges; the
various types of investments available. Tech-
niques used to evaluate financial securities.
Also covered are recent developments in
investment theory. Prerequisite: BUS 338 or
consent of instructor.
342
MARKETING RESEARCH
This is a study of the principles and practice
of marketing research. The focus is on the
development and application of marketing
research studies. Topics covered include
selection of a research design, project planning
and scheduling, data specification and gatherinj
quantitative methods to analyze data, inter-
pretation of data, and research report writing.
Reading, cases, and research project. Prerequ
site: MATH 103 and BUS 228, or consent of
instructor.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALO
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
43
lETAIL AND SERVICES MARKETING
A study of marketing practices by com-
lanies that directly sell goods and services to
onsLimers. such as department stores, restau-
ants, mail-order firms, banks hospitals and
ccounting practices. Emphasis is placed on
he methods used by organizations to attract
nd satisfy their customers and clients. Prereq-
lisite: BUS 228 or consent of instructor.
145
INANCIAL STATEMENT ANALYSIS
Deals with the analysis of financial state-
nents as an aid to decision making. The theme
>f the course is understanding the financial data
vhich are analyzed as well as the methods by
vhich they are analyzed and interpreted. This
;ourse should prove of value to all who need a
horough understanding of the uses to which
inancial statements are put as well as to those
vho must know how to use them intelligently
ind effectively. This includes accountants,
ecurity analysts, lending officers, credit
inalysts. managers, and all others who make
iecisions on the basis of financial data.
Prerequisite: ACCT 110.
[29
MARKETING STRATEGY
A study of the methods used by business
ind nonprofit organizations to analyze and
lelect target markets, and then to develop
;trategies for gaining and maintaining these
;ustomers. Topics include competitive
itrategy, market segmentation, product
)ositioning, business demographics and
narketing-related financial analysis. Read-
ngs. case studies, library assignments and
;omputer exercises. Prerequisites: BUS 228
ind MATH 103, or consent of instructor
135
]^JTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL
VIANAGEMENT
A study of the environment and methods of
ntemational financial management. Topics
nclude international financial markets and
ustruments, analysis of capital budgeting and
investment abroad, multinational working
capital management, and foreign exchange
and other risk. Prerequisite: BUS 241 and 338,
or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
439
BUSINESS PRACTICUM
This course provides students with practical
work experience with local companies and
organizations. Students work 10- 12 hours per
week for their sponsor organizations, in addition
to attending a weekly seminar on management
topics relevant to their work assignments. Since
enrollment is limited by the available number of
positions, students must apply directly to the
business department before preregistration to be
eligible for the course. Consent ofinstructor.
441
BUSINESS POLICIES
Planning, organization, and control of
business operations; setting of goals; coordina-
tion of resources, development of policies.
Analysis of strategic decisions encompassing
all areas of a business, and the use and analysis
of control measures. Emphasis on both the
internal relationship of various elements of
production, finance, marketing, and personnel,
and the relationship of the business entity to
external stimuli. Readings, cases, and games.
Prerequisite: BUS 223, 228, 244, and 338, or
consent ofinstructor. Seniors only.
444
APPLIED MARKETING RESEARCH
Students design, implement and present
marketing studies for local businesses and
other client organizations. Depending on the
project, research methods may include
customer surveys, focus groups, demographic
studies and computerized information
searches. In addition, students study market
research methods and problems, such as
designing questionnaires, selecting samples,
detecting sources of bias, and presenting
results to clients. Prerequisite: BUS 342 or
consent of instructor May be repeated once
for credit with consent of instructor.
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION • CHEMISTRY
446
PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT
An introduction to the planning, organiza-
tion, and controlling of operations in a produc-
tion facility. The course also incorporates
quantitative techniques and computer applica-
tions used in the production and operations
management environment. Topics include
capacity and layout planning, facility location
analysis, job design and work measurement,
production scheduling, materials requirement
planning models, and quality controls. Students
will engage in the actual design of an inventory
status file and MRP system. Prerequisite:
BUS 223 or consent of instructor.
449
SMALL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT AND
ENTREPRENEURS HIP
How the potential businessman proceeds in
establishing, operating, and profiting from a
small business operation. Considered and
analyzed are such aspects as marketing,
managing, financing, promoting, insuring,
estabUshing, developing, and staffing the small
retail, wholesale service, and manufacturing
firm. Prerequisites: ACCT 130 and BUS 228,
338; or consent of instructor.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Recent projects include marketing analysis
for a paper products firm, planning a branch
store, real estate management and banking.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Examples of recent studies are: the
economic impact of a college on a community
and marketing strategy for a local firm
entering the consumer market.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
A recent project was a study of the evolution
of anti-trust legislation in the United States.
CHEMISTRY (chem)
Professor: Franz (Chairperson)
Associate Professor: McDonald
Assistant Professors: Bendorf, Mahler
Part-time Instructors: Evans, Miller
The Department of Chemistry offers
both B.A. and B.S. degree programs, and is
approved by the American Chemical Society
(ACS) to certify those students whose
programs meet or exceed requirements
established by the ACS. Students who wish
to earn ACS certification must complete the
requirements for the B.S. degree. Students
who complete the ACS certified degree are
also eligible for admission to the American
Chemical Society following graduation.
For students planning on graduate study
in chemistry, German is the preferred foreign!
language option, and additional courses in
advanced mathematics and computer science :
are also recommended.
The following courses have been approvee
to be offered as writing intensive courses and j
may be offered as such: CHEM 331 and 332.
Students must check semester class schedules
to determine which courses are offered as
"W" courses for that semester.
The B.A. degree
To earn the B.A. degree a student must
complete CHEM 110-111, 220-221, 330-331,'
332, 333, and, as a Capstone experience, one
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOi
CHEMISTRY
•
3f the following: CHEM 449, 470, 490 or the
Professional Semester (EDUC 446, 447 &
U9)\ PHYS 225-226; and MATH 128-129.
rhe B.S. degree
To earn the B.S. degree a student must
:omplete the thirteen course major described
above as well as CHEM 443, one additional
:ourse in Chemistry numbered 400 or higher
and one course from PHYS 331 or above; BIO
222 or above; MATH 103, 116, 130,214,231,
238. 332, or CPTR 125.
Certification in Secondary Education
A Chemistry major interested in becoming
:ertified in secondary education in Chemistry
ind/or General Science/Chemistry should, as
;arly as possible, consult the current Depart-
ment of Education Teacher Education Hand-
3ook and make their plans known to their
advisor and the Chair of the Education
Department so the required courses can be
scheduled for the Professional Semester. A
Chemistry major who successfully completes
:he Professional Semester (EDUC 446, 447 &
M9) has also satisfied the Chemistry Capstone
experience.
a) To be certified in secondary education
in chemistry a student must: complete
a chemistry major; pass two biology
courses numbered 110 or higher,
PSY 1 10 and 338, and EDUC 200;
complete the Pre-Student Teaching
Participation and pass the Professional
L Semester (EDUC 446, 447 & 449).
I The student may choose EDUC 232
I and/or EDUC 239 as additional
Education electives.
b) A student interested in obtaining
General Science/Chemistry certifica-
tion must complete all the require-
ments for secondary certification in
chemistry shown in (a) and must also
pass any two units from ASTR 111,
1 12 or 243. ASTR 230 is strongly
recom mended as an additional course.
Minor
A minor in chemistry requires completion
of CHEM 110-111, and four courses num-
bered 220 or higher; at least one must be taken
from each of the following groups: Group A
(220-221, 440, 442, 444, 446, 447) and Group
B (330-331, 332, 333, 439, 443). Special
advanced chemistry courses may be desig-
nated by the department for inclusion in these
groups.
110
GENERAL CHEMISTRY I
A quantitative introduction to the concepts
and models of chemistry. Topics include
stoichiometry, atomic and molecular structure,
nomenclature, bonding, thermochemistry,
gases, solutions, and chemical reactions. The
laboratory introduces the student to methods of
separation, purification, and identification of
compounds according to their physical
properties. This course is designed for students
who plan to major in one of the sciences.
Three hours lecture, one hour of discussion
and one three-hour laboratory period each
week. Prerequisite: MATH 100 or consent of
the Chemistry Department.
HI
GENERAL CHEMISTRY II
A continuation of CHEM 1 10, with
emphasis placed on the foundations of analytical,
inorganic, and physical chemistry. Topics
include kinetics, general and ionic equilibria,
acid-base theory, electrochemistry, thermody-
namics, nuclear chemistry, coordination
chemistry, and descriptive inorganic chemistry
of selected elements. The laboratory treats
aspects of quantitative and qualitative inor-
ganic analysis. Three hours of lecture, one
hour of discussion, and one three-hour labora-
tory period each week. Prerequisite: CHEM
110 or consent of department.
115
BRIEF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
A descriptive study of the compounds of
carbon. This course will illustrate the prin-
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
CHEMISTRY
•
ciples of organic chemistry with material
relevant to students in medical technology,
biology, forestry, education and the humanities.
Topics include nomenclature, alkanes, arenes,
functional derivatives, amino acids and
proteins, carbohydrates and other naturally
occurring compounds. This course is designed
for students who require only one semester of
organic chemistry, and is not intended for
students planning to enroll in chemistry courses
numbered 200 or above. Three hours of
lecture, one hour of discussion, and one three-
hour laboratory period each week. Prerequisite:
CHEM 111. Not open for credit to students who
have received credit for CHEM 220.
220-221
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
A systematic study of the compounds of
carbon, including both aliphatic and aromatic
series. The laboratory work introduces the
student to simple fundamental methods of
organic synthesis, isolation, and analysis. Three
hours of lecture and one four-hour laboratory
period each week. Prerequisite: CHEM 111.
330-331
PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
A study of the fundamental principles of
theoretical chemistry and their applications.
The laboratory work includes techniques in
physiochemical measurements. Three hours of
lecture and one four-hour laboratory period each
week. Prerequisite: CHEM 111, MATH 129,
and one year of physics; or consent of instructor.
332
ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
A study of the fundamental methods of
gravimetric, volumetric and elementary instru-
mental analysis together with practice in lab-
oratory techniques and calculations of these
methods. Two hours of lecture and nvo three-
hour laboratory periods each week. Prerequisite:
CHEM 1 1 1 or consent of instructor.
333
ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
A study of modem theories of atomic and
molecular structure and their relationship to the
chemistry of selected elements and their
compounds. Three hours of lecture and one
four-hour laboratoiy period each week. Pre-
requisite: CHEM 330, MATH 129, and one
year of physics; or consent of instructor.
439
INTRODUCTION TO QUANTUM
MECHANICS
After presenting the origin, basic concepts,
and formulation of quantum mechanics with
emphasis on its physical meaning, the course
will investigate the free particle, simple harmonic
oscillator, and central-force problems. Both
time-independent and time-dependent perturba-
tion theory will be covered. The elegant
operator formalism of quantum mechanics will
conclude the course. Four hours of lecture and
recitation. Prerequisites: MATH 231, either
CHEM 331 or PHYS 226, and consent of
instructor. Cross-listed as PHYS 439.
440
ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Theory and application of modem synthetic
organic chemistry. Topics may include
oxidation-reduction processes, carbon-carbon
bond forming reactions, functional group
transformations, and multi-step syntheses of
natural products (antibiotics, antitumor agents,
and antiviral agents). Three hours of lecture anc
one four-hour laboratory period. Prerequisite:
CHEM 221.
442
SPECTROSCOPY AND
MOLECULAR STRUCTURE
Theory and application of the identification ol
organic compounds. Special emphasis will be
placed on the utilization of spectroscopic
techniques ( H-NMR, C-NMR, IR, UV-VIS,
and MS). Three of hours lecture and one four-
hour laboratoiy period each week. Prerequi-
sites: CHEM 221.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOC
CHEMISTRY
•
143
ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
A study of advanced analytical methods
with emphasis on chromatographic, electro-
;hemical, and spectroscopic methods of
instrumental analysis. Three hours lecture and
jne four-hour laboratory period each week.
Prerequisite: CHEM 331 and 332, or consent
of instructor.
144
BIOCHEMISTRY
Emphasis is given to the metabolism of
carbohydrates, lipids, amino acids, proteins,
and nucleic acids; integration of metabolism;
and biochemical control mechanisms, includ-
ing allosteric control, induction, repression,
signal transduction as well as the various types
of inhibitive control mechanisms. Prerequi-
site: CHEM 115 or 221, or consent of instruc-
tor. Cross-listed as BIO 444.
446
ORGANOMETALLIC CHEMISTRY
An introduction to the chemistry of
compounds containing metal-carbon bonds.
Topics include structure and bonding, reac-
tions and mechanisms, spectroscopy, and
applications to organic synthesis. The use of
organometallic compounds as catalysts in
industrial processes will be emphasized. Three
hours of lecture and one four-hour laboratory
period each week. Prerequisite: CHEM 221.
447
POLYMER CHEMISTRY
An introduction to the synthesis, characteri-
zation, and applications of high molecular
weight materials, i.e., macro-molecules.
Special emphasis will be given to synthetic
polymer systems. Three hours of lecture, one
four-hour lab per week. Prerequisites: CHEM
221 and 330, or consent of instructor.
348 & 448
CHEMISTRY COLLOQUIUM
A seminar in which faculty, students and
invited professional chemists discuss their own
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
research activities or those of others which
have appeared in recent chemical literature.
Prerequisite: Three semesters of non-credit
Chemistry Colloquium taken during the junior
and senior years.
449
CHEMISTRY RESEARCH METHODS
This course focuses on the nature and
practice of chemistry. Students will conduct
research into a particular chemical problem
with a faculty research advisor, and will
explore different aspects of chemistry and
discuss their research in a weekly seminar. A
report on the research will be written. Majors
are strongly encouraged to enroll in this
course in either their junior or senior year.
Prerequisite: CHEM 221 and consent of
instructor.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
The student will ordinarily work under
supervision in an industrial laboratory and
submit a written report on the project. To
satisfy the Chemistry Capstone requirement,
participation in the seminar portion of CHEM
449 is required.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
The student will ordinarily work on a
laboratory research project and will write a
thesis on the work.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS
(See index)
The student will ordinarily work on a
laboratory research project with emphasis on
showing initiative and making a scholarly
contribution. A thesis will be written. To
satisfy the Chemistry Capstone requirement,
participation in the seminar portion of CHEM
449 is required.
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
COMMUNICATION
COMMUNICATION
Assistant Professors: Wild (Chairperson),
Koehn
The major in Communication seeks to
provide a foundation in communication theory
and media criticism as well as expertise in a
particular area of communication. All
students majoring in Communication must
complete the five courses listed in the Core
and eight additional courses in one of the three
areas of concentration listed below: four
required courses and four elective courses.
Sophomores, juniors, and seniors who have
declared a major in Communication are
required to enroll in and successfully complete
the non-credit Media Arts Colloquium during
each semester they are on campus or until they
have successfully completed at least four
semesters of this noncredit course. All
students in this major should consider electing
an internship before graduation.
The major in Communication enables
students to pursue employment and/or
graduate studies in a variety of fields includ-
ing corporate communication, public relations,
audio and video production, print and broad-
cast journalism, professional media writing,
and media research and analysis.
All majors in Communication are encour-
aged to take advanced courses in a foreign
language and to consider the following liberal
arts electives: MATH 103 and/or courses in
Computer Science; ART 222 and 223; courses
in contemporary American and/or interna-
tional history, economics, and political
science; and courses in literature from the
Departments of Theatre, English, and Foreign
Languages and Literatures.
The following courses have has been
designated as writing intensive and may be
offered as such: COMM 211, 326. Students
should check semester class schedules to
determine which courses are offered as "W"
courses for that semester.
Minor
A minor in Communication consists of any fiv
courses offered by the Communication Depart
ment (courses offered by other departments
count only toward the major in Communicatioi
not toward the minor). One of these five
courses must be selected from COMM 326,
COMM 348, or COMM 440.
CORE COURSES REQUIRED OF
ALL MAJORS
COMM 110 Communication Principles
and Ethics
COMM 21 1 Public Speaking: Research,
Principles, and Practice
COMM 326 Media Criticism and Cultural
Studies: Literature, Film, and
Television
Senior Seminar
Media Arts Colloquium
COMM 440
COMM 246,
346, 446
THEA 212
Multicultural America on Scree
Majors must concentrate in one of the
following three areas of study.
A. Corporate Communication !
Required for all students in this concentration:
COMM 212 Group Communication and j
Conflict Resolution j
COMM 235 Writing and Speaking in
Business and the Professions
COMM 324 Public Relations Cases and
Problem-Solving
PSCI 436 Mass Media Law and Regulation
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
COMMUNICATION
Elective choices for students in this concen-
xation must include at least one additional
;ourse in Communication as well as one course
It the 300-level or above. Students may elect
;o take as many additional communication
:ourses as they choose. Elective courses
offered by other departments that may also be
jsed to fulfill elective requirements in this
concentration include the following:
\RT 227
BUS 228
BUS 244
BUS 332
PSCI210
PSY 225
Introduction to Photography
Marketing Principles
Organization and Management
Advertising and Promotion
Communciation and Society
Industrial and Organizational
Psychology
Social Psychology
B. Electronic Media
Required for all students in this concentration:
"OMM 2 1 8 Audio Production for Radio
Basic Video Production
Advanced Video Production
Film Art: Motion Picture
Masterpieces
Elective choices for students in this
concentration must include at least one
idditional course in Communication as well as
me course at the 300-level or above. Students
nay elect to take as many additional communi-
cation courses as they choose. Elective
courses offered by other departments that may
3e used to fulfill elective requirements in this
concentration include the following:
PSY 324
:OMM 223
:OMM 348
FHEA 114
\KT 227
^RT 343
Introduction to Photography
Computer Graphics for Print
Media
Computer Graphics for
Electronic Media
Marketing Principles
Communication and Society
Mass Media Law and
Regulation
Social Psychology
C. Media Writing
Required for all students in this concentration:
COMM 225 The Art of Script Writing
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^RT 344
BUS 228
PSCI210
PSCl 436
PSY 324
COMM 229 Print and Broadcast Journalism
COMM 323 Feature Writing for Special
Audiences
PSCI 436 Mass Media Law and Regulation
Elective choices for students in this concen-
tration must include at least one additional
course in Communication as well as one course
at the 300-level or above. Students may elect to
take as many additional communication courses
as they choose. Elective courses offered by
other departments that may be used to fulfill
elective requirements in this concentration
include the following:
ART 227 Introduction to Photography
ENGL 2 1 7 Critical Writing Seminar
ENGL 240 Introduction to Creative Writing
ENGL 321 Advanced Writing: Technical
and Professional
ENGL 322 Advanced Writing: The
Creative Essay
PSCI 210 Communication and Society
THE A 1 14 Film Art: Motion Picture
Masterpieces
110
COMMUNICATION PRINCIPLES
AND ETHICS
Introduction to the basic theories and
principles of communication as they apply to the
process of sending messages among individuals,
small groups, and mass audiences. Consider-
ation of the ethical issues involved in the
communication process. Active learning
through readings, case studies, simulations, oral
reporting, and library research. Prerequisite:
ENGL 105, or exemption.
211
PUBLIC SPEAKING: RESEARCH.
PRINCIPLES, AND PRACTICE
Speaking extemporaneously in a variety of
situations to general as well as targeted audi-
ences. Emphasis on researching and solving
problems having to do with persuasion and
informative speaking. Training in using
rhetorical theory to prepare, deliver, and
evaluate the student's own speeches. Prerequi-
site: ENGL 106 or 107.
^»
LYCOMING COLLEGE
COMMUNICATION
•
212
GROUP COMMUNICATION
AND CONFLICT RESOLUTION
Readings, case studies, simulations, and
practice in the methods of working in groups
and in resolving conflicts within and between
groups in various contexts, including educa-
tion, industry, and professional situations.
Contemporary theory and methods for
motivating and maintaining the productivity of
groups will be examined in some detail.
Prerequisites: ENGL 106 or 107 and one
other course in Communication (211 recom-
mended), Psychology, Education, or Business.
218
AUDIO PRODUCTION FOR
RADIO AND VIDEO
Study of the principles and techniques of
audio production as applied to radio and other
media.Consideration of various program
formats and the use of sound media as an art
form. Includes historical and contemporary
examples of audio production and sound design.
223
BASIC VIDEO PRODUCTION
Training in the fundamentals of preproduc-
tion, production, and postproduction for video.
Emphasis on mastering the basics of video
production from concept to completion. Prereq-
uisites: course work or experience in technical
theatre, photography, film studies, and/ or
audio production; or consent of instructor.
225
THE ART OF SCRIPTWRITING
Training in analyzing and writing scripts
for defined audiences and purposes. Develop-
ing the original screenplay as well as scripts
for business, advertising, and education will be
considered. Prereqinsite: ENGL 106 or 107.
229
PRINT AND BROADCAST JOURNALISM
Study of form and content of news
gathering and beat reporting. Training in
researching, interviewing, organizing, and
editing a variety of news stories for the
Lycoming College newspaper and for campus
radio. Considers the ethical issues of reportini^
for print and broadcast. Prerequisite: ENGL
106 or 107.
235
WRITING AND SPEAKING IN BUSINESS
AND THE PROFESSIONS
Study of communication theory as applied
to business and professional settings. Using
writing, speaking, research, and the electronic
media to solve a variety of communication
problems that frequently occur in the world of
work. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107.
312
LEADERSHIP COMMUNICATION
The theory and practice of leadership
communication in diverse settings and contexts.
Classic leadership styles will be examined and
researched in regard to how these relate to
goal-setting and motivating individuals and
groups. Field work on- and off-campus is a
major component of this course. Prerequisites
ENGL 106 or 107; at least one of these:
COMM 211, 212, or 235; or permission of the
instructor Corequisite (if not already
completed):COMS 105 or 106. Alternate yean
323
FEATURE WRITING FOR
SPECIAL AUDIENCES
Practice in writing a variety of feature
stories and editorials for different media and
audiences. Study of the ways in which feature
writing for magazines compares and contrasts
with feature writing for newspapers and featur
stories for television. Readings, peer review,
and training in how to develop ideas using
primary and secondary research. Prerequisite.
ENGL 106 or 107.
324
PUBLIC RELATIONS CASES AND
PROBLEM SOLVING
Training in methods of public relations
research, program planning and evaluation.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
COMMUNICATION
•
working with the media, writing for pubHc
relations and advertising, and conducting a
pubHc relations campaign to solve a problem
or crisis. Emphasis on writing, speaking, and
electronic communication. Prerequisite:
ENGL 106 or 107.
326
MEDIA CRITICISM AND CULTURAL
STUDIES: LITERATURE, FILM, AND
TELEVISION
Introduction to methods of analyzing popular
culture and the arts using one or more of these
approaches: textual criticism, content analysis,
semiotics, auteur criticism, historical criticism,
frame theory, and structural analysis. Com-
parison of the ways in which different media
create values and portray individuals, social
conflicts, and human aspirations. Prerequisite:
ENGL 106 or 107.
332
TOPICS IN MEDIA THEORY
AND PRACTICE
Study of communication theory as applied
to a special -area or style of communication.
Readings, discussions, and practical experi-
ences in creating materials for print and/or
electronic media. Possible topics include:
docudrama and investigative reporting,
communicating in cyberspace, creative
advertising, instructional television and video.
May he repeated for credit with change of
topic. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107.
348
ADVANCED VIDEO PRODUCTION
Advanced production of documentary,
narrative, and experimental video. Exploration
of a variety of approaches to motivating talent
and directing for the camera. Prerequisite:
COMM 223, or advanced course work in
acting and directing, or consent of instructor.
246, 346, and 446
MEDIA ARTS COLLOQUIUM
A seminar in which faculty, students, and
invited professionals meet two or three times
each semester to discuss topics pertaining to
the field of communication and to the work
students are doing in campus media. Each
student enrolled in the seminar is required to
keep a log and to work for a minimum of three
hours each week in one or more of the following:
campus newspaper; campus yearbook; campus
radio; campus television; public relations;
corporate communication. Open only to
majors. Non-credit and Pass/Fail. Once the
major is declared, students are required to
enroll in the seminar each semester until they
graduate or until they have successfully com-
pleted four semesters, whichever comes first.
400
PRACTICUM
An elective for junior and senior majors who
wish to acquire additional experience in
working with practicing professionals. Open
only to majors and minors.
440
SENIOR SEMINAR
Reading and discussion of one or more
topics of interest to communication specialists.
Focus on preparing individual projects related
to seminar topics and the student's area(s) of
expertise for public presentation. Majors are
required to enroll in this course either in their
junior or senior year. Open to nonmajors with
consent of instructor.
470-479
INTERNSHIP
Interns usually work off-campus in a field
related to their area of study. Prerequisite:
junior or senior stcmding.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Studies involve research related to the area of
study of the student.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
CRIMINAL JUSTICE
•
CRIMINAL
JUSTICE
Assistant Professor: Carter (Coordinator)
This major is designed to acquaint students
with the American criminal justice system and
to provide an understanding of the social,
psychological, philosophical, and political
contexts within which the system of criminal
justice functions. Its aim is to develop students'
intellectual and scientific skills in raising and
attempting to answer important questions about
the system of justice and its place in society. The
program offers opportunity for intern experi-
ence in the field, and prepares for careers in the
areas of law enforcement, probation and parole,
prisons, and treatment services.
The major has two tracks. Track I prepares
for careers in law enforcement. Track II
prepares for careers in corrections.
Track I - Law Enforcement.
The major consists of 10 courses, distrib-
uted as follows:
A. Professional courses in criminal justice
(three courses)
SOC 1 15 Introduction to the Criminal
Justice System
SOC 223 Introduction to Law
Enforcement
SOC 339 The American Prison
System
B. Courses in the social, psychological,
philosophical, and political context of the
justice system (seven courses):
SOC 300 Criminology
PHIL 2 1 8 Issues in Criminal Justice
PSY 1 16 Abnormal Psychology
Two courses from:
PSCI 33 1 Civil Rights and Liberties
PSCI 332 Courts and the Criminal
Justice System
PSCI 335 Law and Society
LYCOMING COLLEGE
One course from:
SOC 22 1 Juvenile Delinquency or
SOC 334
One course from:
AMST 200
HIST 230
HIST 443
Cultural Minorities
America as a Civilization or
Afro- American History or
U.S. Social and Intellectual
History Since 1877
C. Internship or practicum in law enforcement
(recommended but not required for the major).
Track II - Corrections
The major consists of 10 courses distributed as
follows:
A. Professional courses in criminal justice
(three courses)
SOC 1 1 5 Introduction to the Criminal Justice
System
SOC 222 Introcuction to Human Services
SOC 339 The American Prison System
^^
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
CRIMINAL JUSTICE • ECONOMICS
B. Courses in the social, psychological,
philosophical, and political context of the
justice system (seven courses): Same as Track I.
C. Internship or practicum in corrections
(recommended but not required for the major).
Prerequisite: MATH 103, PSY 239 and 43 1 .
These prerequisites may be waived in certain
cases by the coordinating committee.
Majors should seek advice concerning
course selection from members of the coordi-
nating committee and should note course
prerequisites in planning their programs.
Minor
A minor in criminal justice consists of five
courses. Required courses include: SOC 1 15
and any four other courses in the Criminal
Justice major listed above, at least three of which
must be numbered 200 or above. To receive
credit for a minor in Criminal Justice, a student
must maintain a minimum 2.00 cumulative
average in courses completed for the minor.
ECONOMICS (EcoN)
Associate Professor: Madresehee
Assistant Professors: Sprunger (Chairperson),
Yerger
The major has two tracks. Track I is designed
for the student who.se primary interest lies in
business management; Track II is designed to
provide a broad understanding of economic,
social, and business problems. In addition to
preparing students for a career in business or
government, this track provides an excellent
background for graduate or professional studies.
Track I - Managerial Economics requires
ECON 110, 111,220, 332 and 441; ACCT 110
and either ACCT 130 or BUS 429; BUS 338;
and two other economics courses numbered 200
or above, excluding ECON 349.
Track II - General Economics requires ECON
1 10, 1 1 1, 331, 440, and 441, and three other
courses in economics. Depending on their
academic and career interests, students are
encouraged to select a minor in another department
such as political science, philosophy, or history.
In addition, the following courses are recom-
mended: all majors - MATH 103 and BUS 223;
majors planning graduate work - MATH 1 12 and
128; Track II majors - ACCT 1 10 and either 130
or 344.
The following courses have been approved to
be offered as writing intensive courses and may
be offered as such: ECON 337, 440. Students
must check semester class schedules to determine
which courses are offered as "W" courses for that
semester.
Students interested in teacher certification
should refer to the Department of Education on
page 90.
Minor
A minor in economics requires the completion
of ECON 1 10, 1 1 1 and three other economics
courses numbered 200 or above, or any four
economics courses numbered 200 or above.
The Department of Economics is a member of the
Institute for Management Studies. See page 108.
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ECONOMICS
102
CONSUMER ECONOMICS
A course in " family" or "practical"
economics, designed to teach students how
they and their families can be intelligent
consumers; that is, how they can spend, save,
and borrow so as to maximize the value they
receive for the income they have. Treats
subjects such as intelligent shopping; the uses
and abuses of credit; investing, savings,
buying insurance, automobiles and houses;
medical care costs; estates and wills, etc.
110
PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS
Macroeconomics deals with problems of the
economic system as a whole. What influences
the level of national income and employment?
What is inflation and why do we have it? What
is the role of government in a modem capitalis-
tic system? How does business organize to
produce the goods and services we demand?
How are the American financial and banking
systems organized? What is the nature of
American unionism? What are the elements of
government finance and fiscal policy?
Ill
PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS
This course focuses upon microeconomics
and selected current economic problems. It
deals with the relatively small units of the
economy such as the firm and the family.
Analyzes demand and supply. Discusses how
business firms decide what and how much to
produce and how goods and services are
priced in different types of markets. Also
considers such problems as economic growth,
international trade, poverty, discrimination,
ecology, and alternative economic systems.
220
MONEY AND BANKING
Covers business fluctuations and monetary
and fiscal policy; the financial organization of
society; the banking system; credit institutions;
capital markets, and international financial
relations. Prerequisite: ECON 110.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
224
URBAN PROBLEMS
The application of economic theory to the
study of significant social, political, and economic
problems associated with urbanization, includ-
ing poverty, employment, education, crime,
health, housing, land use and the environment,
transportation, and public finance. Analysis of j
solutions offered. Prerequisite: ECON 110 or
111, or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
225
ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS
A study of the relationship between enviror
mental decay and economic growth, with
particular reference to failures of the price and;
property-rights systems; application of cost/
benefit analysis, measures aimed at the creatio:
of an ecologically viable economy.
229
BUSINESS CYCLES AND FORECASTING
An introduction to the nature and history of
business fluctuations, the tools used in aggre
gate analysis, theories that seek to explain the
cycle, and techniques used in forecasting
economic activity. Prerequisite: ECON 110 c
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
230
ECONOMETRICS
Econometric models provide one of the mos
useful and necessary sets of tools for decision-
making. By using a variety of modem statisti-
cal methods, econometrics helps us to estimate
economic relationships, test different economic
behaviors, and forecast different economic
variables. Prerequisites: Mathematic 103,
ECON 1 10 and 111; or consent of instructor.
Alternate years.
240
ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY
An introduction to the theory and practice o
economic geography with emphasis upon the
historical dynamics of local, regional, and
global organization. This course considers the
forces reshaping global economic geography
^A
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
p
ECONOMICS
ncluding the factors that detemiine the
;ompetitive advantage of nations. These
'actors include resources such as food, energy,
naterials, and changing patterns of world
)opulation. Also included will be theoretical
iterature reparding locational decisions and
;hoice, as well as the rapidly changing global
economy in the context of trade theory and the
ihifting focus of international economics
ictivity.
527
'UBLIC CHOICE
Phis course focuses on the application of
;conomics to the political processes of voting
md bureaucratic behavior. A major theme will
)e the study of problems that can occur within
he democratic process because the incentives
pven to public servants do not always match
lociety's best interests. Policies and institu-
ions that can improve such problems will be
ixplored. U.S. elections and campaigns will
)rovide many of the applications for the class.
Prerequisite: ECON 110 or 11 1, or consent of
nstructor. Alternate years.
\m
NTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS
An advanced analysis of contemporary
heory regarding consumer demand, production
;osts and theory, profit maximization, market
itructures, and the determinants of returns to
he factors of production. Prerequisite: ECON
UO . Alternate years.
Bl
NTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS
An advanced analysis of contemporary
heory and practice with regard to business
luctuation, national income accounting, the
letemiination of income and employment
evels. and the use of monetary and fiscal
■ioWcy. Prerequisite: ECON 110. Alternate
^ears.
332
GOVERNMENT AND THE ECONOMY
An analytical survey of government's
efforts to maintain competition through
antitrust legislation to supervise acceptable
cases of private monopoly, through public
utility regulation and via means of regulatory
commissions, and to encourage or restrain
various types of private economic activities.
Prerequisites: ECON 110 and 111, or
consent of instructor.
335
LABOR PROBLEMS
The history of organized labor in the
United States, including the structure of
unions, employers' opposition to unions, the
role of govemment in labor-management
relations and the economic impact of unions.
Alternate years. Prerequisite: ECON 110 or
111, or consent of instructor.
337
PUBLIC FINANCE
An analysis of the fiscal economics of the
public sector, including the development,
concepts, and theories of public expenditures,
taxation, and debt at all levels of American
govemment. Also includes the use of fiscal
policy as an economic control device. Prereq-
uisites: ECON 110 and HI, or consent of
instructor. Alternate years.
343
INTERNATIONAL TRADE
A study of the principles, theories, develop-
ment, and policies concerning international
economic relations, with particular reference to
the United States. Subjects covered include:
U.S. commercial policy and its development,
international trade theory, tariffs and other
protectionist devices, international monetary
system and its problems, balance of payments
issues. Alternate years. Prerequisites: ECON
no and 111.
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^S
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ECONOMICS • EDUCATION
349
MANAGEMENT PRACTICUM
An apprentice-level work experience for
junior or senior economics majors jointly
sponsored by the department and a public or
private agency (or a subdivision of the college
itself) designed to better integrate classroom
theory and workplace practice. In addition to
attendance at a weekly seminar, students will
spend 10-12 hours per week at the sponsoring
agency per unit of credit. At least one-half of
the effort expended will consist of academic
work related to agency activities.
440
HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT
A discussion of the origins, development,
and significance of the economic ideas embod-
ied in the works of Smith, Marx, Schumpeter,
Keynes, and others. Prerequisite: ECON 110
or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
441
MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS
The application of economic theory and
methodology to the solution of business
problems. Subjects include: optimizing
techniques, risk analysis, demand theory,
production theory, cost theory, linear pro-
gramming, capital budgeting, market struc-
tures, and the theory of pricing. Prerequisites:
ECON 110 and HI.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Typically off-campus in business, banking,
or government, supervised by assigned
employee of sponsoring organization.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Superior students may select independent
study in various courses, particularly in
preparation for graduate school.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
EDUCATION (EDuc)
Assistant Professors: Chamberlain, Conrad,
Hungerford (Chairperson)
Part-time Instructors: Bossert, Salvatori,
Straub
The Education Department offers Pennsyl-
vania-approved teacher certification programs
in elementary and secondary education, as wel
as a school nurse certification program.
Students seeking secondary teacher
certification must complete EDUC 200 and
PSY 138 prior to the professional semester
(EDUC 446, 447, 449) as well as the necessary
subject area courses. Students must have the
required 14 half-day observations with their
assigned cooperating teacher during the
semester prior to their professional semester.
Students may earn secondary certification in
one or more of the following areas: art (K-12):
biology, chemistry, English, French (K-12),
general science, German (K-12), mathematics,
music (K-12), physics, school nurse (K-12),
social studies, and Spanish (K-12).
Students seeking elementary teacher
certification must complete EDUC 200, PSY
138, MATH 205, EDUC 000, 341, 342, 343,
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALO(
EDUCATION
ind 344 prior to the professional semester
EDUC 445, 447, 448). Students must have
he required 14 half-day observations with
heir assigned cooperating teacher during the
;emester prior to their professional semester.
Students interested in the teacher education
)rogram should refer to the Teacher Educa-
ion Handbook, which specifies the current
equirements for certification. Early consulta-
ion with a member of the Education Depart-
nent is strongly recommended. Application
'or the professional semester must be made
luring the fall semester of the junior year,
fhe Department of Education admits to the
)rofessional semester only those applicants
vho are in good academic standing, have
latisfactorily completed the participation
•equirements, have paid the student teaching
ee. and have received a positive evaluation
)ased upon: (a) recommendation from the
student's major department; (b) a screening
nterview conducted by the Education Depart-
nent; and (c) a writing sample from the student.
Vlajor departments have different criteria for
heir recommendations; therefore, the student
ihould consult with the chairperson of the
najor department about those requirements.
Additional teacher intern program informa-
ion can be found on page 49.
The following courses have been approved
o be offered as writing intensive courses and
nay be offered as such: EDUC 343 and
i44. Students must check semester class
schedules to determine which courses are
offered as "W" courses for that semester.
)00
5EMINAR IN ART, MUSIC, PHYSICAL
EDUCATION, and MATH ACTIVITIES
Each elementary student teacher attends a
>eries of 24 seminars, conducted prior to
itudent teaching, during the fall semester of
he senior year. These seminars, conducted by
certified public school personnel, emphasize
ictivities and knowledge which are helpful in
he self-contained elementary classroom.
Non-credit course.
200
INTRODUCTION TO THE
STUDY OF EDUCATION
A study of teaching as a profession with
emphasis on the economic, social, political, and
religious conditions which influence American
schools and teachers. Consideration is given to
the school environment, the curriculum, and the
children with the intention that students will
examine more rationally their own motives for
entering the profession.
232
INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA
AND COMMUNICATIONS
A study of the value, design, construction,
and application of the visual and auditory aids
to learning. Practical experience in the
handling of audio-visual equipment and
materials is provided. Application of audio-
visual techniques. Application of the visual
and auditory aids to learning. Students will
plan and carry out actual teaching assignments
utilizing various A-V devices.
239
PUBLIC SCHOOL CURRICULUM
An examination of the various curricula of
the public schools and their relationship to
current practices. Special attention will be
given to the meaning and nature of the
curriculum, the desirable outcomes of the
curriculum, conflicting and variant concep-
tions of curricula content, modem techniques
of curricular construction, criteria for the
evaluation of curricula, the curriculum as a
teaching instrument. Emphasis will be placed
upon the curriculum work within the teaching
field of each individual.
341
TEACHING THE SOCIAL STUDIES IN
THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
Studies and experiences to develop a basic
understanding of the structure, concepts, and
processes of anthropology, economics,
geography, history, political science, and
999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
0
LYCOMING COLLEGE
EDUCATION
sociology as they relate to the elementary
school social science curriculum. Practical
applications, demonstrations of methods, and
the development of integrated teaching units
using tests, reference books, films, and other
teaching materials. Observation and
participation in Lycoming County elementary
schools. Prerequisites: EDUC 200 and PSY
138, or consent of instructor.
342
TEACHING SCIENCE IN
THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
Science methods and materials interpreting
children's science experiences and guiding the
development of the scientific concepts. A
study of the science content of the curriculum,
its material and use. Observation and participa-
tion in Lycoming County elementary schools.
Prerequisite: EDUC 200 and PSY 138, or
consent of instructor.
343
TEACHING LANGUAGE ARTS AND
CHILDREN'S LITERATURE IN THE
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
A course designed to consider means of
communication, oral and written, including
both practical and creative uses. Attention
will be given to listening, speaking, written
expression, linguistics and grammar, and
spelling. Stress will be placed upon the
interrelatedness of the language arts. Chil-
dren's literature will be explored as a vehicle
for developing creative characteristics in
children and for ensuring an appreciation of the
creative writing of others. Observation and
participation in Lycoming County elementary
schools. Prerequisite: EDUC 200 and PSY
138, or consent of instructor.
344
TEACHING READING IN
THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
A basic course in the philosophy and
rationale for the implementation of an elemen-
tary reading program from kindergarten through
LYCOMING COLLEGE
sixth grade. Emphasis is upon designing a
reading instructional program which reflects
the nature of the learning process and recog-
nizes principles of child development through
examination of the principles, problems,
methods, and materials used in elementary
reading programs. Prerequisite: EDUC 200
or PSY 138, or consent of instructor.
The Elementary Professional Semester
The following courses comprise the Elemen-
tary Professional Semester:
EDUC 445 — Methods of Teaching
in the Elementary School
EDUC 447 — Problems in Contemporary
American Education
EDUC 448 — Student Teaching in the
Elementary School
445
METHODS OF TEACHING IN THE
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (PART OF THE
PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER)
The course emphasizes the relationship
between the theoretical studies of physical,
social and cognitive development and the
elementary classroom environment. Particula
consideration will be given to the appropriate
age and developmental level of the students
with an emphasis upon selection and
utilization of methods in all the elementary
subject areas, including art and music.
Specific attention is given to the development
of strategies for structuring lesson plans, for
maintaining classroom control, and for overall
classroom management. Direct application is
made to the individual student teaching
experience. Prerequisites: MATH 205,
EDUC 000, 341, 342, 343, and 344, and pre -
student teaching participation.
^A
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOd
EDUCATION
147
>ROBLEMS IN CONTEMPORARY
>^MERICAN EDUCATION (PART OF THE
'ROFESSIONAL SEMESTER)
Seminar on the issues, problems, and
:hallenges encountered by teachers in the
American public schools, especially those
elated to the student teaching experience.
148
ITUDENT TEACHING IN THE
iLEMENTARY SCHOOL (PART OF
[HE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER)
Professional experience under the supervis-
on of a selected cooperating teacher in a
mblic elementary school in Lycoming
bounty. Student teachers are required to
bllow the calendar of the school district to
vhich they are assigned. Two units maximum.
Students are considered full time when
'tirolled in the Professional Semester. Those
tudents needing an additional course must
•omply with the standards stated in the
Zollege catalog.
fhe Secondary Professional Semester
The following courses comprise the
Secondary Professional Semester:
:DUC 446 Methods of Teaching
in the Secondary School
iDUC 447 Problems in Contemporary
American Education
iDUC 449 Student Teaching in the
Secondary School
rhe Art/Music (K-12) Professional Semester
The following courses comprise the Art/
vlusic (K-12) Professional Semester:
iDUC 447 Problems in Contemporary
American Education
iDUC 448 Student Teaching in the
ilementary School
6 semester hours)
iDUC 449 Student Teaching in the
Secondary School
6 semester hours)
999-2(X)0 ACADEMIC CATALOG
446
METHODS OF TEACHING IN THE
SECONDARY SCHOOL (PART OF
THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER)
A study of materials, methods, and
techniques with emphasis on the student's
major. Stress is placed on the selection and
utilization of visual and auditory aids to
learning. Students teach demonstration
lessons in the presence of the instructor and
the members of the class and observe superior
teachers in Lycoming County secondary
schools. Prerequisite: EDUC 200, PSY 138,
and pre-student teaching participation.
447
PROBLEMS IN CONTEMPORARY
AMERICAN EDUCATION (PART OF
THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER)
Seminar on the issues, problems, and
challenges encountered by teachers in the
American public schools, especially those
related to the student teaching experience.
449
STUDENT TEACHING IN THE
SECONDARY SCHOOL (PART OF
THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER)
Professional laboratory experience under the
supervision of a selected cooperating teacher
in a public secondary school in Lycoming
County. Student teachers are required to
follow the calendar of the school district to
which they are assigned. Two units maximum.
Students are considered full time when
enrolled in the Professional Semester. Those
students needing an additional course must
comply with the standards stated in the
College catalog.
^»
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ENGLISH
ENGLISH (ENGL)
Professors: Jensen, Moses, Rife
Associate Professors: Hawkes, Lewes,
Feinstein
Assistant Professor: Hafer (Chairperson)
The department offers two programs
leading to the major in Enghsh:
Track I - English Major in Literature
This track is designed for students who
choose Enghsh as a liberal arts major that pre-
pares them for a wide range of career options;
for students who choose English as their subject
area for elementary certification or who wish to
earn secondary certification in English; for
students who wish to improve their verbal and
analytic ability in preparation for a specific
career, such as technical writing, business, or
law; and for students who intend to pursue
graduate study in British or American literature.
A minimum often courses is required for
Track I. Required courses are ENGL 217; 220;
221 ; two courses from 222, 223, 227; two
courses selected from ENGL 311,312,313,
3 14, and 3 15; one from ENGL 335 and 336;
and two electives from among courses num-
bered 215 and above.
Students who wish to earn secondary teachei
certification must complete a minimum of
twelve courses in English. Required courses iri
English are 217; 220; 221; two courses from
222, 223, 227; 335; 336; 338; three courses
selected from 31 1,312, 313, 314, and 315; and
one elective from among courses numbered
2 1 5 and above. Required courses outside
English are EDUC 200, 446, 447, and 449;
PSY 1 10 and 138; and THEA 100.
Students who intend to pursue graduate
study in British or American literature should
complete the twelve English courses specified
for secondary certification and, as part of that
sequence, take ENGL 449, Advanced Criti-
cism, as their English elective.
Track II - English Major in Creative Writing
This track is designed for students who
aspire to careers as professional writers, as
editors, and as publishers; for students who
plan to continue studies in an M.F.A. or M.A.
program; or for students who would like to
discover their creative potential while pursu-
ing a fundamental liberal arts education.
A minimum often courses is required for Track \
II. Required courses are ENGL 240; two
courses selected from ENGL 220, 22 1 , 222,
223, 225, and 227; two from ENGL 311,312,
3l3,314and315;onefromENGL331or332;
one from ENGL 335 and 336; two from ENGL
34 1 , 342, 44 1 , and 442 (note prerequisites); and
onefromENGL411or412.
Students who wish to earn secondary
teacher certification must complete a minimum
of twelve courses in English. Required coursesl
are ENGL 240; two courses selected from
ENGL 220, 22 1 , 222, 223, 225, and 227; two
from 3 11, 312, 313, 314, and 315; one from 3311
and 332; 335, 336, 338; two from 341, 342, 441!
442 and one from 41 1 and 4 12. Required
courses outside English are EDUC 200, 446,
447. and 449; PSY 1 10 and 138; and THEA 100.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOC
ENGLISH
The following course has been approved to
le offered as a cultural diversity course:
iNGL 334. Students must check semester
lass schedules to determine which courses
re offered as "D" courses for that semester.
The following courses have been approved to
le offered as writing intensive courses and may
:e offered as such: ENGL 225, 311,331, 334,
35. 336, 420. Students must check semester
lass schedules to determine which courses are
ffered as "W" courses for that semester.
linors
The department offers two minors in
English:
literature: Five courses in literature at the
00 level or above, at least three of which
lust be numbered 300 or above.
Vriting: Five courses, four of which are
hosen from ENGL 217, 240, 321, 322, and
38; plus one writing-intensive course in
terature at the 300 level.
05
MTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE WRITING
A review of grammar and an introduction to
ollege-level reading and writing. One unit
rade of "P" will be assigned when the student
as successfully completed all of the work in
le course. Required of, and limited to, those
'ho have not been exempted from ENGL 105.
06
:OMPOSITION
Extensive practice in analytical writing,
pecial emphasis on developing the compos-
ig skills needed to articulate and defend a
osition in various situations requiring the use
f written English. Credit may not be earned
n both 106 and 107.
07
lONORS COMPOSITION
Extensive practice in analytical writing,
pecial emphasis on developing the writing
Icills of students who have the potential to
enefit from advanced work. Placement by
examination only. Credit may not be earned for
both 106 and 107.
215
INTRODUCTION TO
LITERARY INTERPRETATION
Practice in the methods of close reading and
formal analysis. Identification of primary elements
and structures of literary representation. Literature
chosen for study will vary. Prerequisite: ENGL
106 or 107, or consent of instructor.
Ill
CRITICAL WRITING SEMINAR
Brief introduction to criticism as a disci-
pline, followed by workshop training in writing
critical papers on the major literary genres.
Prerequisite: Grade ofC + or better in ENGL
106 or 107, or consent of instructor.
220
BRITISH LITERATURE I
Literary forms, themes, and authors from the
Anglo-Saxon period through the 18th century.
Emphasis on such writers as Chaucer, Spenser,
Shakespeare, Milton, Swift, Pope, and Johnson;
representative works from Beowulf io Bumey's
Evelina. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or
consent of instructor.
Ill
BRITISH LITERATURE II
Literary movements and authors from the
beginnings of Romanticism to the end of the 1 9th
century. Particular emphasis on such writers as
Wordsworth, Shelley, Keats, Tennyson, Brown-
ing, Carlyle, Arnold, Hardy, and Yeats. Prereq-
uisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor.
Ill
AMERICAN LITERATURE I
Survey of American literature from the
beginning to 1865, with major emphasis on the
writers of the Romantic period: Poe, Emerson,
Thoreau, Hawthorne, Melville, Dickinson, and
Whitman. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or
consent of instructor.
>99-2(X)0 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^A
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ENGLISH
223
AMERICAN LITERATURE II
S urvey of American literature from 1 865 to 1 945 ,
emphasizing such authors as Twain, James, Crane,
Hemingway, Faulkner, Frost, Eliot, Stevens,
O'Neill, and Williams. Prerequisite: ENGL 106
or 107, or consent of instructor.
225
CLASSICAL LITERATURE
A study, in translation, of Greek and Roman
works that have influenced Western writers.
Literary forms studied include epic, drama, satire,
and love poetry. Writers studied include Homer,
Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, Virgil,
Juvenal, Horace, Lucretius, and Ovid. Prerequi-
site: ENGL 106or 107, or consent of instructor.
Ill
AMERICAN LITERATURE III
Survey of American literature from 1945 to
the present, focusing on such writers as
Bellow. O'Connor, Updike. Roth, Morrison,
Bishop, Lowell, Ginsberg, and Plath. Prereq-
uisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of
instructor
240
INTRODUCTION TO CREATIVE WRITING
Workshop discussions, structured exercises, and
readings in contemporary literature to provide
practice and basic instruction in the writing and
evaluation of poetry and fiction. Prerequisite:
ENGL 106or 107, orconsentof instructor.
311
MEDIEVAL LITERATURE
Readings in Old and Middle English poetry
and prose from Bede' s Ecclesiastical History to
Malory's Arthurian romance. Study of lyric,
narrative, drama, and romance with emphasis on
the cultural context from which these forms
emerge. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
312
RENAISSANCE LITERATURE
An examination of themes and literary forms
of the Renaissance. Authors studied will include
Donne, Marlowe, More, Shakespeare, Sidney,
Spenser, and Surrey. Prerequisite: ENGL 106
or 107, or consent of instructor. Alternate years
313
RESTORATION AND
18TH-CENTURY LITERATURE
Consideration of selected themes, writers,
or modes of Restoration and 1 8th-century
literature (1660-1800) with emphasis on the
social, political, and intellectual life of that
era. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
314
ROMANTIC LITERATURE
Concentrated study in the writers, texts, and
themes of the Romantic period ( 1 789- 1 832) with
emphasis on the social, political, and intellectual
life of that era. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107,
or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
315
VICTORIAN LITERATURE
Concentrated study in the writers, texts, and !
themes of the Victorian period ( 1 832- 1 90 1 ) with
emphasis on the social, poUtical, and intellectual
life of that era. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107,
or consent of instructor. Alternate years. :
321 H
ADVANCED WRITING: i
TECHNICAL AND PROFESSIONAL '
A course providing practice in report and j
technical writing, proposals, and other areas !
where competence will be expected in the i
business and scientific worlds. Prerequisite: \
ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor, j
Alternate years.
2>11
ADVANCED WRITING:
THE CREATIVE ESSAY
A course in which students from all
disciplines learn to explore and define
themselves through the essay, a form used to
express the universal through the particular
and the personal. Readings will include
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^S
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALO'
ENGLISH
issayists from Montaigne to Gould. Prerequi-
ite: Grade ofC+ or better in ENGL 106 or
'07, or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
m
lOTH-CENTURY FICTION
Examination of the novels and short fiction
)f such major writers as Conrad, Woolf,
oyce, Faulkner, Fowles, and Nabokov, with
;pecial emphasis on the relationship of their
vorks to concepts of modernism. Prerequi-
•ite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of
nstnictor.
10TH-CENTURY POETRY
Studies in the themes and visions of
nodem and contemporary poets including
feats, Frost, Stevens, Williams, Pound, Moore,
iliot. Hughes, Roethke, Bishop, Berryman,
^owell, Larkin, Ginsberg, Sexton, Rich, Plath,
iaraka, Heaney, and Dove. Prerequisite:
ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor.
PHE NOVEL
An examination primarily of British and
\merican works from the 1 8th century to the
)resent, focusing on the novel's ability — since
ts explosive inception — to redefine its own
)0undaries. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107,
n consent of instructor. Alternate years.
^OMEN IN LITERATURE
An examination — literary, social, and
listorical — of literature by women represent-
ng diverse cultures. Each course will examine
\ particular theme significant to women
ivriters from more than one cultural back-
ground. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or
:onsent of instructor. Alternate years.
535
CHAUCER
A study of the major works with emphasis
3n The Canterbury Tales and Troilus and
Criseyde. Some attention to language study
and to the traditions out of which Chaucer's
works arose. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or
107, or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
336
SHAKESPEARE
A study of representative plays in the
context of Shakespeare's life and times.
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of
instructor. Alternate years.
338
LINGUISTICS AND THE ANALYSIS OF
THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE
Introduction to methods of analyzing spoken
and written English. Classroom work sup-
ported by weekly tutorials, in which the student
gains practical experience in identifying,
diagnosing, and correcting basic communica-
tions problems. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or
107, or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
341
POETRY WORKSHOP I
An intermediate workshop focusing on the
writing of poetry and methods of analysis.
Prerequisite: Grade ofB or better in ENGL
240 or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
342
FICTION WORKSHOP I
An intermediate course in the writing of
short fiction in a workshop environment, where
the student is trained to hear language at work.
Emphasis on characterization and story.
Prerequisite: Grade ofB or better in ENGL
240 or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
411
FORM AND THEORY: POETRY
Principles of meter, rhyme, formal structure,
and traditional and contemporary poetic forms
will be studied through readings, discussion,
and exercises. Designed to enhance skills in both
practical criticism and in creative writing, this
course will pay particular attention to theories
concerned with the relationship between form
I999-2(XX) ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ENGLISH
•
and content in poetry. Prerequisite: ENGL 240
or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
All
FORM AND THEORY: FICTION
A course that examines philosophical and
aesthetic theories of fiction, and the resulting
fiction based on those theories. Authors will
most likely include Aristotle. Calvino, Gardner,
Gass, and Nabokov. Prerequisite: ENGL 240
or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
420
SELECTED WRITERS
An intensive study of no more than three
writers, selected on the basis of student and
faculty interest. Possible combinations
include: Frost, Hemingway, and Faulkner;
O'Connor, Welty, and Porter; Spenser and
Milton; Hawthorne, Melville, and Dickens;
Woolf, Forster, and Lawrence; Joyce and
Yeats. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
All
TOPICS IN LITERATURE
Examination of a literary theme, idea, or
movement as it appears in one or more types
of literature and as it cuts across various
epochs. Possible topics include: American
Novelists and Poets of the Jazz Age and
Depression; The Bible and Literature; Gothic
Tradition in American Literature; Mystery and
Detective Fiction; The Hero in Literature.
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of
instructor. Alternate years.
441
POETRY WORKSHOP II
An advanced workshop in the writing of
poetry. Students will receive intensive anal-
ysis of their own work and acquire experience
in evaluating the work of their peers. Prereq-
uisite: ENGL 341. Alternate years.
AAl
FICTION WORKSHOP II
An advanced course in the writing of short
fiction. Emphasis on the complexities of
voice and tone. The student will be encouraged
to develop and control his or her individual
style and produce publishable fiction. Prereq-
uisite: ENGL 342. Alternate years.
449
ADVANCED CRITICISM
Reading and discussion in the theory and
history of criticism. Examination of both
traditional and contemporary ideas about the
value and nature of literary expression and its
place in human culture generally. Work in the
course includes practical as well as theoretical
use of the ideas and methods of critical
inquiry. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
The department provides internships in
editing, legal work, publishing, and technical
writing.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Recent studies include the role of Pennsyl-
vania in the fiction of John O'Hara; the
changing image of women in American art
and literature (1890-1945); the hard-boiled
detective novel; contemporary women writers;
and Milton's use of the Bible in Paradise
Lost.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
Recent projects include "The Function of
the Past in the Fiction of William Faulkner"
and "Illusion, Order, and Art in the Novels of
Virginia Woolf."
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^A
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
FOREIGN
LANGUAGES AND
LITERATURES
Professor: MacKenzie
Associate Professor: Buedel (Chairperson)
Assistant Professor: Heysel
Part-time Instructors: Boring, A. Falk
Language Assistants: Kuhn, Levicq, Perez
Study of foreign languages and literatures
offers opportunity to explore broadly the
varieties of human experience and thought. It
contributes both to personal and to interna-
tional understanding by providing competence
in a foreign language and a critical acquain-
tance with the literature and culture of foreign
peoples. A major can serve as a gateway to
careers in business, government, publishing,
education, journalism, social agencies, translat-
ing, and writing. It prepares for graduate work in
literature or linguistics and the international
fields of politics, business, law, health, and area
studies.
MAJOR FIELDS OF STUDY
French, German, and Spanish are offered as
major tlelds of study. The major consists of at
least 32 semester hours of courses numbered
1 1 1 and above. Students who intend to pursue
graduate study in a foreign language should
take additional 400-level hours in literature.
Majors seeking teacher certification are advised
to begin the study of a second foreign language.
The department encourages students to
consider allied courses from related fields or a
second major, and also individual or established
interdisciplinary majors combining interest in
several literatures or area or cross-cultural
studies; for example. International Studies, 20th
Century Studies, the Major in Literature.
STUDY ABROAD AND INTERNSHIPS
The department recommends that language
majors study in a department-approved program
for a semester or more as part of their major.
Approved programs are available in Austria (the
Institute for the Internadonal Education of
Students), France (Boston University, the
Institute for the International Education of
Students), Germany (the Goethe Institute, the
Institute for the International Education of
Students), Mexico (Cemanahuac Educational
Community), and Spain (Tandem Escuela
Intemacional, the Center for Cross-Cultural
Studies, Indiana University of PA). Interested
students should begin planning with their major
advisor by the first week of the semester prior to
departure. To qualify, students must have soph-
omore standing or better, an overall GPA of 2.50,
and a GPA of 3.00 in language courses. Other
qualifications include recommendation from
faculty in the major and completion of specific
courses in language, literature, or culture. In
addition, the department offers overseas
internships through the approved programs.
They typically require substantial language
skills and junior or senior standing.
CAPSTONE EXPERIENCE
All foreign language majors are required to
pass two semesters of FLL 449 (Junior-Senior
Colloquium). In addition, all majors must
complete at least two of the following six
options: (1) appropriate study abroad for a
minimum of 6 weeks; (2) an internship; (3)
department-approved volunteer work or tutoring
in the foreign language; (4) FRN 441, GERM
418, or SPAN 418 with a grade of C or better;
(5) secondary teaching certification in French,
German, or Spanish; (6) a Praxis test in French,
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^R
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
German, or Spanish passed with a score
approved by the department.
If the colloquia and other two requirements
have not been met by the end of the first
semester of the senior year, the student must
submit to the chair of the department a plan
signed by the advisor showing when and how
these requirements will be completed.
TEACHER CERTIFICATION
Students interested in teacher certification
should refer to the Department of Education
on page 90.
FOREIGN LANGUAGES
AND LITERATURES (FLL)
225
CONTINENTAL LITERATURE
A study of such major continental authors
as Cervantes, Dostoevsky, Chekhov, Dante,
Ibsen, Proust, Gide, Kafka, Hesse, Goethe,
Sartre, Camus, Brecht, and lonesco. Works
read in English translation will vary and be
organized around a different theme or topic;
recent topics have been existentialism, modem-
ism, drama, the Weimar era, and 20th century
Scandinavian and German prose writers.
Prerequisite: None. Taught in English. May be
repeated for credit with consent of instructor.
May be accepted toward the EngUsh major
with consent of the Department of English.
338
FOREIGN LANGUAGE:
SYSTEMS AND PROCESS
Study of basic linguistic concepts as a tool for
language learning and teaching. Discussion and
application of language teaching techniques,
including work in the language laboratory.
Designed for future teachers of one or more
languages and normally taken in the junior year.
Students should arrange through the Depart-
ment of Education to fulfill the requirements of a
participation experience in area schools in the
same semester. Prerequisite: Consent of
instructor. Taught in English. Does not count
toward majors in French, Germcm, and Spanish.
449
JUNIOR-SENIOR COLLOQUIUM
This colloquium offers French, German, and
Spanish majors the opportunity to meet regular
with peers, professors, and invited guest speakt
to discuss linguistic, literary, cultural, and
pedagogical topics. Each student enrolled in 4^
is required to deliver at least one oral presentati
per semester. Prerequisite: junior standing. 77
department recommends that, when possible,
students take one semester of 449 during their
junior year and another semester during their
senior year Taught in English. The Colloquiun
will meet a minimum of 6 times during the
semester for 1 hour each session. After success
completion of two semesters of the Colloquium,
student may enroll for additional semesters on
pass-fail basis and no oral presentation will be
required. Non-credit course.
FRENCH (FRN)
Major
A major consists of a minimum of 32 semes
hours of FRN courses numbered 1 1 1 and above
approved courses from a Study Abroad prograr
including at least eight semester hours from 40;
412, 423, and 427. French majors must pass at
least two semesters of FLL 449 and complete V
of the additional requirements as explained und
Capstone Experience on page 99. Students wh
wish to be certified for secondary teaching mus
complete the major with at least a 3.00 GPA an
pass FRN 221-222, 228, 441, and FLL 338 (the
latter course with a grade of B or better).
FRN 228 satisfies the cultural diversity
requirement. FRN 402 and 441, when schedule
as a W courses, count towards the writing
intensive requirement.
Minor
A minor in French consists of at least 16
semester hours of courses numbered 22 1 and
above. Courses 1 1 1 and 112 may be counted
towards the minor, but then the minor must consi
of at least 20 semester hours of courses, 12 hour^
which must be numbered 200 or above.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
101-102
ELEMENTARY FRENCH
The aim of this sequence of courses is to
acquire the fundamentals of the language with
a view to using them. Regular practice in
speaking, understanding, and reading.
111-112
[NTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Review and development of the fundamen-
tals of the language for immediate use in
speaking, understanding, and reading, with a
view to building confidence in self-expres-
sion. Prerequisite: FRN 102 or equivalent.
221-222
FRENCH LANGUAGE PRACTICE
Further training in speaking, listening
comprehension, reading, and writing. In-
cludes extensive work in grammar. Prerequi-
site: FRN 112 or equivalent.
228
MODERN FRANCE
A course designed to familiarize students with
political and social structures and cultural
attitudes in contemporary French society.
Material studied may include such documents as
newspaper articles, interviews and sociological
surveys, and readings in history, religion,
anthropology, and the arts. Some attention to the
changing education system and the family and to
events and ideas which have shaped French
society. May include some comparative study
of France and the United States. Prerequisite:
FRN 22 1 or consent of instructor.
402
FRENCH LITERATURE TO 1 800
Major authors and movements from the
Medieval, Renaissance, Classical and Enlight-
enment periods. Includes the chanson de geste,
Villon. Montaigne, Comeille. Racine, Moliere,
Voltaire, and Rousseau. Prerequisite: FRN
222 or 228, or consent of instructor. Alter-
nate years.
412
FRENCH LITERATURE
OF THE 19TH CENTURY
The dimensions of the Romantic sensibility:
Musset, Hugo, Vigny, Balzac, Stendhal.
Realism and Naturalism in the novels of
Flaubert and Zola. Reaction in the poetry of
Baudelaire, Rimbaud, Verlaine, and Mallarme.
Prerequisite: FRN 222 or 228, or consent of
instructor. Alternate years.
423
MODERN FRENCH THEATRE
Major trends in French drama from the turn
of the century to Existentialism and the Theatre
of the Absurd, Giraudoux, Anouilh, Sartre,
Camus, Beckett, lonesco. Genet, Adamov, and
others. Prerequisite: FRN 222 or 228, or
consent of instructor.
427
FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE 20TH
CENTURY
Representative poets and novelists of modern
France. Readings selected from the works of
authors such as Proust, Gide, Aragon, Giono,
Mauriac, Celine, Malraux, Saint-Exupery,
Camus, the "new novelists" (Robbe-Grillet,
Butor, Sarraute, Le Clezio), and the poetry of
Apollinaire, Valery, the Surrealists (Breton,
Reverdy, Eluard, Char), Saint- John Perse,
Supervielle, Prevert, and others. Some attention
to works of French-speaking African writers.
Prerequisite: FRN 222 or 228, or consent of
instructor. Alternate years.
441
ADVANCED LANGUAGE PRACTICE
Intensive practice for advanced students who
wish to improve further their spoken and written
French. Includes work in oral comprehension,
phonetics, pronunciation, oral and written
composition, and translation. Prerequisite: One
course from FRN 402, 412, 423, 427; or consent
of instructor.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^A
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Examples of recent studies in French include
translation. Existentialism, the classical period,
enlightenment literature, and Saint-Exupery.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
GERMAN (GERM)
Major
A major consists of a minimum of 32
semester hours of GERM courses numbered
1 1 1 and above or approved courses from a
Study Abroad program One unit of FLL 225
may be included in the major with permission.
GERM 431 or 441 is required of all majors.
German majors must pass at least two
semesters of FLL 449 and complete two of the
additional requirements as explained under
Capstone Experience on page 99.
Students who wish to be certified for
secondary teaching must complete the major
with at least a 3.00 GPA and pass GERM 221-
222, 323, 325,418, and either 431 or 441. In
addition to the 32 semester hours of courses
for the major. In addition to the 32 semester
hours of courses for the major they must also
pass FLL 338 with a grade of B or better. All
majors are urged to enroll in HIST 416, MUS
336, PSCI 221, and THEA 335.
GERM 221 and 222 satisfy the cultural
diversity requirement. GERM 431 and 441,
when scheduled as W courses, count toward
the writing intensive requirement.
Minor
A minor in German consists of at least 1 6
sem-ester hours of courses numbered 22 1 and
above. Courses 1 1 1 and 1 1 2 may be counted
toward the minor, but then the minor must
consist of at least 20 semester hours of courses,
12 hours of which must be numbered 200 or
above. One unit of FLL 225 may be included
in the minor with permission.
101-102
ELEMENTARY GERMAN
The aim of this sequence of courses is to
acquire the fundamentals of the language with
a view to using them. Regular practice in
speaking, understanding, and reading.
111-112
INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
This sequence of courses reviews and develops
the fundamentals of the language for immediate u:
in speaking, understanding, and reading with a
view to building confidence in self-expression.
Prerequisite: GERM 102 or equivalent.
221-222
COMPREHENSIVE REVIEW
AND LANGUAGE PRACTICE
This sequence of courses is designed to review an^
develop skills in speaking, listening, writing and
reading. Grammar and vocabulary building are
stressed with intensive review, writing practice anc
some reading on contemporary issues in German
speaking countries. Prerequisite: GERMlllor
equivalent.
323
SURVEY OF GERMAN
LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION I
Designed to acquaint the student with impor-
tant periods of German literature, representativi
authors, and major cultural developments in
Germany, Austria, and Switzerland. The cours
deals with literature and culture from the Early ^
Middle Ages through the 18th century. Prereq-
uisite: GERM 222 or consent of instructor.
325
SURVEY OF GERMAN
LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION II
Designed to acquaint the student with importa
periods of German literature, repre-sentative j
authors, and major cultural developments in j
Germany, Austria, and Switzerland. The course!
deals with literature and culture from the 1 9th |
century through the 1960's. Prerequisite: GERJi
222 or consent of instructor.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
ni
rHE NOVELLE
The German Novelle as a genre relating to
.'arious literary periods. Prerequisite: GERM
^23 or 325, or consent of instructor.
ADVANCED LANGUAGE PRACTICE
Intensive practice for advanced students who
\'ant to improve their spoken and written
jerman. Includes work in oral comprehension,
jhonetics, pronunciation, oral and written comp-
)sition, translation, and the development of the
anguage and its relationship to English. Pre-
'equisite: GERM 222 or consent of instructor.
Ml
3ERMAN POETRY
A study of selected poets or the poetry of various
iterary periods. Possible topics include: Roman-
ic poetry, Heine, Rilke, and selected contempo-
rary poets. Prerequisite: GERM 323 or 325, or
:onsei it of instructor.
131
jOETHE
A study of the life and works of Goethe,
joethe's significance in the Classical period and
later. Readings in the major works. Prerequi-
site: GERM 323 or 325, or consent of instructor.
t41
::ONTEMPORARY GERMAN LITERATURE
Representative poets, novelists and drama-
:ists of contemporary Germany, Switzerland
ind Austria covering the period from the
1960's to the present. Readings selected from
writers such as: Boll, Brecht, Frisch,
Diirrenmatt. Bichsel, Handke, Walser, Grass,
Becker, and others. Prerequisite: GERM 323
or 325. or consent of instructor.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Examples of recent studies in German include
Classicism, Germanic Mythology, Hermann
Hesse, the dramas of Frisch and Diirrenmatt.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
GREEK (GRK)
SEE RELIGION
HEBREW (HEBR)
SEE RELIGION
SPANISH (SPAN)
Major
A major consists of 32 semester hours of
SPAN courses numbered 1 1 1 and above or
approved courses from a Study Abroad pro-
gram. One course must focus on literature from
Spain and one course must focus on literature
from Spanish America. Eight semester hours
must be at the 400 level, not including 449.
Spanish majors must pass at least two semesters
of FLL 449 and complete two of the additional
requirements as explained under Capstone
Experience on page 99. Students who wish to
be certified for secondary teaching must
complete the major with at least a 3.00 GPA and
pass SPAN 221, 222, 311, 418, and FLL 338
(the latter with a grade of B or better).
SPAN 221, 222, and 31 1 satisfy the cultural
diversity requirement. SPAN 325, 418, and
424, when scheduled as W courses, count
toward the writing intensive requirement.
Minor
A minor in Spanish consists of at least 16
semester hours of courses numbered 22 1 or
above. Courses 1 1 1 and 1 12 may be counted
toward the minor, but then the minor must con-
sist of at least 20 semester hours of courses. 1 2
hours of which must be numbered 2(X) or above.
101-102
ELEMENTARY SPANISH
The aim of this sequence of courses is to
acquire the fundamentals of the language with a
view to using them. Regular practice in
speaking, understanding, and reading.
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
111-112
INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
This sequence of courses reviews and
develops the fundamentals of the language for
immediate use in speaking, understanding,
reading and writing with a view to building
confidence in self-expression. Prerequisite:
SPAN 102 or equivalent.
221-222
CONVERSATION, REVIEW, AND
COMPOSITION
Intensive discussion and writing on a variety
of subjects in conjunction with contemporary
readings. Includes in-depth grammar review.
Designed to provide greater breadth and
fluency in spoken and written Spanish.
Prerequisite: SPAN 112 or equivalent.
311
HISPANIC CULTURE
To introduce students to Spanish-speaking
peoples — their values, customs and institu-
tions, with reference to the geographic and
historical forces governing present-day Spain
and Spanish America. Prerequisite: SPAN 222
or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
321
SPECIAL TOPICS OR AUTHORS
IN LITERATURE
Examination of significant cultural or literary
topics concerning the Spanish-speaking world.
Possible topics or genres include: Latin American
short stories; modem Spanish theatre; Latin
American women writers; Chicano literature.
Prerequisite: SPAN 222 or consent of the
instructor. Can be repeated once for credit.
323
SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE
AND CIVILIZATION
Designed to acquaint the student with
important periods of Spanish literature,
representative authors, and major socio-
economic developments. The course deals with
the literature from the Middle Ages to the
present. Prerequisite: SPAN 222 or consent of
instructor. Alternate years.
325
SURVEY OF SPANISH-AMERICAN
LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION
Designed to acquaint the student with
important periods of Spanish- American
literature, representative authors, and major
socio-economic developments. The course
deals with the literature, especially the essay
and poetry, from the 16th century to the
present. Prerequisite: SPAN 222 or consent
of instructor. Alternate years.
418
ADVANCED LANGUAGE PRACTICE
Intensive practice for advanced students
who wish to improve their spoken and written'
Spanish. Includes work in oral comprehen-
sion, pronunciation, oral and written composi-
tion, and translation. Prerequisite: One SPAN
course at the 300 level or consent of instructor.
Alternate years.
424
SPANISH LITERATURE
OF THE GOLDEN AGE
A study of representative works and principal
literary figures in the poetry, prose, and drama
of the 16th and 17th centuries. Prerequisite:
SPAN 323 and 325, or consent of instructor.
426
MODERN HISPANIC LITERATURE
Readings of important works of drama,
poetry, and prose from the major periods of
the 19th and 20th century Spanish and Latin-
American literature. Prerequisite: SPAN 323
and 325, or consent of instructor.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Recent studies include literary, linguistic,
and cultural topics and themes such as urban
problems as reflected in the modem novel.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR DEPART-
MENTAL HONORS (See index)
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
HISTORY
HISTORY (HIST)
Professors: Larson (Chairperson), Piper
Associate Professor: Morris
Visiting Assistant Professor: Witwer
A major consists of 10 courses, including HIST
110, 111, and 449. At least seven courses must
be taken in the department. The following
courses may be counted toward fulfilling the
major requirements: AMST 200, PSCI 221 and
439, REL 226 and 228. Other appropriate
courses outside the department may be counted
upon departmental approval. For history
majors who student teach in history, the major
consists of nine courses. In addition to the
courses listed below, special courses, indepen-
dent study, and honors are available. Special
courses recently taught and anticipated include
a biographical study of European Monarchs,
the European Left, the Industrialization and
Urbanization of Modem Europe, Utopian
Movements in America , the Peace Movement
in America, The Vietnam War, and American
Legal History. History majors are encouraged
to participate in the internship program.
Students interested in teacher certification
should refer to the Department of Education
on page 90.
The following courses have been approved
to be offered as cultural diversity courses and
may be offered as such: HIST 120, 140, 230,
240, 310. Students must check semester class
schedules to determine which courses are
offered as "D" courses for that semester.
The following courses have been approved to
be offered as writing intensive courses and may
be offered as such: HIST 2 1 8, 230, 332, 443,
449. Students must check semester class
schedules to determine which courses are offered
as "W" courses for that semester.
Minor
Three minors are offered by the Department of
History. The following courses are required to
complete a minor in American history: HIST 1 25,
1 26, and three courses in American history
numbered 200 and above (HIST 1 20 and/or 3 1 0
may be substituted.) A minor in European history
requires the completion of HIST 1 10, 1 1 1 and
three courses in European history numbered 200
and above. To obtain a minor in History (without
national or geographical designation), a student
must complete six courses in history, of which
three must be chosen from HIST 110, 111, 125,
and 1 26 and three must be history courses
numbered 200 and above.
110
EUROPE 1500-1815
An examination of the political, social, cultural,
and intellectual history of Europe and its relations
with other areas of the world from 1 500 to 1 8 1 5.
Ill
EUROPE 1815-PRESENT
An examination of the political, social,
cultural, and intellectual history of Europe and its
relations with other areas of the world from 1815
to the present.
120
LATIN AMERICAN HISTORY
An examination of the native civilization, the
age of discovery and conquest, Spanish colonial
policy, the independence movements, and the
development of modem institutions and gov-
emments in Latin America. Alternate years.
125
UNITED STATES HISTORY 1601-1877
A study of the men, measures, and movements
which have been significant in the development
1999-20(X) ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
HISTORY
of the United States between 1607 and 1877.
Attention is paid to the problems of minority
groups as well as to majority and national
influences.
126
UNITED STATES HISTORY 1877-PRESENT
A study of men, measures, and movements
which have been significant in the develop-
ment of the United States since 1877. Atten-
tion is paid to the problems of minority groups
as well as to majority and national influences.
140
SURVEY OF ASIAN HISTORY
A comprehensive overview of Asian
history with emphasis on those Pacific Rim
countries which have greatest current impact
on political and economic development in the
United States. Alternate Years.
210
ANCIENT HISTORY
A study of the ancient western world, includ-
ing the foundations of the western tradition in
Greece, the emergence and expansion of the
Roman state, its experience as a republic, and
its transformation into the Empire. The course
will focus on the social and intellectual life of
Greece and Rome as well as political and
economic changes. Alternate years.
212
MEDIEVAL EUROPE AND ITS NEIGHBORS
The history of Europe from the dissolution of
the Roman Empire to the mid- 1 5th century. The
course will deal with the growing estrangement
of western Catholic Europe from Byzantium and
Islam, culminating in the Crusades; the rise of
the Islamic Empire and its later fragmentation;
the development and growth of feudalism; the
conflict of empire and papacy, and the rise of
the towns. Alternate years.
216
FRENCH REVOLUTION AND NAPOLEON
An analysis of the political, social, and
intellectual background of the French Revolu-
tion, a survey of the course of revolutionary
development, and an estimate of the results of
the Napoleonic conquests and administration.
Prerequisite: HIST 1 JO or consent of instruc-
tor. Alternate years.
218
EUROPE IN THE ERA OF THE WORLD WARS
An intensive study of the political, economic,
social, and cultural history of Europe from 1900-
1945. Topics include the rise of irrationalism,
the origins of the First World War, the Commu-
nist and Fascist Revolutions, and the attempts to
preserve peace before 1939. Prerequisite: HISl
111 or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
219
CONTEMPORARY EUROPE
An intensive study of the political, economic,
social, and cultural history of Europe since 1945.
Topics include the post-war economic recovery
of Europe, the Sovietization of Eastern Europe,
the origins of the Cold War, decolonization, anc
the flowering of the welfare state. Prerequisite
HIST 1 11 or consent of instructor.
222
HISTORY OF WORLD WAR II
A comprehensive examination of World War
II, emphasizing the effects of ideological, eco-
nomic, and political forces on the formulation of
military strategy and the conduct of operation;
the nature and extent of the expansion of gov-
ernment powers; and the experience of war from
the perspective of ordinary civilians and milit-
ary alike. Does not count toward distribution.
226
COLONIAL AMERICA AND
THE REVOLUTIONARY ERA
The establishment of British settlements on
the American continent, their history as
colonies, the causes and events of the Americari
Revolution, the critical period following
independence, and proposal and adoption of th(
United States Constitution. Alternate years.
230
AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY
A study of the experiences and participatioii
of Afro-Americans in the United States. The
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
HISTORY
ourse includes historical experiences such as
iavery, abolition, reconstruction, and urban-
lation. It also raises the issue of the develop-
lent and growth of white racism, and the effect
f this racism on contemporary Afro-Ameri-
an social, intellectual, and political life.
dternate years.
40
lODERN CHINA
This course will explore the social, political
nd cultural changes in China since the early
9th Century. Particular attention will be given
3 the Communist Revolution and the develop-
lents in China since Mao's death. Alternate
ears.
44
OTH CENTURY UNITED STATES
This course begins with the Progressive Era
nd includes the political, economic, and social
evelopments in the 20th century. Emphasis
n\\ be placed on the domestic and international
emands which have faced the United States in
tie period following World War II.
47
)RGANIZED CRIME IN AMERICA
A history of organized crime in America
rom the Gilded Age to the present. This course
xplores the rise of organized crime and its
ies to the urban political machines as well as
he segregated vice districts of Nineteenth
>ntury America. Students study the rise of
he Mafia in the Twentieth Century along with
>ther ethnically based criminal groups. Much
»f the course centers on the role that organized
rime has played in American society through
uch activities as labor racketeering, organized
[ambling, and smuggling. The course also
ixplores different law enforcement efforts
nounted against organized crime over time,
;ulminating with the most recent use of broad
;onspiracy laws. Alternate years.
110
^'OMEN IN HISTORY
An examination of the social, political,
jconomic and intellectual experience of
women in the Western World from ancient
times to the present.
316
CONFLICT IN WESTERN CIVILIZATION
An in-depth study of the changing nature of
war and its relationship to the development of
Western Civilization since the end of the
Middle Ages. Particular emphasis will be
placed on the role of war in the development of
the modem nation state and the origins and
nature of total war. Alternate years.
320
DIPLOMATIC HISTORY
OF EUROPE SINCE 1789
A survey of the development of the European-
states system and the relations between the
European states since the beginning of the
French Revolution. Prerequisite: HIST 1 1 1 or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
322
THE CRISIS OF LIBERALISM AND NA-
TIONALISM: EUROPE 1848-1870
An in-depth investigation of the crucial
"Middle Years" of 19th century Europe from
the revolutions of 1 848 through the unification
of Germany. The course centers on the
struggles for power within the major states of
Europe at this time, and how the vehicle of
nationalism was used to bring about one type
of solution. Alternate years.
328
AGE OF JEFFERSON AND JACKSON
The theme of the course is the emergence of
the political and social characteristics that
shaped modern America. The personalities of
Thomas Jefferson, John Marshall, John
Randolph. Aaron Burr, and Andrew Jackson
receive special attention. Special consideration
is given to the first and second party systems,
the decline in community cohesiveness, the
westward movement, and the growing impor-
tance of the family as a unit of social organiza-
tion. Alternate years.
999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^m
LYCOMING COLLEGE
HISTORY
332
CIVIL WAR AND RECONSTRUCTION
The problems and events leading to war, the
political and military history of the war, and the
bitter aftermath to the Compromise of 1 877.
340
20TH CENTURY UNITED STATES RELI-
GION
The study of historical and cultural
developments in American society which
relate to religion or what is commonly called
religion. This involves consideration of the
institutional and intellectual development of
several faith groups as well as discussion of
certain problems, such as the persistence of
religious bigotry and the changing modes of
church-state relationships. Alternate years.
416
HISTORY OF REFORMATION THOUGHT
A study of the ideas and systems of ideas
propounded prior to the Reformation, but which
are historically related to its inception, and of
the ideas and systems of ideas involved in the
formulation of the major Reformation Protestant
traditions, and in the Catholic Reformation.
Included are the ideas of the humanists of the
Reformation Era. Alternate years.
418
HISTORY OF RENAISSANCE THOUGHT
A study of the classical, humanist, and
scholastic elements involved in the develop-
ment of the Renaissance outlook on views and
values, both in Italy and in Northern Europe.
The various combinations of social and
political circumstances which constitute the
historical context of these intellectual develop-
ments will be noted. Alternate years.
442
UNITED STATES SOCIAL AND
INTELLECTUAL HISTORY TO 1877
A study of the social and intellectual
experience of the United States from its
colonial antecedents through reconstruction.
Among the topics considered are Puritanism,
Transcendentalism, community life and
organization, education, and social reform
movements. Prerequisites: Two courses from
HIST 125, 126, 230; or consent of instructor.
443
UNITED STATES SOCIAL AND
INTELLECTUAL HISTORY SINCE 1877
A study of the social and intellectual
experience of the United States from recon-
struction to the present day. Among the topic
considered are social Darwinism, pragmatism
community life and organization, education
and social reform movements. Prerequisite:
Two courses from HIST 125, 126, 230; or
consent of instructor.
449
HISTORICAL METHODS
This course focuses on the nature and
meaning of history. It will open to the studen'
different historical approaches and will
provide the opportunity to explore these
approaches in terms of particular topics and
periods. Majors are required to enroll in this
course in either their junior or senior year.
The course is open to other students who havei
two courses in history or consent of instructor
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Typically, history interns work for local
government agencies engaged in historical
projects or for the Lycoming County Histori-
cal Museum.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Recent topics include studies of the
immigration of American blacks, political
dissension in the Weimer republic, Indian
relations before the American Revolution, am
the history of Lycoming County.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^m
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
INSTITUTE FOR MANAGEMENT STUDIES AND MANAGEMENT SCHOLARS PROGRAM
NSTITUTE FOR
MANAGEMENT
STUDIES (IMS) AND
MANAGEMENT
SCHOLARS
PROGRAM
Lssociate Professor: Madresehee (Director)
The purpose of the Institute for Management
tudies is to enhance the educational opportuni-
es for students majoring or minoring in
:counting. business administration, or econom-
:s. It does this by offering an expanded intem-
lip program, special seminars on important
lanagement topics, student involvement in
iculty research and professional projects,
xecutive development seminars, and a Manage-
lent Scholars program for academically
ilented students (described below). In addition,
le IMS hosts guest speakers and conferences on
urrent management issues.
All students who have a declared major or
minor in accounting, business administration, or
economics and who are in good academic
standing are automatically members of the IMS.
However, the IMS Director may invite or permit
other students to join the IMS who do not meet
the first criterion, such as freshmen who have
not yet declared a major or minor.
210
MANAGEMENT SCHOLAR SEMINAR
Team-taught interdisciplinary seminar under
the direction of the IMS faculty. A different
interdisciplinary topic relevant to students in all
three IMS departments is offered at least once a
year. Completion of two semesters required by
the Management Scholars Program. One-quarter
unit of credit. Prerequisite: Membership in
the Management Scholars Program or consent
of IMS Director. May be repeated for credit.
340
MANAGEMENT INTERNSHIP STUDY
A practicum in which students work as
interns for businesses, government agencies
and nonprofit organizations in the Williamsport
area and locations in Pennsylvania, New
Jersey, New York, Washington, D.C., and
other places. Reading, writing and research
assignments vary by the credit value of the
experience. Enrollments are limited to the
numbers of available placements. Most
internships are full-time paid positions,
although part-time and unpaid positions are
occasionally accepted. Four to eight semester
hours of credit. Prerequisite: Membership in
the Institute for Management Studies and
consent of the Director. May be repeated for a
maximum of 16 credits.
IMS Scholars Program
The IMS sponsors a Management Scholars
Program for academically talented students in
the three IMS departments. To join the
Management Scholars Program, a student must
satisfy the following criteria:
)99-2()00 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
INSTITUTE FOR MANAGEMENT STUDIES • INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
a) Have a declared major or minor in one
or more of the IMS departments.
However, the IMS Director may invite
or permit other students to join the
Management Scholars Program who
do not meet this criterion, such as
freshmen who have not yet declared a
major or minor.
b) Have an overall GPA of 3.00 or higher,
or exhibit strong academic potential if
the student is a first-semester freshman.
To graduate as a Management Scholar, a
student must meet the following criteria:
a) Successfully complete two semester-
hours of Management Scholar Seminars.
b) Successfully complete a major or minor
in one of the three IMS departments.
c) Graduate with a GPA of 3.00 or higher
in both overall college work, and
within an IMS major and/or minor.
d) Successfully complete an appropriate
internship, practicum or independent
study, or complete a special project
approved by the IMS Director.
At least one Management Scholar Seminar
is taught per academic year on an interdiscipli-
nary topic of relevance to students in all three
IMS departments. The seminars are normally
offered as one semester-hour courses and do
not result in overload charges for full-time
students.
Students who are currently Lycoming
College Scholars may also become Manage-
ment Scholars and participate in both programs.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
INTERNATIONAL
STUDIES (INST)
Professor: Larson (Coordinator)
The major is designed to integrate an
understanding of the changing social, politica,'
and historical environment of Europe today
with study of Europe in its relations to the resl
of the world, particularly the United States. Il|
stresses the international relations of the Nortii
Atlantic community and offers the student
opportunity to emphasize either European
studies or international relations. The
program provides multiple perspectives on thd
cultural traits that shape popular attitudes and
institutions. Study of a single country is '
included as a data-base for comparisons, and '
study of its language as a basis for direct \
communication with its people. I
The program is intended to prepare a student
either for graduate study or for careers which
have an international component. International
obligations are increasingly assumed by gov- |
emment agencies and a wide range of business, I
social, religious, and educational organizations!
Opportunities are found in the fields of journal- 1
ism, publishing, communications, trade, bank-
ing, advertising, management, and tourism. Th
program also offers flexible career preparation
in a variety of essential skills, such as research,
data analysis, report writing, language skills, ,
and the awareness necessary for dealing with ■
people and institutions of another culture. |
Preparation for related careers can be obtained !
through the guided selection of courses outside '
the major in the areas of business, economics, '
foreign languages and literatures, government,
history, and international relations or through a
second major. Students should design their |
programs in consultation with members of the
Committee on International Studies.
Students interested in teacher certification
should refer to the Department of Education
on page 90. By completing a major in the
foreign languages (five or more courses) and
^^
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALC
INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
he education program, students can be certified
o teach that language.
The International Studies program also
incourages participation in study abroad
)rograms such as programs at Westminster
College in Oxford, England, as well as the
Washington and United Nations semesters.
The following course has been approved to
)e offered as a writing intensive course and
nay be offered as such: INST 449. Students
nust check semester class schedules to
ietermine which courses are offered as "W"
:ourses for that semester.
The major consists of 1 1 courses including
NST 449 plus the following:
nternational Relations Courses - Four or
wo courses (if two, then four must be taken
rom Area Courses). Courses within this
;roup are designed to provide a basic under-
tanding of the international system and of
lurope's relations with the rest of the world.
*SCI 225 is required.
*SCI 225 International Relations
iCON 343 International Trade
IIST 320 European Diplomatic History
*SCI 439 American Foreign Policy
^rea Courses - Four or two courses (if two,
hen four must be taken from International
delations Courses). Courses within this group
ire designed to provide a basic understanding
»f the European political, social, and eco-
lomic environment. HIST 1 1 1 and ECON
140 are required.
IIST 1 1 1 Europe 1 8 1 5-Present
iCON 240 Economic Geography
*SCI 22 1 Comparative Politics and
Geography
IIST 2 1 8 Europe in the Era of the
World Wars
IIST 2 1 9 Contemporary Europe
National Courses
Language - Two courses in one language.
FRN 221, plus one course numbered 222
or above (except 228)
GERM 221, plus one course numbered 222
or above
SPAN 221, plus one course numbered 222 or
above (except 311)
Country - One course. The student must
select, according to his or her language
preparation, one European country which will
serve as a social interest area throughout the
program. The country selected will serve as
the base for individual projects in the major
courses wherever possible.
France FRN 228 Modem France
Germany HIST N80 Topics in
German History
Spain SPAN 3 1 1 Hispanic Culture
Elective Course - One course which should
involve further study of some aspect of the
program. Appropriate courses are any area or
international relations courses not yet taken;
HIST 1 10, 316; PSCI 326, 438; related foreign
literature courses counting toward the fine arts
requirement and internships.
449
SENIOR SEMINAR
A one-semester seminar, taken in the
senior year, in which students and several
faculty members will pursue an integrative
topic in the field of international studies.
Students will work to some extent indepen-
dendy. Guest speakers will be invited. The
seminar will be open to qualified persons
from outside the major and the College.
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
LITERATURE • MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
LITERATURE lit)
This major recognizes literature as a
distinct discipline beyond national boundaries
and combines the study of any two literatures
in the areas of English, French, German, and
Spanish. Students can thus explore two
literatures widely and intensively at the upper
levels of course offerings within each of the
respective departments while developing and
applying skills in foreign languages. The
major prepares students for graduate study in
either of the two literatures studied or in
comparative literature.
The major requires at least six literature
courses, equally divided between the two
literatures concerned. The six must be at the
advanced level as determined in consultation
with advisors (normally courses numbered
200 and above in English and 400 and above
in foreign languages). In general, two of
the advanced courses in each literature should
be period courses. The third course, taken
either as a regular course or an independent
study, may have as its subject another period,
a particular author, genre, or literary theme, or
some other unifying approach or idea.
Beyond these six, the major must include at
least two additional courses from among those
counting toward a major in the departments
involved. Any prerequisite courses in the
respective departments (for example: ENGL
106, FRN 221-222 or 228, GERM 221-222,
SPAN 221-222) should be taken during the
freshman year. Students should design their
programs in consultation with a faculty
member from each of the literatures con-
cerned. Programs for the major must be
approved by the departments involved.
MATHEMATICAL
SCIENCES
Associate Professors: Haley, Weida
Assistant Professors: DeSilva,
Golshan (Chairperson), Peluso
Visiting Assistant Professor: Sutherland
Part-time Instructors: Abercrombie, Collins, '
Davis
The Department of Mathematical Sciences!
offers major and minor programs in |
computer science and mathematics. [
COMPUTER SCIENCE |
(CPTR) I
The B. A. Degree
The B.A. degree in computer science
consists of 13 courses: MATH 116; either
MATH 109 or 128; one from MATH 1 12, 129
or 130; CPTR 125, 246, 247, 248, 346, 445,
448, and three other computer science coursed
numbered 220 or above including approved ^
internships, or MATH 338. |
I
The B.S. Degree j
The B.S. degree in computer science consi^
of 17 courses: MATH 116, 128, 129, and eithfi
214 or 332; CPTR 125, 246, 247, 248, 346,
445, 448; three other computer science course
numbered 220 or above; one of the sequence:
BIO 110-111, CHEM 110-lll,orPHYS225-
226; and one additional course from the
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALO
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
allowing list of courses: Biology course
umbered 1 10 or above, Chemistry course
umbered 1 10 or above. Physics course
umbered 225 or above, or MATH 130, 214,
31, 233, 234, 238, 321, 331, 332.
Students considering graduate work in
omputer science should take MATH 128, 129
nd 1 30. Recommended extra-departmental
ourse: PHIL 225. In addition to the regular
ourses listed below, special courses are
ccasionally available.
The following courses have been approved
) be offered as writing intensive courses and
lay be offered as such: CPTR 246, 247, 346.
tudents must check semester class schedules
) determine which courses are offered as "W"
ourses for that semester.
linor
L minor in computer science consists of
lATH 1 16, CPTR 125, 246, 247, and two
ther computer science courses numbered 220
r above.
01
IICROCOMPUTER FILE MANAGEMENT
An introduction to a file-management
/stem, i.e. a database system that uses a
ingle file, in the Windows environment. O//^-
alf unit of credit. This course may not be
sed to meet distribution requirements.
08
lATHEMATICAL PROBLEM-SOLVING
/ITH MICROCOMPUTERS
An introduction to the use of microcom-
uter-based. integrated software in solving
roblems from mathematics and related areas,
icluded are uses of spreadsheet, database and
raphics functions to analyze, solve, and
isplay solutions to problems from the areas
f number theory, algebra, geometry, statis-
cs, and the mathematics of business and
nance. Emphasis is given to the processes
ivolved in mathematical modeling. Labora-
)ry experience is included using current
3ft ware. Prerequisite: Credit for or exemp-
on from MATH 100.
125
INTRODUCTION TO
COMPUTER SCIENCE
Introduction to the discipline of computer
science with emphasis on programming
utilizing a block-structured high-level program-
ming language. Topics include algorithms,
program structure, and computer configuration.
Laboratory experience is included. Prerequi-
site: Credit for or exemption from MATH 100.
246
PRINCIPLES OF ADVANCED
PROGRAMMING
Principles of effective programming,
including structured and object oriented
programming, stepwise refinement, assertion
proving, style, debugging, control structures,
decision tables, finite state machines, recursion,
and encoding. Prerequisite: A grade of C- or
better in CPTR 125.
247
DATA STRUCTURES
Representation of data and analysis of
algorithms associated with data structures.
Topics include representation of lists, trees,
graphs and strings, algorithms for searching
and sorting. Prerequisite: A grade of C- or
better in CPTR 246 or consent of instructor.
Corequisite: MA TH 116.
248
PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE DESIGN
Study of modern programming language
design and implementation. Paradigms studied
include procedural, functional, logic, and
object-oriented. Topics include syntax, seman-
tics, data types, data structures, storage manage-
ment, and control structures. Laboratory
experience is included. Prerequisite:
CPTR 247.
321
INTRODUCTION TO NUMERICAL
ANALYSIS
Topics from the theory of interpolation;
numerical approaches to approximation of roots
and functions, integration, systems of differen-
>99-2(M)0 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
tial equations, linear systems, matrix inversion,
and the eigenvalue problem. Prerequisite:
CPTR 125 and MATH 129; MATH 130 strongly
recommended. Cross-listed as MA TH 32 1 .
324
AUTOMATA, FORMAL LANGUAGES,
AND COMPUTABILITY
The study of finite state machines, push-
down stacks, and Turing machines along with
their equivalent formal language counterparts.
Topics covered include results on computabil-
ity, including results regarding the limits of
computers and specific problems that cannot
be solved. Prerequisite: MATH 116 or 234.
Cross-listed as MATH 324. Alternate years.
342
WEB -BASED PROGRAMMING
Intermediate programming on the World
Wide Web. Topics covered include client/server
issues in Web publishing, Java Script, VB
Script, Java, Peri, and CGI. Prerequisite: CPTR
246 or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
345
INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER
GRAPHICS
An introduction to graphics hardware and
software with emphasis on the mathematics
necessary to represent, transform, and display
images of two- and three-dimensional objects.
Subjects covered include but not limited to:
three dimensional modeling and viewing,
color models, and rendering. Prerequisite:
CPTR 246 and either CPTR 247 or consent of
instructor; MATH 130 recommended. Alter-
nate years.
346
COMPUTER ORGANIZATION
AND MACHINE LANGUAGE
Principles of computer organization,
architecture, and machine language. Topics
include machine and assembly languages,
internal representation of data, processor data
path and control, pipelined processors,
memory hierarchies, and perfonnance issues.
Laboratory experience is included. Pre-
requisite: A grade of C- or better in CPTR 24*>
CPTR 247 strongly recommended.
349
DATABASE SYSTEMS
An in-depth introduction to the relational
database model and SQL. Topics include but '
are not limited to: relational algebra, relationa
calculus, normalization, design theory of
relational databases, SQL standards, and quer
optimization. Prerequisite: CPTR 247. Alter-
nate years. \
441
INTRODUCTION TO ARTIFICIAL J
INTELLIGENCE '
Introduction to the theory, implementation
techniques, and applications of artificial
intelligence. Topics may include but are not
limited to knowledge representation, problem
solving, modeling, robotics, natural language
analysis, and computer vision. Prerequisite:
CPTR 247. Alternate years.
445
OPERATING SYSTEMS
Detailed analysis of processes, scheduling,
multithreading, symmetric multiprocessing, fi
management, real and virtual memory managi
ment, file and memory addressing, and distrib
uted processing. Prerequisite: CPTR 247
and 346.
448
ADVANCED DESIGN AND
DEVELOPMENT
Individual or group research and implements
tion projects. Includes analysis, design, develo]
ment and documentation of a significant curre
relevant problem and its computer-based solutii
Prerequisite: CPTR 247. Alternate years.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
LYCOMING COLLEGE
e
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALO
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
MATHEMATICS (MATH)
A major in mathematics consists of 10 unit
courses in the mathematical sciences and four
semesters of non-credit colloquia: CPTR 125,
MATH 128, 129, 130, 234, 238, 432, 434, and
two other mathematics courses numbered 220
or above, one of which may be replaced by
MATH 112, 1 16, or 214. Majors are required
to attend the colloquia during their junior and
senior years (MATH 339 and 449 respec-
tively). See the course description for further
information regarding the colloquium require-
ment. Students who are interested in pursuing
a career in actuarial science should consider
the actuarial mathematics major.
Students seeking secondary teacher certifi-
cation in mathematics are required to com-
plete MATH 330, 336, and one from 103, 214
or 332, and are advised to enroll in PHIL 217.
Also, all majors are advised to elect PHIL
225, 333 and PHYS 116, 225, 226. Other
courses required for certification are PSY 1 10,
138; EDUC 200, and EDUC 446, 447, 449.
In addition to the regular courses listed below,
special courses are occasionally available.
The following course has been approved to
be offered as a writing intensive course and
may be offered as such: MATH 234. Stu-
dents must check semester class schedules to
determine which courses are offered as "W"
courses for that semester.
Minor
A minor in mathematics consists of MATH
128, 129, 234, 238, and two additional courses
numbered 200 or above, one of which may be
replaced with MATH 130.
100
INDIVIDUALIZED LABORATORY
INSTRUCTION IN BASIC ALGEBRA
A self-paced study of arithmetic and decimals.
fractions, the real number line, factoring,
solutions to linear and quadratic equations,
graphs of linear and quadratic functions,
expressions with rational exponents, algebraic
functions, exponential functions, and inequali-
ties. This course is limited to students placed
therein by the Mathematics Department. One-
half unit of credit.
103
INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS
Topics include tabular and graphical descrip-
tive statistics, discrete and continuous probability
distributions. Central Limit Theorem, one- and
two-sample hypotheses tests, analysis of vari-
ance, chisquared tests, nonparametric tests, linear
regression and correlation. Other topics may
include index numbers, time series, sampling
design, and experimental design. Course also
includes some use of a microcomputer. Prereq-
uisite: Credit for or exemption from MATH 100.
106
COMBINATORICS
An introduction to the analysis of counting
problems. Topics include permutations,
combinations, binomial coefficients, inclusion/
exclusion principle, and partitions. The nature
of the subject allows questions to be posed in
everyday language while still developing soph-
isticated mathematical concepts. Prerequisite:
Credit for or exemption from MATH 100.
109
APPLIED ELEMENTARY CALCULUS
An intuitive approach to the calculus concepts
with applications to business, biology, and
social-science problems. Not open to students
who have completed MATH 128. Prerequisite:
Credit for or exemption from MATH 100.
112
FINITE MATHEMATICS
FOR DECISION-MAKING
An introduction to some of the principal
mathematical models, not involving calculus,
which are used in business administration, social
sciences, and operations research. The course will
include both deterministic models such as graphs,
networks, linear programming and voting models,
and probabilistic models such as Markov chains
and games. Prerequisite: Credit for or exemption
from MATH 100.
1999-2(KX) ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
116
DISCRETE MATHEMATICS
An introduction to discrete structures.
Topics include equivalence relations, parti-
tions and quotient sets, mathematical induc-
tion, recursive functions, elementary logic,
discrete number systems, elementary combi-
natorial theory, and general algebraic structures
emphasizing semi-groups, groups, lattices,
Boolean algebras, graphs, and trees. Prerequi-
site: CPTR 125 or consent of instructor.
127
PRECALCULUS MATHEMATICS
The study of polynomial, rational, exponen-
tial, logarithmic, and trigonometric functions,
their graphs and elementary properties. This
course is an intensive preparation for students
planning to take Calculus (MATH 128-129),
those in the Scholars Program, or those whose
major specifically requires Precalculus. Prerequi-
site: Credit for or exemption from MATH 100.
128-129
CALCULUS WITH ANALYTIC
GEOMETRY I - II
Differentiation and integration of algebraic
and trigonometric functions, conic sections and
their applications, graphing plane curves,
applications to related rate and external prob-
lems, areas of plane regions, volumes of solids
of revolution, and other applications; differen-
tiation and integration of transcendental
functions, parametric equations, polar coordi-
nates, infinite sequences and series, and series
expansions of functions. Prerequisite for 128:
Exemption from or a grade ofC- or better in
MATH 127. Prerequisite for 129: exemption
from or a grade ofC- or better in MATH 128.
130
INTRODUCTION TO MATRIX ALGEBRA
Systems of linear equations and matrix
arithmetic. Points and hyperplanes, infinite
dimensional geometries. Bases and linear
independence. Matrix representations of
linear mappings. The fixed point problem.
Special classes of matrices. Prerequisite:
MATH 127 or its equivalent.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
205
MATHEMATICS IN ELEMENTARY
EDUCATION
This course is intended for prospective
elementary school teachers and is required of
all those seeking elementary certification.
Topics include systems of numbers and
numeration, computational algorithms, environ
mental and transformation geometry, measure-
ment, and mathematical concept formation.
Observation and participation in Greater
Williamsport elementary schools. Prerequisite:
PSY 138 and credit for or exemption from
MATH 100. Corequisite: Any EDUC course
numbered 341 or above which is specifically >
required for elementary certification.
214
MULTIVARIABLE STATISTICS
The study of statistical techniques involving
several variables. Topics include multiple
regression and correlation, one-and two-way
analysis of variance, analysis of covariance,
analysis of two- and three-way contingency
tables, and discriminant analysis. Other topics
may include cluster analysis, factor analysis
and canonical correlations, repeated measure
designs, time series analysis, and nonparamet-
ric methods. Course also includes extensive
use of a statistical package (currently BMDP).
Prerequisite: A grade ofC- or better in MATH
103 or its equivalent, or MATH 332.
231 <
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
A study of ordinary differential equations
and linear systems. Solution techniques
include: reduction of order, undetermined
coefficients, variation of parameters, Laplace
transforms, power series, and eigenvalues and
eigenvectors. A brief discussion of numerical
methods may also be included. Prerequisite:
A grade ofC- or better in MATH 129; MATH
130 recommended.
^^
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
233
COMPLEX VARIABLES
Complex numbers, analytic functions,
complex integration, Cauchy's theorems and
their applications. Corequisite: MATH 238.
Alternate years.
234
FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS
Topics regularly included are the nature of
mathematical systems, essentials of logical
reasoning, and axiomatic foundations of set
theory. Other topics frequently included are
approaches to the concepts of infinity and
continuity, and the construction of the real
number system. The course serves as a bridge
from elementary calculus to advanced courses
in algebra and analysis. Prerequisite: A grade
ofC- or better in MATH 129 or 130; both
courses recommended.
238
MULTIVARIABLE CALCULUS
Algebra, geometry, and calculus in multi-
dimensional Euclidean space; n-tuples, matrices;
lines, planes, curves, surfaces; vector functions
of a single variable, acceleration, curvature;
functions for several variables, gradient; line
integrals, vector fields, multiple integrals,
change of variable, areas, volumes; Green's
theorem. Prerequisites: A grade of C- or better
in MATH 129, and either MATH 130 or 231.
321
INTRODUCTION TO NUMERICAL
ANALYSIS
Topics from the theory of interpolation;
numerical approaches to approximating roots
and functions, integration, systems of differen-
tial equations, linear systems, matrix inver-
sion, and the eigenvalue problem. Prerequi-
site: CPTR 125 and MATH 129; MATH 130
strongly recommended Cross-listed as
CPTR 321.
324
AUTOMATA, FORMAL LANGUAGES,
AND COMPUTABILITY
The study of finite state machines, push-
down stacks, and Turing machines along with
their equivalent formal language counterparts.
Topics covered include results on computabil-
ity, including results regarding the limits of
computers and specific problems that cannot
be solved. Prerequisite: MATH 116 or 234.
Cross-listed as CPTR 324. Alternate years.
330
TOPICS IN GEOMETRY
An axiomatic treatment of Euclidean
geometry with an historical perspective.
Prerequisite: MATH 234. Alternate years.
332-333
MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS I-II
A study of probability, discrete and
continuous random variables, expected values
and moments, sampling, point estimation,
sampling distributions, interval estimation,
test of hypotheses, regression arid linear
hypotheses, experimental design models.
Corequisite: MATH 238. Alternate years.
336
CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS
IN SECONDARY EDUCATION
A course designed for mathematics majors
who are planning to teach at the secondary
level. Emphasis will be placed on the mathe-
matics that form the foundation of secondary
mathematics. Ideas will be presented to
familiarize the student with the various
curriculum proposals, to provide for innova-
tion within the existing curriculum, and to
expand the boundaries of the existing
curriculum. Prerequisite: A grade ofC- or
better in MATH 129; student must be junior or
senior mathematics major enrolled in the
secondary certification program.
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
e
LYCOMING COLLEGE
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
338
OPERATIONS RESEARCH
Queuing theory, including simulations
techniques, optimization theory, including
linear programming, integer programming,
and dynamic programming; game theory,
including two-person zero-sum games, coopera-
tive games, and multiperson games. Prerequi-
site: MATH 112 or 130. Alternate years.
432
REAL ANALYSIS
An introduction to the rigorous analysis of
the concepts of real variable calculus in the
setting of normed spaces. Topics from: topology of
the Euclidean plane, completeness, compact-
ness, the Heine-Borel theorem; functions on
Euclidean space, continuity, uniform continu-
ity, differentiability; series and convergence;
Riemann integral. Prerequisite: MATH 238
and a grade ofC- or better in MATH 234.
434
ABSTRACT ALGEBRA
An integrated approach to groups, rings,
fields, and vector spaces and functions which
preserve their structure. Prerequisite: MATH
130 and a grade ofC- or better in MATH 234.
438
SEMINAR
Topics in modem mathematics of current
interest to the instructor. A different topic is
selected each semester. This semester is
designed to provide junior and senior mathe-
matics majors and other qualified students with
more than the usual opportunity for concen-
trated and cooperative inquiry. Prerequisite:
Consent of instructor. One-half unit of credit.
This course may be repeated for credit.
339 & 449
MATH COLLOQUIA
This non-credit but required course for
junior and senior mathematics and actuarial
mathematics majors offers students a chance
to hear presentations on topics related to, but
not directly covered in formal MATH courses.
Mathematics majors are required to attend
coUoquia each semester of their junior (339)
and senior (449) years. Actuarial mathematics
majors are required to attend colloquia any two
semesters of their junior and senior years.
Mathematics majors must present two lectures,
one during the junior year and one during the
senior year. Actuarial mathematics majors
present one lecture during one of the semesters
in which they are enrolled. A letter grade will
be given in semesters in which the student give
a presentation, otherwise the grade will be P/F.
Seniors are strongly encouraged to give their
presentations during the fall semester. Math-
ematics majors applying for the professional
semester in education are required to give their
first presentation before the eighth week of the
fall semester of their junior year, and the secon
presentation before the eighth week of the fall
semester of their senior year. With Departmeni
tal approval, mathematics majors will be require(l
to take three semesters of 339 or 449; such
approval is granted only in extraordinary circumi
stances and will require the student to give one
presentation in each of the three semesters.
One hour per week.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
MILITARY SCIENCE
MILITARY
SCIENCE (MLsc)
The U.S. Army Reserve Officer Training
Zorps (ROTC) program is offered to Lycoming
loUege students in cooperation with Bucknell
Jniversity. The introductory courses are
aught on Lycoming's campus and the
urogram provides transportation to Bucknell
Jniversity for the advanced courses. Details
)f the ROTC program can be found on page 41 .
)11
INTRODUCTION TO ROTC
The course is designed to acquaint the
student with the ROTC program and with the
\rmy as a potential employer after graduation,
students will learn about the Army's history,
organization, equipment, and role in the
lation. Students will also learn some funda-
mental military skills, customs, and traditions,
^o credit.
)12
[NDIVIDUAL MILITARY SKILLS
The course expands upon the skills learned
n the previous semester. Several classes will
3e held at the rifle range to develop marks-
manship skills. There will also be training in
'adio communication and first aid skills. No
;redit.
)21
LAND NAVIGATION
Students will learn how to use military
topographic maps and reference systems. The
:ourse includes theory and practical exercises
in navigating using compass, map terrain
association. There will also be some instruc-
tion and practice in military writing and
briefing skills. No credit.
022
LEADERSHIP THEORY
The focus is on leading a small group of
individuals. The course examines the role of
the leader, military leadership concept.
personal character, decision-making, imple-
menting decisions, motivation and supervi-
sion. The course also includes instruction and
practice on conducting performance-oriented
training. No credit.
031
APPLIED LEADERSHIP
The student serves as a small unit leader in
the ROTC organization. Student leadership is
evaluated and developed. The student has
some responsibilities to care for and train
younger cadets. Instniction on small (infan-
try) unit tactics is used as a vehicle to provide
students a variety of leadership challenges.
No credit.
032
SMALL UNIT TACTICS
The course requires planning and practic-
ing tactical operations at small unit level.
Students continue to apply/develop leadership
skills in increasingly complex situations.
Topics include preparation of orders, offense,
defense, reconnaissance, patrolling, fire
support, and airmobile operations. No credit.
041
MENTORING AND MANAGING
The student serves as a cadet officer in the
ROTC organization and plans and organizes
several major training activities. Course work
includes delegating and con-trolling, setting
objectives, making leadership assessments,
counseling, supervising, and evaluating. No
credit.
042
PROFESSIONALISM AND ETHICS
The student serves in a different leadership
position and continues to develop and apply
the skills learned in the previous semester.
The course also examines military officership
as a profession and the ethical behavior
expected of an officer. The course also serves
to prepare the student for an initial assignment
as an Army lieutenant. No credit.
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
MUSIC
•
MUSIC (Mus)
Professors: Boerckel (Chairperson), Thayer
Assistant Professor: Janda
Part-time Instructors: Bailey, Burke,
Campbell, Comegys, Decker, Grube, Lakey,
Leidhecker, Mullen, Russell, Sarch, Stake
The student majoring in music is required
to take a balanced program of music theory,
history, applied music, and ensemble. A
minimum of eight courses (exclusive of all
ensemble, applied music and instrumental and
vocal methods courses) is required and must
include MUS 110, 11 1, 220, 221, 335, and
336. Each major must participate in an
ensemble (MUS 167, 168, and/or 169) and
take one hour of applied music per week for a
minimum of four semesters including the
entire period in which the individual is
registered as a music major (see MUS 160-
169). The major must include at least one-half
hour of piano in the applied program unless a
piano proficiency test is requested and passed.
Anyone declaring music as a second major
must do so by the beginning of the junior year.
Music majors seeking teacher certification in
music education (K-12) must also take PSY
1 10 and 138; EDUC 200, the pre-student
teaching participation, and the Professional
Semester; MUS 261-7, 333, 334, 340, 341,
446, and pass the piano proficiency examina-
tion. Students who wish to obtain certification
in music education should consult with the
department as soon as possible, preferably
before scheduling classes for the freshman year.
The Music Department recommends that
non-majors select courses from the following
list to meet distribution requirements: MUS i
116, 117, 128, 135-8, 224, and 234. Applied
music and ensemble courses may also be used
to meet distribution requirements.
Student recitals offer opportunities to gain
experience in public performance. Music
majors and other students qualified in perfor-
mance may present formal recitals.
The following courses have been approved
to be offered as cultural diversity courses: MUS '
1 16, 128, 234. Students must check semester \
class schedules to determine which courses
are offered as "D" courses for that semester.
The following course has been approved to
be offered as a writing intensive course and
may be offered as such: MUS 336. Students
must check semester class schedules to
determine which courses are offered as "W"
courses for that semester.
110-111
MUSIC THEORY I AND II
A two-semester course, intended for students
who have some music-reading ability, which
examines the fundamental components and
theoretical concepts of music. Students develop
musicianship through application of applied
skills. Prerequisite to MUS 111: MUS 110. ,
116
INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC
A basic course in the materials and tech- i
niques of music. Examples drawn from various
periods of western and non-western styles are
designed to enhance perception and apprecia-
tion through careful and informed listening.
117 I
SURVEY OF WESTERN MUSIC |
A chronological survey of music in
Western civilization from Middle Ages to the i
present. Composers and musical styles are
considered in the context of the broader
culture of each major era.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOCJ
MUSIC
128
AMERICAN MUSIC
An introductory survey of all types of Ameri-
can music from pre-Revolutionary days to the
present. Categories to be covered are folk music
of different origins, the development of show
music into Broadway musicals, serious concert
music for large and small ensembles, jazz, and
various popular musics from "Tin Pan Alley" to
Rock to New Wave. Alternate years.
135-136
INTRODUCTION TO DANCE I AND II
An introduction to the techniques of basic
movement and interpretation in ballet, jazz,
and modem dance. Classes include improvi-
sation and choreography. Prerequisite for
MUS 136: MUS 135 or consent of instructor.
One-half unit of credit each. Not open to
students who have received credit for THEA
135-136 or THEA 235-236.
137
HISTORY OF THE DANCE I
A survey of classical ballet from the Ballets de
cour of 1 7th century France to the present with
emphasis on the contributions of Petipa, Fokien,
Cecchetti, and Balanchine. One -half unit of
credit. Not open to students who have received
credit for THEA 137 or 138.
138
HISTORY OF THE DANCE II
A survey of the forms of dance, excluding
classical ballet, as independent works of art
and as they have reflected the history of
civilization from primitive times to the
present. Prerequisite: MUS 137 or consent of
instructor. One-half unit of credit. Not open
to students who have received credit for
THEA 137 or 138.
220-221
MUSIC THEORY III AND IV
A continuation of the integrated theory
course moving toward newer uses of music
materials. Prerequisite: MUS 111.
224
ELECTRONIC MUSIC I
A non-technical introduction to electronic
music and MIDI (Musical Instrument Digital
Interface) for the major and non-major alike.
The course traces the development of MIDI
from its origin to present-day digital synthesiz-
ers in combination with sequencing computers.
225
ELECTRONIC MUSIC II
Further consideration of recording tech-
niques. Use of microphones, multi-track
recording, mixing, special effects devices, and
synchronization will be introduced. Students
will take part in live recording of concerts and
rehearsals of a variety of ensembles. Student
projects will include complete recording
sessions and the production of electronic
music compositions utilizing classical studio
techniques and real-time networks. Prerequi-
site: MUS 224 or consent of instructor.
234
HISTORY OF JAZZ
A survey of jazz styles, composers, and
performers from 1 890 to the present: origins,
ragtime, blues. New Orleans, Chicago, swing,
bebop, cool, funky, free jazz, third stream, and
contemporary.
235-236
INTERMEDIATE DANCE I AND II
Studies of the techniques of basic move-
ment and interpretation in ballet, jazz and
modem dance at the intermediate level.
Classes include improvisation and choreogra-
phy. Prerequisite for MUS 235: MUS 136 or
consent of instructor. Prerequisite for MUS
236: MUS 235 or consent of instructor. One-
half unit of credit each. Not open to students
who have received credit for THEA 135-136
or THEA 235-236.
330
COMPOSITION I
An introductory course for majors and non-
majors who wish to explore their composing
abilities. Guided individual projects in smaller
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^A
LYCOMING COLLEGE
MUSIC
instrumental and vocal forms, together with
identification and use of techniques employed
by the major composers of the 20th century.
Prerequisite: MUS 111 or consent of instructor.
333
CHORAL CONDUCTING
A study of choral conducting with frequent
opportunity for practical experience. Empha-
sis will be placed upon technical development,
rehearsal technique, and stylistic integrity.
Prerequisite: MUS 110-111 or consent of
instructor. Alternate years.
334
INSTRUMENTAL CONDUCTING
A study of instrumental conducting with an
emphasis on acquiring skills for self-analysis.
Topics include the physical skills and intellec-
tual preparation necessary for clear, expressive,
and informed conducting. Other areas such as
the development of rehearsal techniques and
improvement of aural skills will be addressed on
a continual basis. Prerequisite: MUS 110-111
or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
335
HISTORY OF WESTERN MUSIC I
The development of musical styles and
forms from Gregorian chant through Mozart,
including composers from the medieval.
Renaissance, baroque, and early classical eras.
336
HISTORY OF WESTERN MUSIC II
The development of musical styles and
forms from Beethoven to the present, includ-
ing composers from the late classical, roman-
tic, and modem eras.
339
ORCHESTRATION
A study of modem orchestral instruments
and examination of their use by the great
masters with practical problems in instmmen-
tation. The College Music Organizations
serve to make performance experience
possible. Prerequisite: MUS 110-111 or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
340
TEACHING MUSIC IN THE
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
Methods and materials of teaching music inij
the elementary school with emphasis on concep-!
tual development through singing, moving, |
listening, playing classroom instmments, and
creating music. Course work will include peer
teaching demonstrations, practical use of the
recorder and autoharp, as well as observation c
music classes in elementary schools in the '
Greater Williamsport area. Alternate years. |
341
TEACHING MUSIC IN SECONDARY j
SCHOOLS \
Methods and materials of teaching music ini
the secondary schools with emphasis on the
development of concepts and skills for effectiv
instmction in all aspects of music leaming. Th'
teaching of general music and music theory, as
well as the organizing and conducting of chorali
and instmmental ensembles, will be examined.
Course work will include evaluation of
instmctional and performance materials,
practical use of the recorder and guitar in
middle school settings, as well as observation
of music classes in secondary schools in the
Greater Williamsport area. Alternate years.
440
COMPOSITION II
For students interested in intensive work
emphasizing the development of a personal
style of composing. Guided individual
projects in larger instmmental and vocal forms
together with analysis of selected works from
the 20th century repertory. Pre-requisite: MU
330 or consent of instructor.
445
SPECIAL TOPICS IN MUSIC
The intensive study of a selected area of
music literature, designed to develop research
techniques in music. The topic is announced a
the Spring pre-registration. Sample topics
include: Beethoven, Impressionism, Vienna
^^
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
MUSIC
900-1914. Prerequisite: MUS 116, 117 or
21: or consent of instructor.
46
£CITAL
The preparation and presentation of a full-
ingth public recital, normally during the
tudent's senior year. MUS 446 may substi-
ite for one hour of applied music (MUS 160-
66). Prerequisite: Approval by the depart-
lent. May be repeated for credit.
70-479
^TERNSHIP (See index)
J80-N89
>4DEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
90-491
^DEPENDENT STUDY FOR
)EPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
APPLIED MUSIC
VND ENSEMBLE
The study of performance in piano, harpsi-
hord, voice, organ, strings, guitar, brass,
woodwinds, and percussion is designed to
evelop sound technique and a knowledge of
tie appropriate literature for the instrument.
Itudent recitals offer opportunities to gain
xperience in public performance.
Credit for applied music courses (private
sssons) and ensemble (choir, orchestra and
»and) is earned on a fractional basis. One hour
2Sson per week earns one hour credit. One half-
lour lesson per week earns one half-hour credit,
insemble credit totals one hour credit if the
tudent enrolls for one or two ensembles (for
nore information, see course descriptions
)elow). When scheduling please note that an
ipplied course or ensemble should not be
.ubstituted for an academic course, but should
)e taken in addition to the normal four aca-
lemic courses.
Applied music courses are private lessons
pven for 1 3 weeks: 1 60, Piano or Harpsichord;
[61, Voice; 162, Strings or Guitar; 163, Organ;
164, Brass; 165, Woodwinds; and 166,
999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
Percussion. Extra fees apply. See Additional
Charges under Financial Matters on page 1 4.
167
ORCHESTRAL ENSEMBLE
The Williamsport Symphony Orchestra
allows students with significant instrumental
experience to become members of this regional
ensemble. Participation in the W.S.O. is
contingent upon audition and the availability of
openings. Students are allowed a maximum of
one hour of Ensemble credit per semester. A
student who is enrolled in orchestra only should
register for MUS 167B (one hour credit). A
student may belong to two ensembles, choosing
either Choir or Concert Band as the second
group. Such a student will then register for MUS
167 A (1/2 hour credit) plus either MUS 1 68 A
( 1/2 hour credit) or MUS 169A (1/2 hour credit).
168
CHORAL ENSEMBLE (CHOIR)
Participation in the College Choir is designed
to enable any student possessing at least average
talent an opportunity to study choral technique.
Emphasis is placed upon acquaintance with
choral literature, tone production, diction, and
phrasing. Students are allowed a maximum of
one hour of Ensemble credit per semester. A
student who is enrolled in Choir only should
register for MUS 1 68B (one hour credit). A
student may belong to two ensembles, choosing
either Orchestra or Concert Band as the second
group. Such a student will then register for MUS
1 68 A ( 1 /2 hour credit) plus either MUS 1 67 A
( 1/2 hour credit) or MUS 169A ( 1/2 hour credit).
If a student has auditioned and been selected for
the twenty- voice Chamber Choir (no credit
available), he/she should register for MUS 168C.
169
CONCERT BAND
The College Concert Band allows students
with some instrumental experience to become
acquainted with good band literature and develop
personal musicianship through partici-pation in
group instrumental activity. Students are allowed
a maximum of one hour of Ensemble credit per
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
MUSIC • NEAR EAST CULTURE AND ARCHAEOLOGY
»
■■■■■MKi_JK.,„
i^H^^
0m^^
K|
^.. ..__„-■
. .zii'SKj™ im 1 '^—Jil
semester. A student who is enrolled in Band
only should register for MUS 169B (one hour
credit). A student may belong to two en-
sembles, choosing either Orchestra or Choir as
the second group. Such a student will then
register for MUS 169 A (1/2 hour credit) plus
either MUS 167 A ( 1/2 hour credit) or MUS
168 A (1/2 hour credit). If a student has
auditioned and been selected for the wood-
wind or brass quintets (no credit available),
he/she should register for MUS 169C or 169D.
261-267
INSTRUMENTAL AND VOCAL METHODS
Instrumental and vocal methods classes are
designed to provide students seeking certifica-
tion in music education with a basic under-
standing of all standard band and orchestral
instruments as well as a familiarity with
fundamental techniques of singing.
MUS 261 Brass Methods (one hour credit)
MUS 262 Percussion Methods
(one hour credit)
MUS 263, 264 String Methods I and II
(one hour credit each)
MUS 265 Vocal Methods (one hour credit)
MUS 266, 267 Woodwind Methods I and II
(one hour credit each)
NEAR EAST
CULTURE AND
ARCHAEOLOGY
The Near East culture and archaeology
interdisciplinary major is designed to acquaini
students with the "cradle of Western civiliza-
tion," both in its ancient and modern aspects.
Majors will complete a minimum of eight to
ten courses related to the Near East.
Required courses are described in their
departmental sections and include:
1 . Four courses in language and culture from:
REL 228 History and Culture of the i|
Ancient Near East
ART 222 History of Art |
HIST 210 Ancient History |
REL 1 13 Old Testament Faith and Histori
REL 224 Judaism and Islam
Two semesters of foreign language ^
HEBR 101-102, or GRK 101-102
2. Two courses in archaeology from:
REL 226, Biblical Archaeology, or
special archaeology courses, such as
independent studies or May or summer
terms in the Near East. '
3 . Two courses in the cooperating departments
(art, history, political science, religion and
sociology-anthropology) or related depart-
ments. These two courses, usually taken in the
junior or senior years, can be independent
study. Topics should be relatedeither to the
ancient or the modem Near East and must be
approved in advance by the committee
supervising the interdisciplinary program. Thi
studyofmodemArabicorHebrewis ;j
encouraged. 1|
Other courses may be suggested by the '
supervisory committee within the limits of a 10-
course major. The number of courses taken
within this program applicable toward fulfilling
the College distribution requirements will vary
according to the selection of courses.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^A
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOi
NURSING
•
CURSING (NURS)
rofessor: Pagana
ssociate Professor: Parrish (Chairperson)
istructors: Anderer, Lauver, Slotleski-Krum
isiting Instructors: Hartung, Ingram, Painter,
art-time Instructors: Hepburn-Smith, Hoy,
Maloney, Sawyer, Stroll, Terry-Manchester
Students wishing to major in nursing will be
Imitted to the College under the usual admis-
on procedures. Freshmen are required to
itisfactorily complete ENGL 106 or 107, BIO
1 0-1 1 1 and PSY 1 10. In addition, to be
msidered for continuation in nursing, a
inimum GPA of 2.50 is required at completion
' the freshman year, and any student who did
)t successfully complete high school chemis-
y must satisfactorily complete one semester
• college chemistry. A declaration of major
irm should be submitted to the Department of
ursing by April 30 of the Freshman year.
lajor in Nursing
The major in nursing consists of: NURS
>0, 121, 200. 221, 324, 330, 331, 332, 333,
n, 338, 339, 340, 424; 432 and 433, or 435;
J8, 439, 440, 441, and 442. Statistics also is
quired. Courses are ordered and must be
ken in sequence. In addition, the following
e prerequisites for specific nursing courses:
10 110. 1 1 1, 323, 328: PSY 1 10. NURS 339
\d 340 are taken the May Term between the
nior and senior years.
The following courses have been approved
to be offered as writing intensive courses and
may be offered as such: NURS 221 and 435.
Students must check semester class schedules
to determine which courses are offered as
"W" courses for that semester.
Second Degree Students
The Department of Nursing offers a unique
opportunity for individuals who have already
earned a baccalaureate degree in another
discipline to complete the requirements for a
B.S.N, in 18 months. Students interested in
pursuing this FasTrack program must complete
the liberal arts and general science requirements
prior to beginning this 18 month clinical track.
Applications are accepted throughout the
academic year with clinical nursing courses
beginning in Summer Session I. Individual-
ized advisement is available on an ongoing
basis through the Department of Nursing.
Registered Nurses
The Department of Nursing offers an
alternative curriculum for registered nurses
within the existing B.S.N, program. The goals
of this alternative curriculum are to provide
registered nurses with the opportunity to earn
an educationally sound B.S.N, degree while
completing the degree requirements in as short
a time period as possible, and to meet the
unique needs of registered nurses. NURS 302
is open only to registered nurses and is
required as part of the alternative curriculum.
The Department of Nursing supports the
Pennsylvania Articulation Model which
promotes the practice of providing educational
programs for nurses from state approved and
National League for Nursing accredited
schools which facilitates progression into the
next educational program without unnecessary
repetition. Validation testing (ACT PEP
exams, Mosby Assess Test, or NLN Mobility
Exams) will be required for ( 1 ) individuals
who graduated from any nursing program
more than 10 years prior to application, (2)
individuals who graduated more than 3 years
99-:()O0 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
NURSING
prior to application and who have not worked
at least 1000 hours in the preceding 3 years,
or (3) individuals who graduated from non-
NLN accredited nursing programs.
RNs from an NLN accredited program who
graduated within 3 years of matriculating into
the B.S.N, program and RNs who graduated
from an NLN accredited program more than 3
but not more than 10 years before matriculat-
ing into the B.S.N, program and who have
worked for at least 1000 hours within the last
three years will receive transfer credit for
NURS 200 (1 credit), 221 (3 credits), 330,
331, 332, 333, 337, 338, 340, and 440 upon
successful completion of NURS 441, Compre-
hensive Nursing Care.
To obtain the B.S.N., all RNs will be
required to successfully complete NURS 302,
339, 424; 432 and 433, or 435; 438, 439, 441,
and 442. In addition, RNs will be required to
take any 4 science courses chosen from
CHEM 108 or higher, BIO 1 10 or higher,
PHYS 225 or higher, or other courses ap-
proved by the Department of Nursing upon
evaluation of a student's transcript.
Additional information for registered
nurses seeking the B.S.N is available from the
Department of Nursing. Individual advising is
offered to all registered nurses.
School Nurse Certification
The Department of Nursing, in collaboration
with the Department of Education, offers an
additional curriculum for the Registered Nurse
with a B.S.N, (or a Lycoming College nursing
student) who wishes to be certified as a school
nurse. The goal of this program is to provide
the RN with a B.S.N, an opportunity for career
mobility. Courses required for completion of
the certification program consist of EDUC
200, an approved education-related elective,
PSY 138, and NURS 422, 423, 424, 430, and
43 1 . In addition, the following are prerequisites
for specific courses: PSY 1 10 and 1 17.
Additional information for registered
nurses seeking School Nurse Certification is
available from the Department of Nursing.
Individualized advising is offered to all prosp
tive School Nurse Candidates.
Clinical Learning Resources
In addition to the College's modem, well-|
equipped Nursing Skills Lab complete with
Critical Care Unit and interactive video techr
ogy, opportunity for self-learning is provided
the adjacent Learning Center which is equipp
with electronic study carrels and audio-visual
materials.
A wide variety of health-care agencies in i
surrounding area is utilized for clinical experi- 1
ences. Cooperating hospitals and agencies
include: Susquehanna Health Services, Evang
cal Hospital, Geisinger Medical Center, Lead
Nursing Home and Rehabilitation Center,
Danville State Hospital, Pennsylvania Deparl
ment of Health, Regional Home Health Ser-
vices, Rose View Manor, and The Williamspi
Home.
Expenses of the Nursing Progran
Students are responsible for their own trar
sportation to assigned clinical areas. The stude;
of nursing assumes all financial obligations
listed in the section on fees in this bulletin
including a $50 lab fee for each of the clinics
nursing courses (NURS 200, 221, 330, 331,
332, 333, 340, 438, 439, 440, and 441). Addi
tional expenses include uniforms, name pin,
watch with second hand, bandage scissors,
stethoscope, blood pressure cuff, annual heal
examinations, and standardized achievement te
Students must also maintain annual Healtl
Provider CPR certification as offered by the
American Heart Association or American Re
Cross.
Policies Specific to Nursing
In addition to the Lycoming College conti
ance policies, the following policies are spec
to all declared majors in the Department of
Nursing:
1 . A grade of C- or better is required in all
clinical nursing courses to continue in the
nursing program. These courses are NUR
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALC
NURSING
200, 22 1 , 330, 33 1 , 332, 333, 340, 438,
439, 440, and 441. Students who earn a
grade of less than 70 percent or 1 .67 in
either the theoretical or clinical component
of a nursing course will be required to
repeat both components of the course
before being permitted to continue in the
nursing sequence. Students who do not
I satisfy this requirement in the second
attempt will be dismissed from the nursing
program.
2. Policies regarding absence from classes or
from the clinical portion of nursing
courses are determined by the instructor(s)
responsible for the course. No absence
from the clinical portion of the course will
be excused other than for illness or family
emergency. In individual cases, students
may make arrangements with instructors to
be excused for extracurricular activities.
Excessive absence for any reason will
necessitate repeating the entire course.
Nursing Scholars Program
The Nursing Scholars Program is a
departmental honors program designed to
recognize and support continued development
of the academically talented student. Students
who are invited to membership in this
program participate in special nursing
seminars, have internships and/or independent
study experiences and give formal presenta-
tions during the senior year.
To be invited to become a Nursing
Scholar, a student must have:
a. Declared a major in nursing.
b. Participated in three activities sponsored
by the Center for Nursing Excellence
(CNE).
c. Demonstrated academic excellence with
an overall GPA of 3.25 or higher.
d. Demonstrated those qualities most
conducive to a positive and contributing
member of the nursing profession
including professional commitment and
community service.
To graduate as a Nursing Scholar,
the student must :
a. Complete an approved internship,
practicum and/or independent study or
honors project;
b. Maintain an overall GPA of 3.25 and a
nursing GPA of 3.25.
c. Continue to participate in CNE
sponsored activities.
d. Continue to develop those attributes
necessary for professional success,
including a commitment to the profession
and community service.
Students with a major in nursing and who are
currently Lycoming College Scholars may
become Nursing Scholars and participate in both
programs.
Center for Nursing Excellence
The Center for Nursing Excellence (CNE)
provides educational opportunities for Lycoming
College students as well as health care profes-
sionals in the greater Williamsport community.
The CNE offers professional education in the
form of courses-for-credit and non-credit
continuing education (CE) courses.
All students who have a declared major in
nursing or who are designated prenursing are
encouraged to participate in career and profes-
sional development seminars offered by faculty
from the Department of Nursing. In addition, a
limited number of internships are available to
qualified applicants. Additional information is
available through the Center for Nursing
Excellence.
101
TOPICS IN HEALTH
Exploration of health-related topics designed
for the prenursing or first-year nursing student
and non-majors. Topics vary. May he repeated
for credit. No prerequisites. 1/2 unit of credit.
May not he used to satisfy major requirements.
120
NURSING SEMINAR I
Designed for the pre-nursing student. Focus
is on career opportunities available to nurses.
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^S
LYCOMING COLLEGE
NURSING
•
roles and responsibilities of nurses, educa-
tional requirements, and history of nursing.
Emphasis is also placed on survival skills for
college and for the nursing major. The grade
will be P/F. Non-credit course. One hour per
week. This course is required ofallpre-
nursing students.
121
NURSING SEMINAR II
Continuation of Nursing Seminar I. Focus
is on the development of professional writing
skills pertinent to nursing, professional
behaviors, and portfolio development. The
grade will be P/F. Non-credit course. One
hour per week. This course is required of all
pre-nursing students.
200
HEALTH PROMOTION AND WELLNESS
ACROSS THE LIFESPAN
Primary focus on wellness which includes
normal growth and development, health
promotion and essentials of normal nutrition.
Introductory therapeutic communication and
teaching/learning skills are explored. Appli-
cation of theory to individuals, families and
communities occurs during clinical experi-
ences in the community setting. One hour of
lecture and 3 1/2 hours of clinical lab. 1/2
unit of credit. Prerequitisites: BIO 110, 1 11
and GPA of 2.50 or higher at the completion
of the Freshman year. Corequisite: BIO 323
or 338.
221
FOUNDATIONS OF
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE
Introduction of major theoretical elements
underlying professional practice. Focus on
common health problems and basic rehabilita-
tion principles while recognizing the multi-
directional influence of the individual, family
and environment. The student will utilize the
nursing process in assisting clients to attain a
maximum level of functioning. Two hours of
lecture and seven hours of clinical laboratory.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
/ unit of credit. Prerequisites: BIO 110, 111;
Prerequisite or Corequisite: BIO 323 or 338.
Open to nursing majors only.
302
PERSPECTIVES ON
PROFESSIONAL NURSING
This course introduces the student to the
historical and political development of the
profession of nursing. The foundations of
professional nursing practice are discussed
with a critical view on nursing theory,
professionalism in nursing, and career
development. Meets 2 hours weekly for 1/2
unit of credit. Open to RNs only.
324
HEALTH ASSESSMENT
Identification and demonstration of basic
physical assessment skills. Emphasis placed
on assessment findings across the life span.
Focus on normal findings with attention on
development of skill and confidence in
performing physical assessments. Meets two
hours weekly for 1/2 unit. Corequisite:
NURS 330, 332, or consent of instructor.
Open to non-majors by consent of instructor.
330-331
NURSING CARE OF
THE DEVELOPING FAMILY
Examination of health and nursing needs ol
beginning and developing families. Initial
emphasis on nursing needs of mothers and
infants within the family unit as well as the
common health problems of children through
adolescence. Subsequent emphasis on nursing
needs of children and mothers with health
problems of acute and long term nature, the
influence of illness on the family. Three
hours of lecture, 7 hours clinical laboratory.
1 1/4 units each. Prerequisite for NURS 330:
NURS 221; Corequisite s: NURS 324, 332,
and 337. Prerequisite for NURS 331: NURS
324, 330, 332, and 337; Corequisites:
NURS 333, 338, and 424.
^^
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOC
NURSING
532-333
NURSING CARE OF THE ADULT
Identification of adult health care needs and
implementation of nursing activities based on
an understanding of growth and development,
pathophysiology, communication skills, inter-
personal dynamics, and psychosocial interven-
tions. Three hours of lecture, 7 hours clinical
laboratory. 1 1/4 units each. Prerequisite for
NURS 332: NURS 221, Corequisites: NURS
324, 330, and 337. Prerequisites for NURS
333: NURS 330, 332, and 337. Corequisites:
NURS 331, 338, and 424.
337-338
pASIC CONCEPTS OF PHARMACOLOGY
AND THERAPEUTICS I and II
Fundamentals of pharmacology and
therapeutics are presented for the various
plasses of drugs. Relationships of pharmaco-
logical mechanisms to the affected biochemi-
cal and physiological processes. Interactions
and toxicological aspects of drug therapy are
reviewed. Two hours of lecture for 1/2 unit of
credit each. Corequisites for NURS 337: NURS
324, 330, cmd 332, or consent of instructor.
Corequisites for NURS 338: NURS 331, 333,
and 424, or consent of instructor. Open to non-
nursing majors with appropriate science hack-
ground, corequisites waived for non-majors.
339
PATHOPHYSIOLOGY
The study of physiologic mechanisms
altered by illness, injury or disease processes
in humans. Fundamental disease processes,
specific illnesses, and their effects on human
homeostasis will be discussed. The links
between pathophysiology, diagnosis, and
therapeutic interventions will be emphasized.
One-half unit of credit. Prerequisites: NURS
331, 333, 338, or consent of instructor. Open
to non-majors by consent of instructor.
340
CLINICAL PRACTICUM
Focus is on the integration of concepts
,from pathophysiology, application of knowl-
edge while caring for clients with complex
health problems in a variety of nursing
settings. Students will enhance current
skill level and organization of care. 96 hours
of clinical laboratory. One-half unit of credit.
Prerequisites: NURS 331, 333, 338.
Corequisite: NURS 339
422
HEALTH EDUCATION
Examination of learning theories appropriate
to all age groups. Discussion of the concepts
and techniques necessary for assessment, plan-
ning, implementation, and evaluation of the
teaching/learning process. Emphasis will be
placed on self care. Two hour lecture for 1/2
unit of credit. Required for school nurse
candidates. Prerequisite: Senior standing or
consent of instructor.
423
HEALTH EDUCATION CLINICAL
Clinical practice includes teaching experience
in the public school system. This practice
results in a culmination of the theoretical con-
tent contained in NURS 422. Five hour clinical
laboratory for 1/2 unit ofcedit. Required fin-
School Nurse Candidates. Prerequisites:
Senior standing or consent of instructor.
424
ADVANCED HEALTH ASSESSMENT
Identification and demonstration of
advanced assessment techniques with an
emphasis on abnormal findings. Learning
experiences are provided to develop a
systematic approach to physical assessment.
Throughout the course, emphasis is placed on
the correlation of assessment findings and
major health deviations. Meets two hours
weekly for 1/2 unit of credit. Corequisites:
NURS 331 and 333, or consent of instructor.
425
ADVANCED HEALTH ASSESSMENT
CLINICAL LABORATORY
A clinical laboratory that allows additional
practice for the student enrolled in NURS 424.
19W-2(XX) ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
NURSING
Five hours clinical laboratory for 1/2 unit of
credit. Prerequisite: Senior standing or
consent of instructor.
431
SCHOOL NURSE PRACTICUM
Essentials of school health, school nursing,
and health promotion. These concepts serve as
a basis for the development of an understand-
ing of the role of the school with the opportu-
nity to function in the role of the school nurse.
It is a course built on the culmination of know-
ledge obtained in previous nursing courses
and nursing experiences. 210 hours clinical
and seminar. Prerequisite: OPEN TO SCHOOL
NURSE CANDIDATES who have met all
other requirements for certification and have
obtained departmental approval. Must have a
valid Pennsylvania RN license.
432
NURSING RESEARCH I
Introduction to the theory and process of
research with emphasis on critical analysis of
research and the development of a research
proposal. Two hours of lecture for 1/2 unit of
credit. Prerequisites: Statistics, successful
completion ofNURS 331, 333, or consent of
instructor. Not open to students who have
completed NURS 435. Open to non-nursing
majors.
433
NURSING RESEARCH II
Implementation of the research process.
Proposals submitted in NURS 432 will
provide the basis for data collection, analysis
and reporting of research findings. Continued
development of critical analysis skills. Two
hours of lecture for 1/2 unit of credit. Prereq-
uisite: NURS 432 or consent of instructor.
Not open to students who have completed
NURS 435. Open to non-nursing majors with
consent of instructor.
435
RESEARCH IN NURSING
Expansion of theoretical basis of research
methodology with emphasis on analyzing,
criticizing, and interpreting nursing research.
Development and implementation of a researcl'
proposal focusing on a nursing problem. Four
hours of lecture. 1 unit. Prerequisites: statis-'
tics, NURS 331 and 333, or consent ofinstruc- '
tor. Open to non-nursing majors. ,
438 I
HIGH ACUITY NURSING
Combines conceptual foundations and clinical:
decision making regarding the care of high j
acuity patients. Designed to bridge the gap i\
between core medical surgical content and
more advanced critical care concepts. Three
hours of lecture and 3.5 hours of clinical lab.
1 unit of credit. Prerequisite: NURS
339 or consent of instructor.
439
NURSING CARE IN THE COMMUNITY
Overview of the role of the community
health nurse in a variety of community and
mental health venues. Discussion of the
history and future of community health nursing
including attributes of practice. Health and
wellness promotion; health teaching; economic
political, legal and ethical influences; environ-
mental issues; epidemiology; communicable
disease and vulnerable populations (including
the psychiatric or mental health client) will be
addressed. Focus is on the application and
integration of health and wellness concepts.
Three hours lecture and 7 hours clinical
laboratory. 1 1/4 units. Prerequisites: NURS
440, 438, or consent of instructor.
440
NURSING CARE OF THE EMOTIONALLY
TROUBLED INDIVIDUAL AND FAMILY
Examination of disturbed human relation-
ships with focus on intrapsychic, interpersonal,
and physiologic etiology. Emphasis on ad-
vanced therapeutic nurse-patient relationships
within the context of family, community, and
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^m
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOC
NURSING • PHILOSOPHY
Ihealth care systems. Three hours of lecture and
7 hours clinical laboratory. 1 unit. Prerequi-
sites: NURS33L 333, 339, and 340.
441
COMPREHENSIVE NURSING CARE
Culminating nursing course with focus on
leadership and management issues in health
care. Seminars provide opportunities for
students to share commonalities and unique
aspects of professional practice. A concen-
trated clinical practicum will provide students
the opportunity to integrate practice skills and
course concepts. Three hours of lecture and
128 hours of clinical laboratory. 1 1/4 units.
Prerequisites: NURS 438 and 440.
442
PROFESSIONAL ISSUES
An analysis of nursing issues in the context
of the historical background of the profession,
the social forces which influence nursing, and
nursing's impact upon society. Two-hour
seminar. 1/2 unit of credit. Prerequisite:
Senior standing or consent of instructor.
443
TOPICS IN NURSING
Selected topic courses in nursing designed
to permit students to pursue subjects which,
because of their specialized nature, may not be
offered on a regular basis. 1/2 unit of credit.
May be repeated for credit with departmental
permission Prerequisite: Senior standing or
consent of instructor.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY IN NURSING
An opportunity to develop and implement
an individual plan of study under faculty
guidance.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDIES FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
PHILOSOPHY
(PHIL)
Professors: Griffith, Whelan
Assistant Professor: Herring (Chairperson)
Part-time Instructor: Chapen
The study of philosophy develops a critical
understanding of the basic concepts and
presuppositions around which we organize our
thought in morality, law, religion, science,
education, the arts and other human endeavors.
A major in philosophy, together with other
appropriate courses, can provide an excellent
preparation for policy-making positions of
many kinds, for graduate study in several
fields, and for careers in education, law, and
the ministry.
The major in philosophy requires eight
courses including PHIL 223, 224, 440, and at
least four others numbered 225 or above.
PHIL 340 can be counted toward the major
only once.
The following courses, when scheduled as
W courses, count toward the writing intensive
1999-20(R) ACADEMIC CATALOG
^A
LYCOMING COLLEGE
PHILOSOPHY
requirement: PHIL 2 16, 2 17, 2 18, 2 19, 30 1,332,
333,334,335.
Students interested in teacher certification
should refer to the Department of Education
on page 90.
Minors
The Philosophy Department offers three
minors. ( 1 ) A minor in philosophy consists of
any four philosophy courses numbered 220 or
above, or any five philosophy courses which
include three numbered 220 or above.
(2) A minor in philosophy and law consists of
four courses from PHIL 224, 225, 334, 335,
337, 340 and independent studies. (3) A
minor in philosophy and science consists of
four courses from PHIL 223, 225, 333, 340
and independent studies. Since topics in PHIL
340 and independent studies vary, these
courses may count toward a minor only if they
are approved by the department.
105
PRINCIPLES OF CRITICAL THINKING
An introduction to the elements of critical
thinking centered on developing the skills
necessary to recognize, describe, and evaluate
arguments. Not open to students who have
completed two courses in philosophy.
114
PHILOSOPHY AND PERSONAL CHOICE
An introductory philosophical examination
of a number of contemporary moral issues
which call for personal decision. Topics often
investigated include: the "good" life, obliga-
tion to others, sexual ethics, abortion, suicide
and death, violence and pacifism, obedience to
the law, the relevance of personal beliefs to
morality. Discussion centers on some of the
suggestions philosophers have made about
how to make such decisions. Not open to
students who have completed two courses in
philosophy.
115
PHILOSOPHY AND PUBLIC POLICY
An introductory philosophical examination i
of the moral and conceptual dimensions of
various contemporary public issues, such as
the relation of ethics to politics and the law,
the enforcement of morals, the problems of
fair distribution of goods and opportunities,
the legitimacy of restricting the use of natural
resources, and the application of ethics to
business practice. Discussion centers on somes
of the suggestions philosophers have made
about how to deal with these issues. Not openi
to students who have completed two courses
in philosophy.
215
PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES
IN COMMUNICATION
An introduction to the foundations of
communication. Theories of truth and meaning
will be illustrated by means of practical
examples, with special attention given to the
issue of objectivity and bias in communication.
216
PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES IN BUSINESS
A systematic and philosophically informed
consideration of some typical moral problems
faced by individuals in a business setting, and
a philosophical examination of some common
moral criticisms of the American business
system.
217
PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES
IN EDUCATION
An examination of the basic concepts
involved in thought about education, and a
consideration of the various methods for
justifying educational proposals. Typical of
the issues discussed are: Are education and
indoctrination different? What is a liberal
education? Are education and schooling
compatible? What do we need to learn?
Alternate vears.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
PHILOSOPHY
•
218
PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES IN
CRIMINAL JUSTICE
A philosophical examination of some
important controversies which arise in
connection with the American criminal justice
system. Typically included are controversies
about the nature and purpose of punishment,
the proper basis for sentencing, the correct
understanding of criminal responsibility, and
the rationale and extent of our basic human
rights with respect to the criminal law.
219
PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES
IN HEALTH CARE
An investigation of some of the philosophi-
cal issues which arise in therapy and in health
research and planning. Topics typically
include euthanasia, confidentiality, informed
consent, behavior control, experimentation on
humans and animals, abortion, genetic
engineering, population control, and distribu-
tion of health care resources.
220
CENTRAL PROBLEMS IN PHILOSOPHY
A study of several central philosophical
problems, such as the problem of free will and
determinism, the relationship between the mind
and the body, the nature and limits of human
knowledge, arguments about the existence of
God, and the problem of personal identity.
223
HISTORY OF SCIENCE
AND METAPHYSICS
An historical survey of the attempt to
understand the physical universe. Particular
attention is paid to common origins of
philosophy and science in the works of the
ancient Greek philosophers, to the question of
how scientific and philosophical thinking
differs from mythological and technological
thinking, to the rationalism-empiricism
dispute in science and metaphysics, and to the
interaction between philosophy and science in
formulating fundamental questions about the
physical universe and in developing and
criticizing concepts designed to answer them.
224
HISTORY OF SOCIAL AND
POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY
An historical survey of the most important
social and political philosophers from Socrates
to Marx. Special attention is paid to the
relationship between ethics and politics as
seen by Plato and Aristotle and to the social
contract theories of Hobbes, Locke, and
Rousseau.
225
SYMBOLIC LOGIC
A study of modern symbolic logic and its
application to the analysis of arguments.
Included are truth-functional relations, the
logic of propositional functions, and deductive
systems. Attention is also given to
various topics in the philosophy of logic.
Alternate years.
301
ANCIENT GREEK PHILOSOPHY
A critical examination of the ancient Greek
philosophers, with particular emphasis on
Plato and Aristotle. Prerequisite: Two
courses in philosophy or consent of instructor.
Alternate years.
332
PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
A philosophical examination of religion.
Included are such topics as the nature of
religious discourse, arguments for and against
the existence of God, and the relation between
religion and science. Readings from classical
and contemporary sources. Prerequisite:
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
PHILOSOPHY
•
Students without previous study in philoso-
phy must have consent of instructor. Alter-
nate years.
333
PHILOSOPHY OF NATURAL SCIENCE
A consideration of philosophically impor-
tant conceptual problems arising from
reflection about natural science, including
such topics as the nature of scientific laws and
theories, the character of explanation, the
importance of prediction, the existence of
"non-observable" theoretical entities such as
electrons and genes, the problem of justifying
induction, and various puzzles associated with
probability. Prerequisite: Students without
previous study in philosophy must have
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
334
CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL
PHILOSOPHY
A close reading of four or five defining
works of contemporary political philosophy,
beginning with A Theory of Justice by John
Rawls. Prerequisite: Students without
previous study in philosophy must have
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
335
ETHICAL THEORY
An inquiry about the grounds for distin-
guishing morally right from morally wrong
actions. Central to this course is critical
consideration of important theories, such as
relativism, utilitarianism, and subjectivism, as
well as historically important theorists, such as
Aristotle, Mill, and Kant. Prerequisite:
Students without previous study in philosophy
must have consent of instructor Alternate
years.
336
CONTEMPORARY MORAL PHILOSOPHY
A close reading of four or five centrally
important works of contemporary moral
philosophy. Prerequisite: Students without
previous study in philosophy must have I
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
337
PHILOSOPHY OF LAW
An introduction to the philosophy of law
using both classical and contemporary i
sources. General theories concerning the '
nature of law, as well as philosophical issues \
which arise primarily within a legal context, j{
will be discussed. Prerequisite: Students '
without previous study in philosophy must
have consent of instructor. Alternate years.
340
SPECIAL TOPICS
Study of selected philosophical problems,
texts, writers, or movements. Recent topics
include ethical obligations to animals, lying
and lawbreaking, environmental ethics,
research on human subjects, and artificial
intelligence. Students without previous study
in philosophy must have consent of instructor.
With consent of the instructor, this course may
be repeated for credit.
440
PHILOSOPHICAL RESEARCH
AND WRITING
In-depth instruction in both the independent
and the cooperative aspects of philosophical
research and writing. Each student undertakes '
an approved research project and produces a
substantial philosophical paper. Open only to,
and recpured of senior philosophy majors.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
PHILOSOPHY • PHYSICS • PHYSICAL EDUCATION
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Recent independent studies in philosophy
include Nietzsche, moral education, Rawls'
theory of justice, existentialism, euthanasia,
Plato's ethics, and philosophical aesthetics.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
PHYSICS
(See Astronomy/Physics)
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
PHYSICAL
EDUCATION
Instructor: Holmes (Chairperson)
Part-time Intstructor: Dill
ATHLETIC TRAINING
INTERNSHIP (AT)
Lycoming College established an apprentice-
ship program in 1979 after recognizing two cond-
itions: the importance of the care and preven-
tion of athletic injuries by trained professionals,
and the career's promising growth potential.
To complete the internship students are
required to take the four courses below as well
as BIO 213 and 214 and one nutrition course.
Students also are required to undergo practical
work under the supervision of Lycoming's
certified athletic trainer. Students are officially
accepted into the Internship program after
successful completion of the first year of
practical work and AT 1 1 0.
Students who finish the Internship program
become eligible to participate in the National
Athletic Trainers Association (N.A.T.A.) Cert-
ification examination to earn the status of an
N.A.T.A. certified trainer. This Intemship program
also allows the passing students to qualify for
the State examination to become Class B athletic
trainers under Pennsylvania Act 63 P.S.S 1 3 1 0. 1 .
Students interested in this program should
contact the Physical Education Department.
Athletic training classes do not count toward
fulfilling graduation requirements except as the
physical education requirements of two courses.
110
BASIC ATHLETIC TRAINING
Covers the basics in prevention, evaluation,
treatment, and rehabilitation of athletic injuries.
Two lectures, one lab per week. Three credit
hours. Prerequisite: CPR certification and
Basic First Aid certification.
215
ANALYSIS OF HUMAN MOVEMENT
Basic concepts of Kinesiology, the study of
human movement, and Biomechanics, the study
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
of mechanical aspects of human movement.
Three lectures per week, project. Three credit
hours. Prerequisite: BIO 213 and 214.
310
ADVANCED ATHLETIC TRAINING
A more in-depth course in injury evalu-
ation, rehabilitation, and therapeutic modali-
ties. Three lectures per week. Three credit
hours. Prerequisite: AT 110.
410
EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY
The study of the effects of exercise on the
human body. Two lectures and one lab per
week. Three credit hours. Prerequisite:
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES,
WELLNESS, AND COMMUNITY
SERVICE
This program is designed to promote
students' physical welfare, health awareness,
and encourage a sense of civic responsibility.
Students must successfully complete any
combination of two semesters of course work
selected from the following:
1 . Designated Physical Activities courses
2. Designated varsity athletics
3. Designated wellness courses
4. Designated community service projects.
PHYSICAL ACTIVITY
COURSES (PHED)
102
PHYSICAL EDUCATION ACTIVITIES
This topics course satisfies one-half
semester of physical education. Coeduca-
tional classes meet twice a week with basic
instruction in fundamentals, knowledge, and
appreciation of various sports. Emphasis is on
the potential use of activities as recreational
and leisure time interests.
105
PHYSICAL EDUCATION ACTIVITIES
This topics course satisfies one semester of
physical education. Coeducational classes
meet twice a week with basic instruction in fund-
amentals, knowledge, and appreciation of variou^
sports. Emphasis is on the potential use of
activities as recreational and leisure time interest"!
110 - 120
VARSITY ATHLETICS
Students who compete on a varsity sports ;
team may register for a semester of Physical
Activity during the semester listed. A full j
season must be completed to satisfy the '
Physical Activity requirement. It is the
student's responsibility to withdraw from the '
course should they not complete the season.
110 - BASKETBALL \
111 - CROSS COUNTRY
112 - FOOTBALL
113 -GOLF
114 -SOCCER
115 - SOFTBALL
116 - SWIMMING
117 - TENNIS
118 - TRACK
119 - VOLLEYBALL
120 - WRESTLING
121 - LACROSSE
WELLNESS (WELL)
102
TOPICS IN WELLNESS
This topics course satisfies one -half seme ste
of wellness study. Wellness courses meet two
hours per week covering various topics that ma
include Stress Management, Preventing Comm
nicable Diseases, Personal Health and Wellness
and other current health issues. These courses
promote student wellness during their stay at
Lycoming as well as their post graduate years.
This course may be repeated with the same
topics only with departmental consent.
105
TOPICS IN WELLNESS
This topics course satisfies one semester of
wellness study. Wellness courses meet two hou
per week covering various topics that may
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
PHYSICAL EDUCATION • POLITICAL SCIENCE
include Stress Management, Preventing
Communicable Diseases, Personal Health and
Wellness, and other current health issues.
These courses promote student wellness
during their stay at Lycoming as well as their
post graduate years. This course may be
repeated with the same topics otily with
departmental consent.
106
FIRST AID/CPR
This course satisfies one semester of
weUness study. This course will prepare
students to recognize emergencies and make
appropriate decisions for first aid care. Also
mcluded are an emphasis on safety and
assessment of personal habits to reduce risk of
injury and illness. American Red Cross First
Aid and CPR certifications are earned upon
Successful completion of the course.
COMMUNITY SERVICE (COMS)
These courses require 2-3 hours per week
in a combination of seminars and agency
placement.
105
::OMMUNITY SERVICE I
This course satisfies one semester of
community senice. An experiential learning
Dpportunity accomplished in conjunction with
jlocal agencies or college departments. The
Dutcome of such service will promote stu-
dents' personal and social development as well
is civic responsibility. Students must pre-
''egister for this course. May not he repeated.
106
COMMUNITY SERVICE II
This course satisfies one semester of
community service. Students may elect to
enroll in a second semester of community
service to satisfy the graduation requirement,
rhis will require the student to be engaged in
i somewhat more sophisticated level of
earning and service. Students must preregis-
erfor this course. Prerequisite: COMS 105.
POLITICAL
SCIENCE (psci)
Professors: Giglio, Roskin (Chairperson)
Visiting Professor of Legal Studies: Raup
Part-time Instructor: Wolf
The major is designed to provide a systematic
understanding of government and politics at the
international, national, state, and local levels.
Majors are encouraged to develop their skills to
make independent, objective analyses which
can be applied to the broad spectrum of the
social sciences.
Although the political science major is not
designed as a vocational major, students with
such training may go directly into government
service, journalism, teaching, or private admin-
istrative agencies. A political science major can
provide the base for the study of law, or for
graduate studies leading to administrative work
in federal, state, or local governments, interna-
tional organizations, or college teaching.
Students seeking certification to teach secon-
,999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
POLITICAL SCIENCE
1
dary school social studies may major in political
science but should consult their advisors and the
education department.
A major consists of eight political science
courses, including PSCI 106. Prospective
majors are encouraged to take this course their
freshman year. An exemption will be granted
only if it strengthens the student's program. In
addition to 106, students must satisfactorily
complete two courses in area A, one course in
area B and two courses in area C. Students
must pass PSCI 400, Political Analysis,
normally taken in their senior year.
Students interested in teacher certification
should refer to the Department of Education on
page 90.
The following courses have been approved
to be offered as cultural diversity courses: PSCI
220, 326, 340. Students must check semester
class schedules to determine which courses are
offered as "D" courses for that semester.
The following courses have been approved to
be offered as writing intensive courses and may
be offered as such: PSCI 223, 244, 334, 400.
Students must check semester class schedules to
determine which courses are offered as "W"
courses for that semester.
Minors
For non-majors, the department offers three
minors: a minor in Political Science consists of
any four courses numbered 200 or above from
areas A to C; a minor in World Politics consists
of four courses selected from area C; and a minor
in Legal Studies consists of four courses in area
B. Students are encouraged to consult with
department members on the selection of a minor.
106
INTRODUCTION TO POLITICS
An introductory course in political science
that asks how and why people form political
communities, what holds them together, and
how political systems may either improve or
damage themselves. Includes comparison of
the U.S. with other countries and discussion of
cunent political and public-policy issues.
210 ^
COMMUNICATION AND SOCIETY 1
Reviews and critiques the impact of the *
mass media on American society. Consider-
ation of how the media form attitudes, ,
nominate and elect candidates, cover news, i
and monitor governmental activities as well as
possible remedies to media-related problems.
Alternate years.
400
POLITICAL ANALYSIS
A capstone course required for majors in
Political Science normally taken in their I
senior year. Students will integrate their
knowledge of political phenomena and deepen
their methodological sophistication by
applying several analytical approaches to a
series of case studies. Open to non-majors
with permission of instructor.
A. American Politics
110
GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
IN THE UNITED STATES
An introduction to American national
government which emphasizes both structural-
functional analysis and policy-making processes.
In addition to the legislative, executive, and
judicial branches of government, attention will
be given to political parties and interest groups,
elections and voting behavior, and constitu-
tional rights. Recommended to all social I
science-education candidates and to those j
students who have had inadequate or insuffi- i
cient preparation in American government.
Ill I
STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT '
An examination of the general principles,
major problems, and political processes of the
states and their subdivisions, together with
their role in a federal type of government.
223
PRESIDENCY AND CONGRESS
The constitutional roles, campaign styles, and
interactions of the U.S. presidency and
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOC
POLITICAL SCIENCE
•
:ongress. Special attention is given presi-
jents, senators, and congresspersons who
ubstantially contribute to the democratic
process.
Alternate \ears.
244
rHE POLITICAL FILM
The great and enduring political questions
presented in fiction movies, for classroom
discussion and papers. Course draws from a
ibrary of cinema classics on videotape to
Drobe political arrangements, power relation-
ships, and the legal process. Alternate years.
533
BUREAUCRACY AND PUBLIC
ADMINISTRATION
The business of making government work
it the administrative level. The organizational
structure, relevant laws and court cases, and
egislative oversight of federal, state, and local
Dublic bureaucracy. Alternate years.
W7
A'OMEN AND POLITICS
The historical, philosophical, and practical
;ontext and conduct of women in a variety of
jolitical roles. This course considers both
^lective and nonelective activities, and includes
inalyses of women's issues currently on
egislative and court agendas. Alternate years.
148
.PUBLIC OPINION AND POLLING
A course dealing with the general topic
rnd methodology of polling. Content includes
exploration of the processes by which
)eople"s political opinions are formed, the
nanipulation of public opinion through the
ises of propaganda, and the American
espouse to politics and political issues.
Mternative years.
B. Legal Studies
331
CIVIL RIGHTS AND LIBERTIES
What are our rights and liberties as
Americans? What should they be? A frank
discussion of the nature and scope of the
constitutional guarantees. First Amendment
rights, the rights of criminal suspects and
defendants, racial and sexual equality, and
equal protection of the laws. Students will
read and brief the more important Supreme
Court decisions. Prerequisite: junior or
senior standing, or consent of instructor.
332
COURTS AND THE CRIMINAL
JUSTICE SYSTEM
The course consists of two components:
criminal law and criminal procedure. Crimi-
nal procedure carefully explores constitutional
law and procedural rules which dominate
court handling of criminal cases. Criminal
law explores concepts relating to criminal
responsibility and the establishment of
selected offenses. Emphasis is placed on "hot
button" issues in the field: balancing protec-
tion of fundamental freedoms against society's
need to solve an prevent crime; plea negotia-
tions; the politicizing of the criminal justice
system; mandatory sentencing schemes;
management challenges to fast handling of
criminal cases; the changing line between
juvenile and adult criminal court; wisdom of
using criminal punishment in an attempt to
control some forms of behavior. There will be
two field trips to court proceedings. Prerequi-
site: junior or senior standing, or consent of
instructor.
334
LEGAL RESEARCH AND WRITING
Students learn to perform legal research
with realistic problems in civil and criminal
cases drawing upon statutory, constitutional,
regulatory, procedural and common law.
They will write briefs and memoranda based
999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
POLITICAL SCIENCE
upon the research in the form expected of legal
interns and paralegal personnel. Some classes
may be held at the Lycoming County Court-
house law library. Alternate years. Prerequi-
site: junior or senior standing.
335
LAW AND SOCIETY
An examination of the nature, sources,
functions, and limits of law as an instrument
of political and social control. Included for
discussion are legal problems pertaining to the
family, crime, deviant behavior, poverty, and
minority groups. Prerequisite: junior or
senior standing, or consent of instructor.
341
THE JUVENILE COURT
This course will examine the history of the
juvenile court: typical law enforcement
handling of juvenile offenses; the trends in
youth crime; the wave of state laws that are
making juvenile court function more like adult
criminal court; the strategies and weaknesses,
the successes and failures of juvenile court in
the 1990s. Includes field trip to juvenile
court. Alternate years.
436
MASS MEDIA LAW AND REGULATION
An examination of the legal structure and
the system by which mass communication is
controlled in this society. The forces which
shape, influence, and make policy will be
considered. Prerequisite: junior or senior
standing, or consent of instructor.
C. World Politics
221
COMPARATIVE POLITICS
AND GEOGRAPHY
The politics and geography of nations in
Europe, Asia, the Middle East, Africa, And
South American in a search for comparisons
and patterns. Includes history, institutions,
cultures, borders, regions, and map exercises.
225 I
INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS '
The basic factors and concepts of interna-
tional relations, such as international systems,
national interest and security, wars, decolon-
ization, nationalism, economic development,
trade blocs, and international law and i
organizations. '
243
THE VIETNAM WAR
The background and context of the war, how
the United States got involved, the military
lessons, and the war's impact on U.S. society,
politics, and economy. Alternate years.
326
POLITICAL CULTURES
An exploration of the "people" aspects of
political life in several countries. The way
people interact with each other and with
government, what they expect from the
system, how they acquire their political
attitudes and styles, and how these contribute
to the type of government. Alternate years.
340
EAST EUROPEAN POLITICS
A review of the geographical, historical,
and political factors effecting East Europe,
how the region broke out of the Soviet sphere,
and its chances for developing a stable
democracy and market economy. Includes
Balkan security problems such as the breakup
of Yugoslavia and ongoing boundary and i
ethnic quarrels. Alternate years.
439
AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY
The U.S. role in the world in geographic,
strategic, historical, and ideological perspec-
tives, plus an examination of the domestic
forces shaping U.S. policy. Alternate years.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOC
POLITICAL SCIENCE • PSYCHOLOGY
D. Special Programs
170-479
NTERNSHIPS (See index)
Students may receive academic credit for
.er\'ing as interns in structured learning situations
vith a wide variety of public and private
igencies and organizations. Students have
■erved as interns with the Public Defender's
Dffice, the Lycoming County Court Adminis-
rator. and the Williamsport City government.
>I80-N89
NDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Current studies relate to elections — local,
tate. and federal — while past studies have
ncluded Soviet and world politics.
190-491
NDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
)EPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
PSYCHOLOGY (psy)
Professor: Ryan
Associate Professor: Berthold
Assistant Professors: Hakala,
Olsen (Chairperson)
Instructor: Kelley
Visiting Instructor: Cimini
The major provides training in both theoreti-
cal and applied psychology. It is designed to
meet the needs of students seeking careers in
psychology or other natural or social sciences.
It also meets the needs of students seeking a
better understanding of human behavior as a
means of furthering individual and career
goals in other areas. Psychology majors and
others are urged to discuss course selections in
psychology with members of the department
to help insure appropriate course selection.
A major consists of 32 semester hours in
psychology, including PSY 1 10, 431, 432, and
436. Statistics also is required.
Students interested in teacher certification
should refer to the Department of Education
on page 90.
The following course has been approved to
be offered as a cultural diversity course: PSY
341. Students must check semester class
schedules to determine which courses are
offered as "D" courses for that semester.
The following courses have been approved
to be offered as writing intensive courses and
may be offered as such: PSY 225, 431. 432.
Students must check semester class schedules
to determine which courses are offered as
"W" courses for that semester.
Minor
A minor in psychology consists of 20
semester hours in psychology including PSY
1 1 0 and four other psychology courses (three
of which must be numbered 2(X) or above)
which must be approved by the department.
101
TOPICS
Exploration of a specific basic or applied
topic in psychology. Different topics will be
e
LYCOMING COLLEGE
PSYCHOLOGY
1
explored different semesters. Potential topics
include the psychology of disasters, applied
behavioral psychology, and organizational
psychology. The course is open to elementary
and advanced undergraduates. No Prerequi-
sites. One-half unit of credit. May be repeat-
ed once for credit with departmental pennis-
sion. May not be used to satisfy distribution
or major requirements.
110
INTRODUCTORY PSYCHOLOGY
An introduction to the empirical study of
human and other animal behavior. Areas
considered may include: learning, personality,
social, physiological, sensory, cognition, and
developmental.
112
GROUP PROCESSES AND
INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
An introduction to research and theories on
small group formation, structure, and perfor-
mance. Topics include group communication,
conformity, leadership, conflict, and decision-
making. Emphasis will be placed upon applying
principles of group dynamics to different types
of groups. Prerequisite: PSY 1 10 or consent of
instructor. May tenn only.
116
ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY
An introduction to the patterns of deviant
behavior with emphasis on cause, function, and
treatment. The various models for the concept-
ualization of abnormal behavior are critically
examined. Prerequisite: PSY 1 10.
117
DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY
A study of the basic principles of human
growth and development throughout the life
span. Prerequisite: PSY 110.
118
ADOLESCENT PSYCHOLOGY
The study areas will include theories of
adolescence; current issues raised by as well
as about the "generation of youth"; research
LYCOMING COLLEGE
findings bearing on theories and issues of
growth beyond childhood, and self-explora-
tion. Prerequisite: PSY 110.
138 \
EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
An introduction to the empirical study of
the teaching-learning process. Areas consid-
ered may include educational objectives, pupil
and teacher characteristics, concept learning,
problem-solving and creativity, attitudes and
values, motivation, retention and transfer, J
evaluation and measurement. Prerequisite: I
PSY 110 or consent of instructor. |
220
THE PSYCHOLOGY OF
CLOSE RELATIONSHIPS
This course will review current theory and
research on love. The progress of close,
interpersonal relationships from initiation to
termination will be discussed. In addition, the
relation between love and sex will be ex-
plored, and current research on sexuality
reviewed. Prerequisite: PSY 110.
225
INDUSTRIAL AND
ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
The application of the principles and
methods of psychology to selected industrial
and organizational situations. Prerequisite: j
PSY 1 10 or consent of instructor. ''j
237 :
COGNITION I
An in-depth examination of the field of humaij
cognition. Topics include perception, j
attention, short and long term memory,
reading comprehension, problem solving and t
decision making. Emphasis will be placed on
understanding the scientific nature of the
discipline. Prereqidsite: PSY 1 10.
239
BEHAVIOR MODIFICATION
A detailed examination of the applied
analysis of behavior. Focus will be on the
^R
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALO
PSYCHOLOGY
•
ipplication of experimental method to the
individual clinical case. The course will cover
:argeting behavior, base-rating, intervention
strategies, and outcome evaluation. Learning-
3ased modification techniques such as contin-
gency management, counter-conditioning,
extinction, discrimination training, aversive
:onditioning, and negative practice will be
examined. Prerequisite: PSY 1 10 or consent
if instructor.
240
PSYCHOLOGY OF ADULT
PERSONAL ADJUSTMENT
A study of psychological theories and
■esearch on coping with normal developmental
:hanges and common problems of adulthood.
Focus will be upon adult transitions, stress
nanagement, intimate relationships, sexuality,
Darenting skills, and work adjustment. Prereq-
dsite: PSY 110.
524
50CIAL PSYCHOLOGY
The scientific exploration of interpersonal
communication and behavior. Topics include
ittitudes and attitude change, attraction and
vommunication, social perception and social
nfluence, prosocial and antisocial behavior
ind group processes. Prerequisite: PSY 110.
I^HYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY
! An introduction to the physiological
)sychologist's method of approach to the
mderstanding of behavior as well as the set of
Drinciples that relate the function and organiza-
ion of the nervous system to the phenomena
)f behavior. Prerequisite: PSY 110 or
onsent of instructor.
134
>RINCIPLES OF MEASUREMENT
Psychometric methods and theory, including
cale transformation, norms, standardization,
'alidation procedures, and estimation of
eliability. Prerequisites: PSY 110 and
tatistics.
341
PSYCHOLOGY OF WOMEN
A review of contemporary theory and
research on the psychology of gender differ-
ences. Special topics include sex differences in
achievement, power, and communication; sex-
role stereotypes; beliefs about masculinity and
femininity; and gender influences on mental
health. Prerequisite: PSY 110.
410
DYSFUNCTIONAL FAMILIES AND CHILD
DEVELOPMENT
This course will explore the relations
between a variety of types of family dysfunc-
tions and child development and psychopathol-
ogy. Specifically, topics in child abuse,
neglect, sexual abuse, and children from violent
homes, alcoholic homes, and homes with
mentally ill parents will be studied. The course
will focus on empirical literature about dys-
functional families and child development,
biographical and political perspectives.
Prerequisite: PSY 116 and 1 17, or consent of
instructor.
431
EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY
A study of the scientific method, experimen-
tal design and the application of statistics to
psychology. Emphasis will be placed on
understanding the place of research in the field
of psychology. Prerequisites: PSY 1 10 and
statistics.
432
SENSATION AND PERCEPTION
The examination of psychophysical method-
ology and basic neurophysiological methods as
they are applied to the understanding of sensor
processes. Prerequisites: PSY 1 10 and
statistics.
436
PERSONALITY THEORY
A review of the major theories of personal-
ity development and personality functioning.
999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
PSYCHOLOGY • RELIGION
In addition to covering the details of each
theory, the imphcations and appUcations of
each theory are considered. This course is best
taken by Psychology majors in the senior year,
because it integrates material from diverse
areas of psychology. Prerequisite: PSY 110.
448-449
PRACTICUM IN PSYCHOLOGY
An off-campus experience in a community
setting offering psychological services,
supplemented with classroom instruction and
discussion. PSY 448 covers the basic
counseling skills, while PSY 449 covers the
major theoretical approaches to counseling.
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Internships give students an opportunity to
relate on-campus academic experiences to
society in general and to their post-baccalaure-
ate objectives in particular. Students have, for
example, worked in prisons, public and
private schools, county government, and for
the American Red Cross.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Independent study is an opportunity for
students to pursue special interests in areas for
which courses are not offered. In addition,
students have an opportunity to study a topic
in more depth than is possible in the
regular classroom situation. Studies in the
past have included child abuse, counseling of
hospital patients, and research in the psychol-
ogy of natural disasters.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
Honors in psychology requires original
contributions to the literature of psychology
through independent study. The most recent
honors project was a study of the effect of
self-esteem on attitude-behavior consistency.
RELIGION (RED
Professors: Hughes (Chairperson)
Assistant Professor: Knauth
A major consists of 10 courses, including ;
REL 1 13, 1 14, and 120. At least seven
courses must be taken in the department. The
following courses may be counted toward
fulfilling the major requirements: GRK 221
and 222, HEBR 221 and 222, HIST 340 and
416, PHIL 332, and SOC 333.
The following courses have been approved
to be offered as cultural diversity courses:
REL 1 10, 224, 225, 226, 228. Students must
check semester class schedules to determine
which courses are offered as "D" courses for
that semester.
The following courses have been approvec
to be offered as writing intensive courses and
may be offered as such: REL 230, 331, 337.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
®
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOi
RELIGION
•
Students must check semester class schedules
to determine which courses are offered as
"W" courses for that semester.
Minors
A minor in religion consists of one course
from REL 1 10, 1 13 or 114 and four religion
courses numbered 200 or above.
An interdisciplinary minor in Biblical
Languages requires the completion of GRK
221, 222 and HEBR 221 and 222.
110
INTRODUCTION TO RELIGION
Designed for the beginning student, this
course examines what it means to be religious.
Some of the issues are the definition of
religion, the meaning of symbolism, concepts
of God, ecstatic phenomena. Specific
attention will be devoted to the current
problem of cults and religious liberty.
113
OLD TESTAMENT FAITH AND HISTORY
A critical examination of the literature
within its historical setting and in the light of
archaeological findings to show the faith and
religious life of the Hebrew-Jewish commu-
nity in the Biblical period, and an introduction
to the history of interpretation with an
emphasis on contemporary Old Testament
criticism and theology.
114
NEW TESTAMENT FAITH
AND HISTORY
I A critical examination of the literature
within its historical setting to show the faith
and religious life of the Christian community
in the Biblical period, and an introduction to
the history of interpretation with an emphasis
on contemporary New Testament criticism
and theology.
119
RELIGION AND POPULAR CULTURE
An examination of the interaction of religion
and culture in an historical perspective
followed by a direct analysis of the ethical and
religious issues raised by contemporary
American popular culture. Readings include
artistic and social-scientific as well as ethical
and religious approaches to popular culture.
120
DEATH AND DYING
A study of death from personal, social and
universal standpoints with emphasis upon what
the dying may teach the living. Principal issues
are the stages of dying, bereavement, suicide,
funeral conduct, and the religious doctrines of
death and immortality. Course includes, as
optional, practical projects with terminal
patients under professional supervision. Only
one course from the combination of REL 120
and 121 may he used for distribution.
121
AFTER DEATH AND DYING
An examination of the question of life after
death in terms of contemporary clinical
studies, the New Testament resurrection
narratives, the Asian doctrine of reincarnation,
and the classical theological beliefs of
providence and predestination. REL 120 is
recommended but not required. Only one
course from the combination of REL 120 and
121 may be used for distribution.
Ill
PROTESTANTISM IN THE
MODERN WORLD
An examination of Protestant thought and
life from Luther to the present against the
backdrop of a culture rapidly changing from
the 17th century scientific revolution to
Marxism, Darwinism, and depth psychology.
Special attention will be paid to the constant
interaction between Protestantism and the
world in which it finds itself.
1999-2()()() ACADEMIC CATALOG
^R
LYCOMING COLLEGE
RELIGION
223
THE BACKGROUNDS OF CHRISTIANITY
A study of the historical, cultural, and rel-
igious background of the formation of
Christianity and the antecedents of Christian
belief and practice in post-exilic Judaism and
in Hellenism.
224
JUDAISM AND ISLAM
An examination of the rise, growth, and
expansion of Judaism and Islam with special
attention given to the theological contents of
the literatures of these religions as far as they
are normative in matters of faith, practice, and
organization. Also, a review of their contribu-
tions to the spiritual heritage of mankind.
225
ORIENTAL RELIGION
A phenomenological study of the basic
content of Hinduism, Buddhism, and Chinese
Taoism with special attention to social and
political relations, mythical and aesthetic
forms, and the East-West dialogue.
226
BIBLICAL ARCHAEOLOGY
A study of the role of archaeology in
reconstructing the world in which the Biblical
literature originated with special attention
given to archaeological results that throw light
on the clarification of the Biblical text. Also,
an introduction to basic archaeological method
and a study in depth of several representative
excavations along with the artifacts and material
culture recovered from different historical
periods.
227
HISTORY AND THEOLOGY
OF THE EARLY CHURCH
An examination of the life and theology of
the church from the close of the New Testa-
ment to the fifth century. Special attention
will be given to the struggles of the church
with heretical movements, the controversies
concerning the person and nature of Christ,
and the encounter of the church with the
Roman Empire.
228
HISTORY AND CULTURE
OF THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST
A study of the history and culture of
Mesopotamia, Anatolia, Syria-Palestine, and
Egypt from the rise of the Sumerian culture to
Alexander the Great. Careful attention will be
given to the religious views prevalent in the
ancient Near East as far as these views
interacted with the culture and faith of the
Biblical tradition.
230
PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION
A study into the broad insights of psychol-
ogy in relation to the phenomena of religion
and religious behavior. The course concen-
trates on religious experience or manifesta-
tions rather than concepts. Tentative solutions
will be sought to questions such as: What
does it feel like to be religious or to have a
religious experience? What is the religious
function in human development? How does
one think psychologically about theological
problems?
331
CHRISTIAN SOCIAL ETHICS
A study of Christian ethics as a normative
perspective for contemporary moral problems
with emphasis upon the interaction of law and
religion, decision-making in the field of
biomedical practice, and the reconstruction of
society in a planetary civilization.
332
CONTEMPORARY PROBLEMS IN
CHRISTIAN SOCIAL ETHICS
An examination of the approach of religion
and other disciplines to an issue of current
concern; current topics include the theological
significance of law, the ethics of love, and the
Holocaust. May be repeated for credit if the
topic is different from one previously studied.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
RELIGION
•
337
BIBLICAL TOPICS
An in-depth study of Biblical topics related
to the Old and New Testaments. Topics include
prophecy, wisdom literature, the Dead Sea
Scrolls, the teachings of Jesus, Pauline
theology, Judaism and Christian origins,
redaction criticism - the way the Synoptic
Gospels and John give final form to their
message. Course will vcuy from year to year
and may he repeated for credit once if the
topic is different from one previously studied.
341
CONTEMPORARY RELIGIOUS ISSUES
A study of the theological significance of
some contemporary intellectual developments
in Western culture. The content of this course
will vary from year to year. Subjects studied
in recent years include the theological
significance of Freud, Marx, and Nietzsche;
Christianity and existentialism; theology and
depth psychology; the religious dimension of
contemporary literature.
342
THE NATURE AND MISSION
OF THE CHURCH
A study of the nature of the Church as
"The People of God" with reference to the
Biblical. Protestant, Orthodox, and Roman
Catholic traditions.
401
FIELD ARCHAEOLOGY
Participation in an archaeological dig in the
Near East. Instruction in excavation techniques,
recording and the processing of artifacts. A
survey of excavation and research and the use
of archaeology as a tool for elucidating
historical and cultural changes. Special fees
apply. May Term or Summer Sessions only.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Interns in religion usually work in local
churches under the supervision of the pastor
and a member of the faculty.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Current study areas are in the Biblical
languages. Biblical history and theology.
Biblical archaeology, comparative religions,
and the ethics of technology.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
GREEK (GRK)
Greek is not offered as a major. An interdis-
ciplinary minor in Biblical Languages requires
the completion of GRK 221, 222 and HEBR
221, 222.
101-102
NEW TESTAMENT
GRAMMAR AND READINGS
Fundamentals of New Testament Greek
grammar and readings of selected passages of
the Greek text. Does not satisfy humcmities
requirement.
221
READINGS IN THE SYNOPTIC GOSPELS
A comparative study of the synoptic tradition
in Greek. Prerequisite: GRK 102 or equiva-
lent. Does not satisfy humanities requirement.
222
READINGS IN THE PAULINE EPISTLES
Selected readings from the letters of Paul
in Greek. Prerequisite: GRK 221 or equivalent.
Does not satisfy humanities requirement.
HEBREW (HEBR)
Hebrew is not offered as a major. An
interdisciplinary minor in Biblical Languages
requires the completion of GRK 22 1 , 222 and
HEBR 221, 222.
1999-20(K) ACADEMIC CATALOG
O
LYCOMING COLLEGE
RELIGION • SCHOLAR PROGRAM
101-102
OLD TESTAMENT
GRAMMAR AND READINGS
Fundamentals of Old Testament Hebrew
grammar and readings of selected passages of
the Hebrew text. Does not satisfy humanities
requirement.
221
READINGS IN OLD
TESTAMENT NARRATIVE
A critical reading of the Hebrew text of
selected narrative portions of the Old Testa-
ment with special attention being given to
exegetical questions. The text read varies
from year to year. Prerequisite: HEBR 102
or equivalent. Does not satisfy humanities
requirement.
Ill
READINGS IN THE PROPHETIC BOOKS
AND WISDOM LITERATURE
A critical reading of the Hebrew text of
selected portions of Old Testament prophecy
and wisdom literature with special attention
being given to exegetical questions. The text
read varies from year to year. Prerequisite:
HEBR 221 or equivalent. Does not satisfy
humanities requirement.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
SCHOLAR
PROGRAM (scHOL)
Professor: Boerckel (Director)
The Lycoming College Scholar Program is a
special program designed to meet the needs and
aspirations of highly motivated students of
superior intellectual ability. The Lycoming
Scholar satisfies the College distribution
requirements, generally on a more exacting
level and with more challenging courses than
the average student. Lycoming Scholars also
participate in special interdisciplinary seminars
and in serious independent study culminating
in a senior project.
301
LYCOMING SCHOLAR SEMINAR
Team taught interdisciplinary seminar held
each semester under the direction of the
Lycoming Scholar Council. May be repeated
for credit. Completion of five semesters is
required by the Scholar Program. Prerequisite:
Acceptance into the Lycoming Scholar
Program. One-quarter unit of credit. Grade
will he recorded as "A " or "F. "
450
SENIOR SEMINAR
During the senior year, Lycoming Scholars
complete independent studies or departmental
honors projects. These projects are presented
to scholars and faculty in the senior seminar.
Non-credit course. Prerequisite: Acceptance
into the Lycoming Scholar Program.
^^
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY
SOCIOLOGY-
ANTHROPOLOGY
(SOC)
Professor: Wilk (Chairperson)
Associate Professor: S. Alexander
Assistant Professor: Ross
The Sociology-Anthropology Department
offers two tracks in the major. Both tracks
introduce the students to the fundamental
concepts of the discipline, and both tracks
prepaie the student for graduate school.
Track I emphasizes the theoretical aspects
of sociology and anthropology. Track II
emphasizes the application of sociology and
anthropology to human services.
Track I - Sociology-Anthropology requires
the core course sequence SOC 110, 1 14, 229,
444, and 447 and three other courses within
the department with the exception of 1 15, 222,
223, 225, 440, and 443. REL 226 may also be
counted toward the major.
Track II - Human Services in a Socio-
Cultural Perspective requires SOC 1 10, 222,
229, 443, 444, and 447. In addition, students
must select two courses from among the
following: SOC 220, 221, 227, 228, 300, 334,
and 335. Students are also required to choose
two units from the following courses: PSY
1 10, ECON 224, PSCI 333, and SOC 230.
Recommended courses: ACCT 1 10, 226;
SPAN 111,112; HIST 126; and PHIL 334.
Majors in both tracks are encouraged to
participate in the internship program.
Students interested in teacher certification
should refer to the Department of Education on
page 90.
The following courses have been approved
to be offered as cultural diversity courses: SOC
229, 331, 334, 335, 336, 337, 338. Students
must check semester class schedules to deter-
mine which courses are offered as "D" courses
for that semester.
The following courses have been approved to
be offered as writing intensive courses and may
be offered as such: SOC 229, 441. Students must
check semester class schedules to determine
which courses are offered as "W" courses for
that semester.
Minor
A minor in sociology and anthropology
consists of SOC 1 1 0 and four other SOC
courses approved by the department, three of
which must be numbered 220 or above. SOC
115, 223, 225, 339, and 440 cannot count
toward the minor.
110
INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY
An introduction to the problems, concepts,
and methods in sociology today, including
analysis of stratification, organization of
groups and institutions, social movements,
and deviants in social structure.
114
INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY
An introduction to the subfields of anthro-
pology; its subject matter, methodology, and
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY
goals, examination ot biological and cultural
evolution, the fossil evidence for human
evolution, and questions raised in relation to
human evolution. Other topics include race,
human nature, primate behavior, and prehis-
toric cultural development.
115
INTRODUCTION TO AMERICAN
CRIMINAL JUSTICE SYSTEM
An introduction to the role of law enforce-
ment, courts, and corrections in the admini-
stration of justice; the historical development
of police, courts, and corrections; jurisdiction
and procedures of courts; an introduction to
the studies, literature, and research in criminal
justice; careers in criminal justice.
220
MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY
The history, structure, and functions of
modem American family life, emphasizing
dating, courtship, factors in marital adjustment,
and the changing status of family members.
Prerequisite: SOC 110 or consent of instructor.
Ill
JUVENILE DELINQUENCY
A multidisciplinary approach to the study
of the constellation of factors that relate to
juvenile delinquency causation, handling the
juvenile delinquent in the criminal justice
system, treatment strategies, prevention, and
community responsibility. Prerequisite: SOC
110 or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
Ill
INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN SERVICES
The course is designed for students inter-
ested in learning about, or entering, the human
services profession. It will review the history,
the range, and the goals of human services
together with a survey of various strategies
and approaches to human problems. It will
include practical discussions of social behav-
ioral differences as they relate to stress and
conflict in people's lives. Prerequisite: SOC
110 and/or PSY 110; or consent of instructor.
223
INTRODUCTION TO
LAW ENFORCEMENT
Principles, theories, and doctrines of the
law of crimes, elements in crime, analysis of
criminal investigation, important case law.
Prerequisite: SOC 115 or consent of
instructor.
225
INTRODUCTION TO
CRIMINAL INVESTIGATION
This course is designed for advanced
criminal justice majors. Emphasis is placed on
an in-depth study of detection and investigation
of major crimes. Particular attention is placed
on the use of criminalistics, legal parameters of
evidence and interrogation, and prosecutory
procedures. Prerequisite: SOC 223 or consent
of instructor. Will not be counted toward the
sociology-anthropology major.
226
SOCIAL MOVEMENTS
An analysis of the dynamics, structure, and
reactions to social movements with focus on
contemporary social movements. Prerequisite:
SOC 1 10 or consent of instructor.
Ill
SOCIAL PROBLEMS
The course examines the causes, character-
istics, and consequences of social problems in
America from diverse socio-cultural perspect-
ives. Topics discussed typically include crime,
urban crises, family disorganization, poverty,
race problems, drug abuse, and other related
issues. Prerequisite: SOC 110 or consent of
instructor.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY
228
AGING AND SOCIETY
Analysis of cross-cultural characteristics of the
aged as individuals and as members of groups.
Emphasis is placed upon variables: health,
housing, socio-economic status, personal
adjustment, retirement, and social participation.
Sociological, social psychological, and anthro-
pological frames of reference utilized in analysis
and description of aging and its relationship to
society, culture, and personality, health,
housing, socio-economic status, personal
adjustment, retirement, and social participation.
229
CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY
An examination of cultural and social
anthropology designed to familiarize the
student with the analytical approaches to the
diverse cultures of the world. The relevancy of
cultural anthropology for an understanding of
the human condition will be stressed. Topics to
be covered include the nature of primitive
societies in contrast to civilizations, the concept
of culture and cultural relativism, the individual
and culture, the social patterning of behavior
and social control, an anthropological perspec-
tive on the culture of the United States.
230
SELF AND SOCIETY
This course is concerned with the behavior
of individuals who occupy positions in social
structures, organizations and groups. The
focus is on the behavior of individuals as it is
controlled, influenced, or limited by the social
environment; and the manner in which the
behavior of individuals reacts upon, shapes
and alters social structures and enters into the
functioning of groups. This course will also
explore symbolic interactionism. a major
theoretical perspective in sociology which
focuses primary attention on the way in which
individuals define and continually redefine
reality on the basis of social interaction.
Prerequisite: SOC 110 or consent of instructor.
300
CRIMINOLOGY
Analysis of the sociology of law; conditions
under which criminal laws develop; etiology of
crime; epidemiology of crime, including
explanation of statistical distribution of
criminal behavior in terms of time, space, and
social location. Prerequisite: SOC 110 or
consent of instructor.
331
SOCIOLOGY OF WOMEN
A sociological examination of the role of women
in American society through an analysis of the
social institutions which affect their devel-opment.
Role-analysis theory will be applied to the past,
present, and future experience of women as it
relates to the role options of society as a whole.
Students will do an original research project on
the role of women. Prerequisite: SOC 110.
332
INSTITUTIONS
Introduces the student to the sociological
concept of social institution, the types of social
institutions to be found in all societies, and the
interrelationships between the social institu-
tions within a society. The course is divided
into two basic parts: 1 . That aspect which deals
with the systematic organization of society in
general, and 2. The concentration on a particu-
lar social institution: economic, political,
educational, or social welfare. Prerequisite:
SOC 1 10 or consent of instructor.
333
SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION
An examination of the major theories of
the relationship of religion to society and a
survey of sociological studies of religious
behavior. Prerequisite: SOC 110 or consent of
instructor.
334
RACIAL AND CULTURAL MINORITIES
Study of racial, cultural, and national
groups within the framework of American
cultural values. An analysis will include
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^«
LYCOMING COLLEGE
SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY
historical, cultural, and social factors underly-
ing ethnic and racial conflict. Field trips and
individual reports are part of the requirements
for the course. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10 or
consent of instructor.
335
CULTURE AND PERSONALITY
Introduction to psychological anthropol-
ogy, its theories and methodologies. Empha-
sis will be placed on the relationship between
individual and culture, national character,
cognition and culture, culture and mental
disorders, and cross-cultural considerations of
the concept of self. Prerequisite: SOC 229 or
consent of instructor.
336
THE ANTHROPOLOGY
OF PRIMITIVE RELIGIONS
The course will familiarize the student with
the wealth of anthropological data on the
religions and world views developed by prim-
itive peoples. The functions of primitive rel-
igion in regard to the individual, society, and
various cultural institutions will be examined.
Subjects to be surveyed include myth, witch-
craft, vision quests, spirit possession, the
cultural use of dreams, and revitalization
movements. Particular emphasis will be given
to shamanism, transcultural religious experi-
ence, and the creation of cultural realities
through religions. Both a social scientific and
existential perspective will be employed. Pie-
requisite: SOC 229 or consent of instructor.
337
THE ANTHROPOLOGY OF
AMERICAN INDIANS
An ethnographic survey of native North
American Indian and Eskimo cultures, such as
the Iroquois, Plains Indians, Pueblo, Kwakiutl,
and Netsilik. Changes in native lifeways due
to European contacts and United States
expansion will be considered. Recent cultural
developments among American Indians will
be placed in an anthropological perspective.
338
LEGAL AND POLITICAL
ANTHROPOLOGY
The course is designed to familiarize the
student with the techniques of conflict
resolution and the utilization of public power
in primitive society as well as the various
theories of primitive law and government.
The rise of the state and an anthropological
perspective on modem law and government
will be included. The concepts of self-
regulation and social control, legitimacy,
coercion, and exploitation will be the organiz-
ing focus. Prerequisite: SOC 229 or consent
of instructor.
339
THE AMERICAN PRISON SYSTEM
Nature and history of punishment, evolu-
tion of the prison and prison methods with
emphasis on prison community, prison
architecture, institutional programs, inmate
rights, and sentences. Review of punishment
versus treatment, detention facilities, jails,
reformatories, prison organization and
administration, custody, and discipline.
Prerequisite: SOC 115.
440
PROBATION AND PAROLE
A course designed for the advanced criminal
justice major. While the course concerns the
study of probation and parole as parts of the
criminal justice system and their impact on the
system as a whole, the primary emphasis is the
impact on the offender. Particular attention is
given to diagnostic report writing on offenders,
pre-sentence investigation, offender classifica-
tion, and parole planning. Prerequisites: SOC
115 and 339.
441
SOCIAL STRATIFICATION
An analysis of stratification systems with
specific reference to American society. The
course will include an analysis of poverty,
wealth, and power in the United States.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY
Particular attention will be given to factors
which generate and maintain inequality, along
with the impact of inequality on the lives of
Americans. Prerequisite: SOC 1 JO or
consent of instructor.
443
HUMAN SERVICES IN
HELPING INSTITUTIONS
The course examines the organizational
and conceptual context within which human
services are delivered in contemporary society.
Subjects to be covered include ethnographic
study of nursing homes, prisons, therapeutic
communities, mental hospitals, and other
human service institutions. The methodology
of fieldwork will be explored so as to sensitize
the student to the socio-cultural dimensions of
helping environments and relationships.
Prerequisite: SOC 1 JO or 229, or consent of
instructor. Alternate years.
444
SOCIAL THEORY
The history of the development of sociologi-
cal thought from its earliest philosophical
beginnings is treated through discussions and
reports. Emphasis is placed upon sociological
thought since the time of Comte. Prerequisite:
SOC J JO or consent of instructor.
445
ANTHROPOLOGICAL THEORY
The history of the development of anthro-
pological thought from the 1 8th century to the
present. Emphasis is placed upon anthropo-
logical thought since 1850. Topics include
evolutionism, historical-particularism, cultural
idealism, cultural materialism, functionalism,
structuralism, and ethnoscience. Prerequisite:
SOC 229 or consent of instructor.
447
RESEARCH METHODS IN
SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY
Study of the research process in sociology-
anthropology. Attention is given to the
process of designing and administering
research and the application of research.
Different methodological skills are consid-
ered, including field work, questionnaire
construction, and other methods of data
gathering and the analysis of data. Prerequi-
site: SOC J JO and MATH J 03, or consent of
instructor.
448-449
PRACTICUM IN SOCIOLOGY
Introduces the student to a practical work
experience involving community agencies in
order to effect a synthesis of the student's
academic course work and its practical
applications in a community agency. Specif-
ics of the course to be worked out in conjunc-
tion with department, student and agency.
Prerequisite: SOC J JO and consent of
instructor.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Interns in sociology-anthropology typically
work off campus with social service agencies
under the supervision of administrators.
However, other internship experiences, such
as with the Lycoming County Historical
Museum, are available. Interns in
criminaljustice work off campus in criminal
justice agencies, such as penal institutions and
probation and parole departments, under the
supervision of administrative personnel.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
An opportunity to pursue specific interests
and topics not usually covered in regular
courses. Through a program of readings and
tutorials, the student will have the opportunity
to pursue these interests and topics in
greater depth than is usually possible in a
regular course.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
1999-20(K) ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THEATRE
THEATRE (thea)
Professor: R. Falk
Associate Professor: Allen (Chairperson)
Visiting Assistant Professor: Beetem
Part-time Instructor: Clark, Jaffe
The primary responsibilities of the Theatre
Department are to teach appreciation, service,
foundational and specialized courses; to
prepare students for advanced study and
training; and to sponsor worthwhile produc-
tion programs in which students can practice
the art and craft of theatre, and which will be a
dynamic contribution to the cultural life of the
College community.
Production groups sponsored by the
Theatre Department are the Arena Theatre,
The Arena Summer Theatre, The Emerald
City Players, The Alpha Psi Omega Fraternity
and the Downstage Theatre. Facilities used
for performances by these groups are an
intimate thrust stage (The Arena) and a small
black box studio theatre (The Downstage
Theatre) in the Academic Center.
The department offers several courses to be
selected for distribution requirements: THEA
100, 1 14, 148, 212, 332, 333, 335 (Fine Arts)
THEA 333, 335 (Humanities and Literature).
The following courses have been approved
to be offered as cultural diversity courses:
THEA 1 14, 212, 332, 333, 335, 410. Students
must check semester class schedules to
determine which courses are offered as "D"
courses for that semester.
The following courses have been approved
to be offered as writing intensive courses and
may be offered as such: THEA 212, 332, 333.
Students must check semester class schedules
to determine which courses are offered as
"W" courses for that semester.
Major
The major consists of the equivalent of 10
to 10.5 units. All theatre majors are required
to complete the following: THEA 100, 148,
332, 333, 410 and the equivalent of 1 full unit
of THEA 160 and/or 161 (6 units).
The department offers three major tracks:
Track I: ACTING (4.5 Units) THEA 140,
226, 240, 232 ( 1/2 unit); and one from the
following: 335 or 402.
Track II: DIRECTING: (4 0 Units) THEA
140, 226, 336; and one from the following:
335 or 402.
Track III: DESIGN/TECH (4 5 Units) THEA
228, 229. 232 (1/2 unit), 320; and one from
the following: 335, 402, 425, 428, 429, 431.
Majors are urged to include courses in art,
music, psychology, and English, or other areas
of special interest.
Majors are urged to include THEA 440 in
Track I, THEA 426 in Track II, and THEA
430 in Track III.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^A
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THEATRE
Minors
Three minors are available in the Theatre
Department.
• A minor in Performance consists of THEA
100, 140,226,240,336.
• A minor in Technical Theatre consists of
THEA 100, 148, 228, 229, and 320 or 430.
• A minor in Theatre History and Literature
consists of THEA 100, 332, 333, 335 and
410.
100
INTRODUCTION TO THEATRE
A comprehensive introduction to the
aesthetics of theatre. From the spectator's
point of view, the nature of theatre will be
explored, including dramatic literature and the
integral functioning of acting, directing and all
production aspects. Concurrent enrollment in
THEA 148 prohibited.
114
FILM ART: MOTION PICTURE
MASTERPIECES
Study of selected classic experimental and
narrative films from around the world as well
as from Hollywood. Consideration of what
makes a classic through examination of such
topics as acting, writing, directing, style, and
genre.
135-136
INTRODUCTION TO DANCE I AND II
An introduction to the techniques of basic
movement and interpretation in ballet, jazz,
and modem dance. Classes include improvi-
sation and choreography. Prerequisite for
THEA 136: THEA 135 or consent ofinstruc-
\tor. One-half unit of credit each. Not open to
\students who have received credit for MUS
^135-136 or M US 235-236.
137
HISTORY OF THE DANCE I
A survey of classical ballet from the
Ballets de cour of 1 7th-century France to the
present with emphasis on the contributions of
Petipa. Fokine, Cecchetti, and Balanchine.
One-half unit of credit. Not open to students
who have received credit for MUS 137 or 138.
138
HISTORY OF THE DANCE II
A survey of the forms of dance, excluding
classical ballet, as independent works of art and
as they have reflected the history of civil-
ization from primitive times to the present. Pre-
requisite: THEA 137 or consent of instructor.
One-half unit of credit. Not open to students
who have received credit for MUS 137 or 138.
140
ACTING I
An introductory study of the actor's pre-
paration with emphasis on developing the
actor's creative imagination through improvisa-
tions and scene study. Prerequisite: THEA
100.
148
PLAY PRODUCTION
Stagecraft and the various aspects of
production are introduced. Through material
presented and laboratory work on the Arena
Theatre productions, students will acquire
experience with design, scenery, properties,
costumes and lighting. Prerequisite: THEA
100. Concurrent enrollment in THEA 100
prohibited.
160
TECHNICAL THEATRE PRACTICUM
161
REHEARSAL AND PERFORMANCE
PRACTICUM
Supervised participation in the various
aspects of technical production, rehearsal and
performance of the Theatre Department's
major presentations in the Arena Theatre.
Credit for Theatre Practicum is earned on a
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^R
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THEATRE
fractional basis. Students may register for
one-half semester hour course credit per
production for active participation in the
designated area of technology and performance,
limited to one semester hour credit per
semester and eight semester hours credit over
four years. Credit may not be used to satisfy
distribution requirements in Fine Arts. Students
may not register for Theatre Practicum while
taking THEA 148 without permission of the
instructor. When scheduling, students should
register for Theatre Practicum in addition to
the normal four academic courses. Because
students may not be cast or assigned duties in
time to meet the drop/add deadline, late
registration for THEA 160 and 161 (Rehearsal
and Performance) will be pennitted without
penalty.
212
MULTICULTURAL AMERICA ON
SCREEN
Introduction to the art of understanding
moving images to discover the cultural values
of American filmmakers and their audiences.
Comparison of the ways in which films and
television use comedy, drama, and the docum-
entary to examine topics having to do with
values, beliefs, and cultural diversity in
America.
220
VOICE AND DICTION
Introduction to the fundamental techniques
of vocal production for the theatre. Empha-
sizes an individual program of personal vocal
development. Dialects and phonetic study of
the major European accents and English
accents. Includes oral practice of relevant
literature. Alternate years. One-half unit of
credit.
226
DIRECTING I
An introductory study of the function of the
director in preparation, rehearsal and perfor-
mance. Emphasis is placed on developing the
student's ability to analyze scripts,
and on the development of the student's
imagination. Prerequisite: THEA 140. Alter- }
nate years.
228
SCENE DESIGN
Development of scene design techniques
through study of the practice in rendering,
perspective drawing, plan drafting, sketching
and model building. Beginning work in
theory, techniques, and practices in scenery
painting for the theatre. Participation on Arena
Theatre productions will be part of the class-
room requirements. Prerequisite: THEA 148.
229
LIGHTING DESIGN
The theory of stage and lighting design with
emphasis on their practical application to the
theatre. Prerequisite: THEA 148.
231
SUMMER THEATRE PRACTICUM
Practical application in construction, design
and production problems and techniques
through laboratory and plays in production. Pre-
requisite: THEA 148. Offered summer only.
232
STAGE MAKEUP
Essentials in stage makeup: straight,
character, special types. Effects of light on
makeup are included. Recommended for
performers and directors of educational, church
and community theatres. Prerequisite: THEA
148. One-half unit of credit. Alternate Years.
233
ADVANCED MAKEUP
Advanced techniques in makeup design.
Three-dimensional and prosthetic makeups are
included, with emphasis on nonrealistic and
nonhuman fonns. Prerequisite: THEA 232.
One-half unit of credit. Alternate years.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THEATRE
•
235-236
INTERMEDIATE DANCE I AND II
Studies of the techniques of basic move-
ment and inteipretation in ballet, jazz, and
modern dance at the intermediate level.
Classes include improvisation and choreogra-
phy. Prerequisite for THEA 235: THEA 136
or consent of instructor. Prerequisite for
THEA 236: THEA 235 or consent of instruc-
tor. One-half unit of credit each. Not open to
students who have received credit for MUS
135- 136 or MUS 235-236.
240
ACTING II
Continued practice in character analysis.
The study of acting styles is introduced with a
strong emphasis on performing Shakespeare's
plays. Prerequisite: THEA 140
320
COSTUME DESIGN
The theory of costuming for the stage,
elements of design, planning, production and
construction of costumes for the theatre.
Students will participate in the construction of
costumes for Arena Theatre productions.
Prerequisite: THEA 148 or consent of
instructor.
332
THEATRE HISTORY I
A historical survey of Western and Non-
Western styles of theatre from the beginning
to the present. Included is a study of the
evolution of theatre architecture and perfor-
mance space as well as technical develop-
ments. Alternate years.
333
THEATRE HISTORY II: LITERATURE
A study of the major dramatic literature
that shapes the Western and non-Western
theatre. Benchmark plays that are identified
with specific periods and styles will be
explored in depth. Prerequisite: THEA 332.
335
MODERN DRAMA
A study of the major dramatic literature in
depth that constitutes the body of the modern
theatre, from 1 875 to the present. Included
will be a survey of alternative theatre styles,
both scripted and non-scripted. Ethnic,
minority and contemporary problem plays will
be surveyed as well.
336
DIRECTING II
Emphasis is placed on the student's ability
to function as a director in the rehearsal
process. Practical experience involves the
directing of two one-act plays from the
contemporary theatre in the Downstage
Theatre. Prerequisite: THEA 226.
337
PLAYWRITING
An investigation of the techniques of
playwriting with an emphasis on creative
writing, culminating in a written one-act
play. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107 and
THEA 226. Alternate years.
402
SHAKESPEARE ON STAGE
A study of Shakespeare's plays in produc-
tion tenns. Emphasis will be on translating
works from the page to the stage, with special
attention to language, poetry, acting styles as
well as technical problems. Contemporary
productions will be viewed
410
THEATRE AND CULTURE
Exploration of one or more historic periods
in a specific locale to discover the nature of
the theatre in its cultural context. Included
will be a study of the art. music, literature,
political and social framework of the period
and locale. Prerequisite: THEA 332 and 333.
199y-2()()0 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^M
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THEATRE
425
ADVANCED COSTUME DESIGN STUDIO
Practical application of costume design for
the studio or main stage productions.
Prerequistie: THEA 320 and consent of
instructor. May be repeated for credit.
426
DIRECTING III
Emphasis will be placed on the student's
ability to produce a major three-act play from
the script to the stage for public performance.
Prerequisite: THEA 336.
428
ADVANCED SCENE DESIGN STUDIO
Practical application of scene design for the
studio or main stage productions. Prerequi-
site: Consent of instructor. May be repeated
for credit.
429
ADVANCED LIGHTING DESIGN STUDIO
Practical application of lighting design for
the studio or main stage productions. Prereq-
uisite: Consent of instructor. May be repeated
for credit.
430
PROPERTY DESIGN
The theory of properties design for the
stage, including the production of specific
properties for staging use. Elements of design,
fabrication, and the construction of properties
employing a variety of materials and applica-
tion of new theatrical technology. Prerequi-
sites: THEA 228 and 320. Alternate years.
431
ADVANCED PROPERTY DESIGN STUDIO
Practical application of properties design
for studio or main stage productions. Prereq-
uisite: THEA 430 and consent of instructor.
May be repeated for credit.
440
ACTING III
Preparation of monologues and two
character scenes, contemporary and classical,
and preparation of a professional acting
audition. The student will appear in major
campus productions. Prerequisite: THEA 240.
441
ADVANCED ACTING STUDIO
Practical application of acting for studio or
main stage productions. Prerequisite: THEA
240 and consent of instructor. May be
repeated for credit.
444
ADVANCED DIRECTING STUDIO
Practical application of directing for studio
or main stage productions. Prerequisite:
Consent of instructor and THEA 336. May be
repeated for credit.
470 - 479
INTERNSHIP (See Index)
Students in the theatre work off campus in
theatres such as the Guthrie Theatre, Minne-
apolis, and the Hartford Stage and the Trinity
Repertory. g
N80/N89
INDEPENDENT STUDIES (See Index)
Subjects for Independent Studies are
chosen in conjunction with faculty members.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS
Students who qualify for Departmental
Honors will produce a major independent
project in research or technical theatre.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
WOMEN'S STUDIES
WOMEN'S STUDIES
(WMST)
Assistant Professor: Ross (Coordinator)
Although a major in women's studies is
available only under the policies regarding
Individual Interdisciplinary Majors (page 40),
an established minor in women's studies is
provided. WMST 200 and three of the
following courses are required for the minor.
ART 339 Women in Art
ENGL 334 Women and Literature
HIST 3 10 Women in History
PSCI 347 Women and Politics
PSY 341 Psychology of Women
SOC 33 1 Sociology of Women
WMST 300 Topics in Women's Studies
With the approval of the coordinator, an
appropriate special course or independent
studies project may be substituted for one of
the four courses required for the minor. To
receive credit for a minor in women's studies,
a student must maintain at least a 2.00 average
in courses taken for that minor.
The following course has been approved to
be offered as a cultural diversity course:
WMST 200. Students must check semester
class schedules to determine which courses
are offered as "D" courses for that semester.
200
ISSUES IN WOMEN'S STUDIES
An examination of women's issues from an
interdisciplinary perspective. The course will
explore the social construction of gender,
feminist research methods and theories, and
the role of patriarchy in women's lives.
Topics may involve language, art, science,
politics, culture, violence, race, class, ethnic
differences, sexuality, and pornography.
300
TOPICS IN WOMEN'S STUDIES
An examination of selected topics in
Women's Studies designed to allow students
to pursue particular subjects in more depth and
detail than in the general introductory course.
With the permission of the Coordinator of the
Women's Studies Program students may
repeat this course depending on the content.
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
PRIZES AND AWARDS
•
PRIZES And Awards
Endowed Funds
William T. and Ruth S. Askey Music Prize
is given to a graduating senior who is recog-
nized for his/her proficiency as a music major.
Jack C. Buckle Award is given annually to a
junior male student with high moral qualities,
who has at least a 2.00 cumulative GPA and,
who has made an unusual contiibution to campus
life through leadership in student activities.
Byron C. Brunstetter Science Award is
given to a senior chemistry /biology major for
outstanding achievement in chemical and
biological sciences.
The Class of 1907 Prize is granted to a
senior, who is in the upper half of the class.
and who has contributed to campus life
through participation in athletics and other
student activities.
Benjamin C. Conner Prize is given to the
graduating student who has done outstanding
work in mathematics.
Criminal Justice Society Prize is given to
the criminal justice major who has demon-
strated outstanding classroom performance, a
promise of leadership and service to college
and community.
W. Arthur Fans Memorial Prize is given in
memory of Dr. W. Arthur Fans, a former
Professor of Philosophy at Lycoming College,
to the graduating senior who has done
outstanding work in philosophy.
Durant L. Furey III Memorial Prize is
given to the senior accounting major who has
shown outstanding achievement in auditing.
Gillette Foreign Language Prizes are given
to French, German, and Spanish majors who
have achieved excellence in these foreign
languages.
Dan Gustafson Award, in memory of a I
former member of the English Department, is
given to the senior English major whose
analytical writing demonstrates the highest
standards of literary and critical excellence.
Helen R. Hoover Community Service Prize
is given annually to a graduating senior who
has demonstrated a personal commitment to
serving the fortunate citizens in either greater
Williamsport or their own community of
permanent residence.
Elisha Benson Kline Prize is given to the
senior mathematics major with outstanding
achievement in the field.
Charles J. Kocian Awards are given to the
accounting, business administration, and
economics majors who show the greatest
proficiency in statistics; the mathematics
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
PRIZES AND AWARDS
major who shows the greatest proficiency in
apphed mathematics; the graduating senior
who shows the greatest proficiency in
computer science; the graduating senior who
shows the greatest proficiency in operations
research; the graduating senior business
administration major with the highest grade
point average; the graduating political science
major with the highest grade point average;
the graduating senior with the highest average
in the class and the graduating nursing major
with the highest grade point average.
Alfred Kohler Studio Artist Award - The
award is to be given to a deserving art studio
major for the purchase of supplies in their
chosen studio area. The award may or may
not be given each year. The Lycoming Art
Department will administer the award.
Student selection is based upon meritorious
achievement through a portfolio review.
Don Lincoln Larrabee Law Prize is given to
the graduating student who has shown
outstanding scholarship in legal principles.
The John M. Lindemuth Endowed Prize
Fund, established in 1986 by Mr. and Mrs.
John M. Lindemuth of Williamsport, Pennsyl-
vania, provides annual cash awards for
varsity football players who earn the highest
cumulative grade point average in their chosen
field of academic study at Lycoming College.
This prize is managed in compliance with
current NCAA regulations concerning
scholastic awards for athletes.
C. Daniel and Jeanne Little Award,
presented in memory of two Lycoming
alumni, is given to the outstanding student in
public administration.
Pheobe R. Lyon Prize is given to a student of
the graduating class who has achieved
outstanding attainments in the study of
English as evidenced by a combination of
writing skills, grade point average, and service
to department.
The Gertrude B. Madden Mass Communi-
cation Award, established in 1985 by the
students of the Mass Communication Society,
is presented annually to the senior communi-
cation major who, in the judgement of his or
her peers, has best integrated academic
excellence, professional development in a
mass media field and contribution to campus
media.
The McDowell Prize is given to the senior
ministerial student who excels in scholarship,
deportment, and promise of usefulness, and
who declares his intention to make the
ministry his life work.
The Metzler Prize is given to a junior
English major for superior analytical writing.
M.B. Rich Prizes are given to: the student in
the freshman class who attains the highest
rank in scholarship and deportment; to the two
students who at a public contest excel in
reading the Scriptures; and to the two students
who excel in writing and delivering an
original oration.
The Professor Logan A. Richmond
Accounting Prize is awarded annually to a
graduating senior who has done outstanding
work in accounting and demonstrated excep-
tional proficiency in writing.
The Janet A. Rodgers Academic Award,
established in honor of the founding chair of
the Department of Nursing, provides an
annual $100 award to a senior nursing student
who demonstrates exceptional academic
achievement and has been an active partici-
pant in health-related programs.
Mary L. Russell Award, named in honor of a
professor emeritus of music, is given for
outstanding musical achievement.
Trask Chemistry Prize is given to the senior
chemistry major who has done outstanding
work in the field.
1999-20O0 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
PRIZES AND AWARDS
•
The James E. Wehr Award is presented to a
student who has demonstrated a personal
expertise in the subject of financial accounting.
Williamsport Rotary Club Nursing Prize
This prize is awarded to a part-time student
taking courses on a regular basis in the B.S.N.
program. Preference will to be given to a
registered nurse with the highest cumulative
GPA who is also a permanent resident of the
greater Williamsport community.
The Sol "Woody" Wolfe Athletic Prize is
awarded annually to that participant in an
authorized N.C.A.A. sport who has shown the
most improvement in intercollegiate competi-
tion in his first three years in college.
Annual Prizes
American Chemical Society Award, spon-
sored by the Susquehanna Valley Chapter of
the society, is given to the outstanding senior
in chemistry.
Accounting Society Service Award is given
for outstanding service to the Lycoming
College Accounting Society.
American Institute of Chemists Prize, given
by the Philadelphia section of the Institute, goes
to a senior major with an outstanding record of
leadership, ability, character and scholastic
achievement.
Arena Theatre Awards:
Performance - This award is given to the
senior who has demonstrated outstanding
performance art as a theatre major.
Technical Theatre - This award is given to the
senior who has demonstrated outstanding
contribution to technical art as a theatre major.
Biology Service Award is given to the
student who has shown good academic work
and has fostered the ideals of the department
by willingness to become involved in the
activities of the department.
The Financial Management Award is given
to a graduating student for outstanding
achievement in the financial management field.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Freshman Biology Award is given to the
freshman who has obtained the highest overall
average in BIO 110-111 (major biology
lecture and laboratory).
CRC Press Chemistry Achievement Award
is given to that freshman who has
demonstrated outstanding achievement in
general chemistry.
Chieftain Award, the College's most
prestigious award, is given to the senior who
has contributed most to Lycoming through
support of school acdvities; who has exhibited
outstanding leadership qualities; who has
worked effectively with other members of the
College community; who has evidenced a good
moral code; and whose academic rank is above
the median for the preceding senior class.
Williamsport Civic Chorus Award is given
to the College choir member who has out-
standing musical ability and who has made
significant leadership contribufions to the
choir.
Contribution Award is awarded to the
chapter who through volunteerism or philan-
thropic work has contributed to either or all
of the area, campus, or world communities.
Elizabeth Cowles Dedication to Greek Life
Award is awarded in honor of the Alpha Rho
Omega advisor from 1983-1994 to the
individual who has dedicated his/her time and
energy for the betterment of Greek life at
Lycoming College.
Durkheim Prize is given to the outstanding
senior sociology/anthropology major(s).
The Bishop William Perry Eveland Prize is
granted to a senior resident student, who is in
the upper half of the class, for progress in
scholarship, loyalty, school spirit, and part-
icipation in school acUvities.
Excellence in Two-Dimensional Art Award
is given to the outstanding senior art major in
this field.
^^
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
PRIZES AND AWARDS
Excellence in Three-Dimensional Art
Award is given to the outstanding senior art
major in this field.
Excellence in Political Science Award is
given to the senior pohtical science major who
has performed with excellence.
Faculty Award for Achievement in Fine Art
is given to an outstanding senior art major in
the field of studio art or art history.
J.W. Feree Award, given in memory of the
first mathematics professor at Lycoming's fore-
runner, the Dickinson Seminary, goes to the
student most active in mathematical sciences.
The Faculty Prize is granted to a senior
commuting student who has participated in
student activities and who is in the upper
half of the class.
The General Management Award is given
to a graduating student for outstanding
achievement in the general management field.
John P. Graham Award, named in honor of
a professor emeritus, is given to the senior
English major who achieves the highest
average in English courses taken for the
English major.
Edward J. Gray Prizes are given to the
graduating students with the highest and
second highest averages.
Greek Man of the Year is bestowed upon the
man of outstanding character within the Greek
community. He is one who has contributed
greatly to the Greek system as well as his
chapter while at Lycoming College.
Greek Woman of the Year is bestowed upon
the woman of outstanding character within the
Greek community. She is one who has cont-
ributed greatly to the Greek system as well as
her chapter while at Lycoming College.
The William R. Hoffman Ltd. Award is
given for superior achievement in the study of
federal taxation.
The John G. Hollenback Award is given for
high academic performance and outstanding
service to the Business Department.
The International Business Management
Award is given to a graduating student for
outstanding achievement in the international
business management field.
IRUSKA Awards denote membership in the
society for juniors who are very active on campus.
Junior Book Award is given to the outstanding
junior political science major.
The Makisu Award is given for outstanding
service to the college community, for dedication
above and beyond the realm of one's obliga-
tions to the College.
The Marketing Management Award is given
to a graduating student for outstanding achieve-
ment in the marketing management field.
Department of Mathematical Sciences
Award is given to that student demonstrating
excellence in computer programming. [Or other
criterion to be specified (by the department);
e.g. "outstanding scholarship"]
Ethel McDonald Pax Christi Award is given
for outstanding but quiet consistency in the life
of faith and the practice of Christianity,
noteworthy personal integrity and humble
loving compassion expressed in daily life.
Walter G. Mclver Award, named after
Lycoming's former choir director, is given to an
outstanding and dedicated choir member who
has made significant campus contributions
outside of choir.
New Member Class Academic Excellence is
awarded to the new member class (pledge class)
who has achieved the highest GPA within the
Greek system.
Most Improved Pledge Grades is awarded to
the pledge class whose GPA has shown the
greatest improvement within the Greek system.
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
PRIZES AND AWARDS
Most Improved GPA for a Greek Chapter
is awarded to the chapter whose entire chapter
has shown the greatest improvement within
the Greek system.
Department of Nursing Award for Chnical
Excellence is given for outstanding achieve-
ment in the clinical setting.
Department of Nursing Faculty Award is
given to the senior nursing major who best
exemplifies the spirit of the profession.
Lycoming College Nursing Honor Society
Research Recognition Award is given to the
nursing student who has demonstrated an in-
depth understanding of the research process,
as evidenced by a completed research project,
with formal dissemination of the results of the
study.
Pennsylvania Institute of Certified Public
Accountants Award is given to the senior
accounting major who has demonstrated high
scholastic standing and qualities of leadership.
The Penguin Award, in memory of Robert T.
Guellich, II, '92, recognizes the junior student
who has excelled in English, preferably with a
concentration in political science, and who has
contributed significantly to campus life.
PICPA Accounting Award is given to the
senior accounting major who has demon-
strated high scholastic standing, a strong work
ethic, and qualities of leadership.
Pocahontas Award is given to Lycoming's
outstanding female athlete.
Psi Chi Service Award is given for contribu-
tions to the Psychology Department.
Richard L. Mix and Miriam S. Mix Re-
search and Writing Prize in History is given
to the student submitting the best paper in
History Methods.
Rose Pfaff Scholarship, sponsored by the
Student Senate, is given to a student for
outstanding service to the college.
Ada Remley Memorial Scholarship Award
- for academic excellence and service to
college and community.
W.F. Sadler Prize is given to the student with
the highest achievement in calculus, founda-
tions of mathematics, algebra, and analysis.
Service to Lycoming Award, sponsored by
the Office of Student Services, is given for
unselfish service and contribution to student
life by a senior during his/her college career.
Robert H. Ewing Senior Scholarship Prize
in History is given to the senior major with
the highest average.
Service to Lycoming Award, sponsored by
the Office of Student Services, is given to
students who have made outstanding
contributions to Lycoming.
Frances K. Skeath Award is given to the
senior with outstanding achievement in
mathematics.
J. Milton Skeath Award is given for superior
undergraduate achievement and potential for
further work in psychology.
Sophomore Intermediate Accounting
Award is given for the accounting major with
the highest average in Intermediate Account-
ing at the end of the spring term.
The John A. Streeter Memorial Award in
Economics is given to a graduating student for j
outstanding achievement in economics.
The John A. Streeter Memorial Award in
Music is given to the College band member
who has outstanding musical ability and who
has made significant leadership contributions
to the band.
Tomahawk Award is given to Lycoming's
outstanding male athlete.
The Wall Street Journal Award is given to a
senior who has demonstrated excellence in
economics.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^R
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
The Board Of Trustees
THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES
OFFICERS
Robert L. Shanjjraw '58
Chairman
First Vice President
for Investments
Merrill Lynch. Pierce.
Fenner & Smith
Wiliiamsport. PA
Donald E. Failor '68 Vice
Chairman
Owner/Chartered
Underwriter
D.E. Failor Associates
Harrisburg, PA
John C. Schultz
Secretary
President
Jersey Shore Steel
Jersey Shore, PA
Ann S. Pepperman
Assistant Secretary
Partner
McNemey, Page,
Vanderlin & Hall
Wiliiamsport. PA
William J. Ainsworth '63
Partner. Management
Consulting
KPMG. Peat Marwick
Atlanta, GA
David R. Bahl
Partner
McCormick Law Firm
Wiliiamsport. PA
David Y, Brouse '47
Manager/Retired
GTE
Montoursville, PA
Melvin H.
Campbell, Jr. '70
Owner/President
Campbell. Harrington
& Brear
York, PA
Harold D. Chapman
Chairman
Cobblers. Inc.
Wiliiamsport. PA
Jay VV. Cleveland, Sr.
Owner/President
Cleveland Brothers
Equipment Company
Harrisburg. PA
Richard W. DeWald '61
Chairman
Montgomery Plumbing
Montoursville, PA
James E. Douthat
President
Lycoming College
Wiliiamsport, PA
Arthur A. Haberger
CEO
Horrigan American, Inc.
Reading, PA
Michael J. Hayes '63
President and CEO
Fred's
Memphis, TN
Daniel R. Havcbaker
President
Glenn O. Hawbaker, Inc.
State College. PA
James L. Hebe '71
President
Freightliner Corporation
Portland, OR
Harold D.
Hershberger, Jr. '51
President
Deer Mountain Associates
Wiliiamsport, PA
Marjorie Ferrell
Jones '50
Editor
Jones Chemicals, Inc.
LeRoy. NY
Neil L. Irons
Bishop
Central Pennsylvania
Conference
United Methodist Church
Harrisburg. PA
Kenrick R. Khan '57
Clergy/Teacher, Retired
Mayor
Penney Farms. FL
Dale N. Krapf '67
Owner
Krapf s Coaches. Inc.
West Chester, PA
David B. Lee '61
CEO/Chairman
Omega Financial Corp.
State College, PA
Margaret D. L'Heureux
President/Realtor
Peggy L'Heureux
Real Estate
Wiliiamsport, PA
Robert G. Little '63
Family Physician
Community Medical
Association
Harrisburg, PA
D. Stephen Martz '64
Omega Financial
President and COO
State College, PA
Holiday Trust
President and CEO
Hollidaysburg. PA
Thomas J. McElheny '69
President. Christian
Purchasing Network
Sarasota. FL
Norman B. Medow '60
Physician/Surgeon
Manhattan Eye, Ear &
Throat Hospital
New York, NY
George A. Nichols '59
President/General Manager
Inn at Nichols Village
Clarks Summit. PA
V. Jud Rogers
Senior Relationship Mgr.
Northern Central Bank
Towanda, PA
Henry D. Sahakian
CEO, Unico Corporation
State College, PA
Harold H.
Shreckengast, Jr. '50
Audit Partner/Retired
Price Waterhouse
Jenkintown, PA
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
Hugh H. Sides '60
President
Robert M. Sides
Music. Inc.
Wiliiamsport, PA
Clinton W. Smith '55
President Judge. Court of
Common Pleas
29th Judicial District
Wiliiamsport. PA
John S. Trogner, Jr. '68
Partner/ First Commercial
Real Estate
Harrisburg, PA
Burke R. Veley '60
IBM CFO. Retired
West Chester. PA
Phyllis L. Yasui
Nurse/Retired/Homemaker
Wiliiamsport, PA
Alvin M. Younger, Jr. '71
Managing Director,
Treasurer, Secretary
T. Rowe Price
Associates, Inc.
Baltimore, MD
EMERITI
Samuel H. Evert '34
Owner. Retired
S. H. Evert Company
Bloomsburg. PA
W. Gibbs McKenney '37
Partner. Retired
McKenney. Thomsen
& Burke
Lutherville, MD
William Pickelner
Owner
Pickelner Fuel Oil
Company
Wiliiamsport. PA
Marguerite Rich VI
Homemaker
Woolrich. PA
Wallace F. Stettler
President. Wyoming
Seminary. Retired
Dallas, PA
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
Administrative Staff
James E. Douthat (1989)
President
A.B., The College of William and Mary
M.Div., Duke University
Ed.D., Duke University
John F. Piper, Jr. (1969)
Dean of the College
A.B., Lafayette College
B.D., Yale University
Ph.D., Duke University
Daniel G. Fultz (1989)
Executive V.P. and Treasurer
B.A., Lycoming College
M.B.A., Bucknell University
M. Ben Hogan (1992)
Dean of Student Affairs
B.A., St. Francis College
M.S., University of Southern Maine
Ed.D., Vanderbilt University
James D. Spencer (1989)
Dean of Admissions & Financial Aid
B.A., Concordia College
Kevin J. McTernan (1997)
Vice President for Development
and College Relations
B.A., Hamilton College
M.Div., Yale University
Daniel Ashlock, Jr. (1994)
Director of Student Programs/Leadership
B.S., Northern Arizona University
M.S. Central Connecticut State
Jeffrey G. Baird (1992)
Director of Safety & Security
B.A., Mansfield University
Dale V. Bower (1968)
Planned Giving Consultant
B.S., Lycoming College
B.D., United Theological Seminary
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Mark Britten (1994)
Director of Counseling Services
B.A., Mansfield University
M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University
Steven Caravaggio (1992)
Director of Academic Computing
& End User Services
B.A., Lycoming College
M.A., University of Pittsburgh
Regina Collins (1991)
Assistant Dean for Freshman
B.A., Rosemont College
M.S., Bucknell University
Benjamin H. Comfort, III (1996)
Director of Financial Aid
B.S., Pennsylvania State University
Molly Costello (1991)
Director of College Relations
A.B., Mount Holyoke College
M.B.A., Southeastern Massachusetts University
Tara Crebs (1994)
Admissions Counselor
B.A., Lycoming College
Marlin Cromley (1998)
Gift Planning Officer
B.A., Lycoming College
Robert L. Curry (1969)
Associate Director of Athletics
B.A., Lycoming College
Charles W. Edmonds (1998)
Admissions Counselor
B.A., Lycoming College
Jerry S. Faico (1990)
Director of Career Development Center
B.S., Westminster College
^^
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
M.A., Bowling Green State University
Sister Catherine Ann Gilvary IHM (1994)
Catholic Campus Minister
A.B., M.A., M.S., Marywood College
Frank L, Girardi (1984)
Director of Athletics & Head Football Coach
B.S., West Chester State College
Murray J. Hanford (1991)
Publications Manager
Daniel J. Hartsock (1981)
Assistant Dean for Sophomores
Director of Academic Resource Center and
Coordinator of Advising
B.H., The Pennsylvania State University
M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
David Heffner (1994)
Assoc. Dean/Director of
Communications Technology
B.S., The Pennsylvania State University
M.S., Bloomsburg University
David Heiney (1997)
Director of Administrative Services
B.A., Lycoming College
M.A., Bucknell University
Ed.D., Nova University
Thomas J. Henninger (1966)
Director of Administrative
Computing and Data Networks
B.S., Wake Forest College
M.A., University of Kansas
Rebecca L. C. Hile (1995)
Registrar
B.A., Point Park College
M.Ed., University' of Pittsburgh
Nancy Hollick (1990)
Staff Accountant
A.A.S., Pennsylvania College of Technology
B.S., Lock Haven University
J. Marco Hunsberger (1989)
Campus Minister
B.A., Mercer University
M.Div., United Theological Seminary
1999-2(K)0 ACADEMIC CATALOG
Janet Hurlbert (1985)
Associate Dean
Head Instructor Serv. and Arch.
B.A., M.A., University of Denver
Michelle M. Jones (1996)
Director of Accounting
B.A., Lycoming College
Jane C. Keller (1998)
Asst. Director Academic Resource Center
B.A., Bucknell University
M.S., Wilkes University
Wayne E. Kinley (1990)
Controller and Assistant Treasurer
B.A., Lycoming College
Wendy Mahonski (1995)
Assistant Director of Financial Aid
B.A., Lycoming College
A. Sue B. McCormick (1997)
Director of Alumni and Parent Programs
B.S., Lycoming College
Wanda McDonough (1994)
Director of Annual Giving
B.A., Bloomsburg University
Amy K. McGovern (1998)
PT Counselor
B.A., Lycoming College
Matthew S. McGovern (1998)
Admissions Counselor
B.A., Lycoming College
Jeffrey A. Michaels (1995)
Sports Information Director
B.A., Lycoming College
M.S., Slippery Rock University
Margaret M. Murray (1998)
Asst. Prof., Instr. Serv. Librarian
B.A.fHonorsJ, Trent University
M.A., Trinity College
M.S., Simmons College
^«
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
-•A
Anne L. Petcavage (1996)
Coordinator of Internships and
Assistant to the Director of IMS
B.A., Bloomsburg University
Matthew T. Pivirotto (1998)
Assistant Director, Annual Fund
B.A., Lycoming College
H. Karen Ransdorf (1990)
Campus Store Manager
Cheryl Riley (1998)
Prospect Research Coordinator
B.A., Lycoming College
Leann M. Ritter (1995)
Registered Nurse, Heahh Services
Denise Robinson (1994)
Asst. Dean, Director of Residence Life
B.A., Clark University
M.S., Miami University of Ohio
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Thomas L. Ruhl (1995)
Director of Major Gifts
B.S., Bloomsburg University
Nicole Scott (1997)
Admissions Counselor
B.A., Central Methodist College
William C. Sherwood (1990)
Business Manager
B.S., Lycoming College
M.B.A., Michigan State University
Sondra L. Stipcak (1995)
Nurse, Director of Health Services
B.S.N., Indiana University of PA
Robin J. Straka (1993)
Assistant Registrar
B.A., Lycoming College
Diana VanFleet (1993)
Development Officer
B.A., Bloomsburg University
Deborah E. Weaver (1978)
Manager Residence Halls Operations
Elizabeth Westley (1997)
Student Life Coordinator
B.A., James Madison University
M.A., Bowling Green State University
Emeriti
Jack C. Buckle
Dean of Students Emeritus
A.B., Juniata College
M.S.. Syracuse University
Harold H. Hutson
President Emeritus
B.A.. LL.D., Wojford College
Ph.D., University of Chicago
L.H.D.. Ohio Wesleyan University
Bishop D. Frederick Wertz
President Emeritus
A.B., Dickinson College
M.A., Boston University
S.T.B., Boston University
LL.D., Dickinson College
D.D., Lycoming College
^^
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
FACULTY
•
Faculty
On Sabbatical Fall Semester 1999
On Sabbatical Spring Semester 2000
On Sabbatical Academic Year 1999-00
On Sabbatical Calendar Year 1999
***** On leave Academic Year 1999-00
* * * *
Professors
Robert B. Angstadt (1967)
Biology
B.S.. U I sinus College
M.S.. Ph.D., Cornell University
Gary M. Boerckel (1979)
Music
Director of Lycoming Scholars
B.A., B.M., Oherlin College
M.M., Ohio University
D.M.A., University of Iowa
Jon R. Bogle (1976)
Art
B.F.A., B.S., M.F.A., Tyler School of Art:
Temple University-
Jack D. Diehl, Jr. (1971)****
Biology
B.S., M.A., Sam Houston State University
M.S., Ph.D., University of Connecticut
Robert F. Falk (1970)**
Theatre
B.A., B.D., Drew University
M.A., Ph.D., Wayne State University
David A. Franz (1970)
Chemistry
Marshal of the College
The Frank and Helen Lowry Professor
A.B., Princeton University
M.A.T., The Johns Hopkins University
Ph.D., University of Virginia
Ernest D. Giglio (1972)
Political Science
B.A., Queens College
M.A., SUNY at Albany
Ph.D., Syracuse University
1999-2(X)0 ACADEMIC CATALOG
Stephen R. Griffith (1970)
Philosophy
A.B., Cornell University
M.A., Ph.D., University' of Pittsburgh
Richard A. Hughes (1970)**
M.B. Rich Chair in Religion
B.A., University of Indianapolis
S.T.B., Ph.D., Boston University
Emily R. Jensen (1969)**
English
B.A., Jamestown College
M.A., University of Denver
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
Robert H. Larson (1969)
History
Robert L. and Charlene Shangraw Hisotry
Professor
B.A., The Citadel
M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia
Paul A. MacKenzie (1970)*****
German
A.B., A.M., Ph.D., Boston University
Carole Moses (1982)
English
B.A., Adelphi University
M.A., The Pennsylvania State University
Ph.D., SUNY at Binghamton
Kathleen D. Pagana (1982)***
Nursing
B.S.N., University of Maryland
M.S.N., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
John F. Piper, Jr. (1969)
History
Dean of the College
A.B., Lafayette College
B.D., Yale University
Ph.D., Duke University
David J. Rife (1970)**
English
John P. Graham Teaching Chair
B.A., University of Florida
M.A., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University'
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FACULTY
Michael G. Roskin (1972)**
Political Science
A.B., University of California at Berkeley
M.A., University of California at Los Angeles
Ph.D., The American University
Kathryn M. Ryan (1981)
Psychology
B.S., University of Illinois
M.S., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Roger D. Shipley (1967)**
Art
B.A., Otterbein College
M.F.A., Cranbrook Academy of Art
Fred M. Thayer, Jr. (1976)
Music
A.B., Syracuse University
B.M., Ithaca College
M.M., SUNY at Binghamton
D.M.A., Cornell University
John M. Whelan, Jr. (1971)
Philosophy
B.A., University of Notre Dame
Ph.D., The University of Texas at Austin
Stanley T. Wilk (1973)
Anthropology
B.A., Hunter College
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Associate Professors
Susan Alexander (1991)
Sociology
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., American University
Jerry D. Allen (1984)
Theatre
B.F.A., M.F.A., Utah State University
Susan K. Beidler (1975)
Collection Management Services Librarian
B.A., University of Delaware
M.L.S., University of Pittsburgh
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Howard C. Berthold, Jr. (1976)***
Psychology
B.A., Franklin and Marshall College
M.A., University of Iowa
Ph.D., The University of Massachusetts
Barbara F. Buedel (1989)**
Spanish
B.A., University of Kentucky
M.A., M. Phil., Ph.D., Yale University
Richard R. Erickson (1973)
Astronomy and Physics
B.A., University of Minnesota
M.S., Ph.D., University of Chicago
Sascha Feinstein (1995)
English
B.A., University of Rochester
M.F.A., Ph.D., Indiana University
David Fisher (1984)
Physics
B.S., The Pennsylvania State University
M.S., Ph.D., University of Delaware
Edward G. Gabriel (1977)
Biology
B.A., M.A., Alfred University
M.S., Ph.D., The Ohio State University
Amy Golahny (1985)*
Art
B.A., Brandeis University
M.A., Williams College - Clark Art Institute
M. Phil., Ph.D., Columbia University
David K. Haley (1980)
Mathematics
B.A., Acadia University
M.S., Ph.D., Queens University
Habil, Universitdt Mannheim
G. W. Hawkes (1989)
English
B.A., University of Washington-Seattle
M.A., Ph.D., SUNY-Binghamton
Bruce M. Hurlbert (1982)
Director of Library Services
B.A., The Citadel
M.S.L.S., Florida State University
I 1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
FACULTY
Janet Hurlbert (1985)
Instructional Services Librarian and
Associate Dean
B.A., M.A., University of Denver
Eldon F. Kuhns, II (1979)
Accounting
B.A., Lycoming College
M. Accounting, University of Oklahoma
C.P.A. (Pennsylvania)
Darby Lewes (1993)
English
B.A., Saint Xavier College
M.A., Northwestern University
Ph.D., Unive rsity of Ch icago
D. Litt, Wilson College (Honors Causa)
Mehrdad Madresehee (1986)
Economics
B.S., University of Tehran
M.S., National University of Iran
M.S., University of Idaho
Ph.D., Washington State University
Chriss McDonald (1987)
Chemistry
B.S., Manchester College
Ph.D., Miami University of Ohio
Richard J. Morris (1976)
History
B.A., Boston State College
M.A., Ohio University
Ph.D., New York University
Doris P. Parrish (1983)
Nursing
B.S., SUNY at Plattsburgh
M.S., Russell Sage College
Ph. D. , University of Texas at Austin
Gene D. Sprechini (1981)
Mathematics
B.S., Wilkes College
M.A., Ph.D., SUNY at Binghamton
H. Bruce Weaver (1974)
Business Administration
B.B.A., Stetson University
J.D., Vanderbilt University
M.B.A., University of Central Florida
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
Richard Weida (1987)
Mathematics
B.S., Muhlenberg College
M.S., Ph.D, University of Delaware
David H. Wolfe (1989)
Physics
B.S., Lock Haven State College
M.S., Pennsylvania State University
Ph.D., Kent State University
Robert A. Zaccaria (1973)
Biology
B.A., Bridgewater College
Ph.D., University of Virginia
Melvin C. Zimmerman (1979)
Biology
B.S., SUNY at Cortland
M.S., Ph.D., Miami University
Assistant Professors
Holly D.Bendorf( 1995)
Chemistry
B.S., The Pennsylvania State University
Ph.D., University of California-Los Angeles
Michelle Briggs (1992)**
Biology
B.S., Cornell University
M.S., University of Iowa
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
G. Kathleen Chamberlain (1999)
Education
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
M.S.Ed., Mansfield University of Pennsylvania
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
John H. Conrad (1959)
Education
B.S., Mansfield State College
M.A., New York University
Santusht S. deSilva (1983)
Mathematics
B. Sc, University of Sri Lanka
M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
O
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FACULTY
•
-•I
B. Lynn Estomin (1993)
Art
B.A., Antioch College
M.F.A., University of Cincinnati
Bahram Golshan (1989)
Mathematical Science
B.S., Jundi Shapour University, Iran
M.S., Edinboro State University of
Pennsylvania
M.S., Kent State University'
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
Gary Hafer (1992)
English
B.A., M.A., Kutztown University
Ph.D., Purdue University
Christopher M. Hakala (1996)
Psychology
B.A., Castleton State College
M.A., Ph.D., University of New Hampshire
Edward Henninger (1988)
Business Administration
B.S., Shippensburg University
M.B.A., Shippensburg University
De.d., The Pennsylvania State University
Owen F. Herring (1965)
Philosophy
B.A., Wake Forest College
Garett Heysel (1999)
French
B.A., Middlebury College
M.A., Northwestern University
Ph.D., Ohio State University
Rachael Hungerford (1989)
Education
A.A., Cayuga County Community College
B.S., State University of New York at Plattsburgh
Ph.D., University of Massachusetts/Amherst
Diane C. Janda (1988)
Music
B.M., University of Texas at Austin
M.M., D.M.A., University of Cincinnati,
College-Conservatory of Music
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Sandra Kingery (1998)
Spanish
B.S., Lawrence University
M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin Madison
Steven Koehn (1997)
Communication
B.A., VA Polytechnic & State Univ.
M.A., Pepperdine Univ.
D.Ed., West Virginia Univ.
Charles H. Mahler (1994)
Chemistry
B.A., The Ohio State University
M.S., Ph.D., Northwestern University
Jeffrey D. Newman (1995)
Biology
B.S., University of South Carolina
Ph.D., Marquette University
Kurt H. Olsen (1993)
Psychology
Marshal of the College
B.S., St. Lawrence University
M.S., Ph.D., University of Rochester
Eileen M. Peluso (1998)
Mathematics
B.S., Bloomsburg University
M.S., Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
Susan M. Ross (1998)
Sociology
B.A., Millersville University
M.A., Ph.D., University of New Hampshire
Donald Slocum (1995)
Accounting
B.S., Cornell University
M.S., The American University
Ph.D., Syracuse University
C.P.A., Washington, DC
Philip W. Sprunger (1993)
Economics
B.S., B.A., Bethel College
M. A., Ph.D., Indiana University
^^
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
FACULTY
•
Arthur Sterngold (1988)
Business Administration
B.A., Princeton University
M.B.A., Northwestern University
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
Mark Toncar (1994)
Business Administration
B.A., M.A., Ph.D.. Kent State University
Richard E. Wienecke (1982)
Accounting
B.A.. Lycoming College
M.S., Bucknell University
M.B.A., Long Island University
C.P.A. (Pennsylvania and New York)
Fredric M. Wild, Jr. (1978)
Communication
B.A., Emory University
M. Div., Yale Divinit}- School
M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University
David B. Yerger (1996)
Economics
B.S., Lock Haven University
M.S., Cornell University
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
Instructors
Tammy Anderer (1995)
Nursing
B.S.N., Bloomsburg University
M.S.N. , College Misericordia
Deborah J. Holmes (1976)
Physical Education
B.S., M.S.. The Pennsylvania State University
Sue A. Keney(1999)
Psychology
B.A., The Pennsylvania State University
M.S., University of Pittsburgh
LoriLauver (1995)
Nursing
B.S.N., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
M.S.N., College Misericordia
Susan Slotleski-Krum (1994)
Nursing
B.S.N., M.S.N., College Misericordia
Visiting, Special, and
Part-time Appointments
Diane Abercrombie (1988)
Mathematics
B. Bus. Admin., Bernard M. Baruch College,
CUNY
JayeBeetem(1997)
Visiting Assistant Professor of Theatre
B.F.A., University of Utah
M.A., Louisiana University
M.F.A., Wayne State University
Betsy Boring (1992)
Spanish
B.S., Bloomsburg State University
George Bossert (1991)
Education
B.S., Lock Haven University
M.S., Bucknell University
David Bower (1994)
Nursing
B.S., Lock Haven University
M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
Ted Chappen (1994)
Philosophy
B.A., Bucknell University
M.A., University of Chicago
Katharine Cimini (1992)
Psychology
B.A., Lycoming College
M.A., College of William and Mary
Joan Moyer Clark (1987)
Music/Theatre
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FACULTY
Harry Davis (1994)
Nursing
B.A., Miller sville State University
M.A., Liberty University
Roger Davis (1984)
Mathematics
B.S.Ed., Clarion State College
M.S.Ed., Bucknell University
Pamela Dill (1990)
Wellness
B.S.N. , University of the State of New York at
Albany
M.S.N., University of Pennsylvania
David Ellis (1992)
Psychology
B.A., State University of New York at Oswego
M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Psy.D., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Amy Falk (1991)
French & Spanish
B.A., Lycoming College
M.A., The Pennsylvania State University
Joseph D. Galanti (1996)
Education
B.S., M.S., University ofScranton
Sheila Hartung (1994)
Visiting Instructor of Nursing
B.S.N., M.S.N., Villanova University
Phoebe Haupert (1996)
Nursing
B.S.N., Albright College
M.S.N., Villanova University
Dorothy Hoy (1993)
Nursing
B.S.N., Messiah College
Sherril Ingram (1991)
Visiting Instructor of Nursing
B.S.N., University of Pittsburgh
M.S.N., Virginia Commonwealth University
David Jaffe (1998)
Theatre
B.A., Kenyon College
M.F.A., Ohio University
Don M. Larrabee, II (1972)
Lecturer in Law
A.B., Franklin and Marshall College
LL.B., Fordham University
Timothy Mahoney (1992)
Sociology
B.A., Lock Haven State University
M.S., Eastern Kentucky University
James E. Latten (1998)
Music
B.Mus., Mansfield University
M.Mus., Indiana University
Alison Maloney (1995)
Nursing
B.S.N., Bloomsburg University
M.S.N., College Misericordi
Lou Ann Miller (1993)
Chemistry
A.B., Lycoming College
M.S., Bucknell University
Ami Pagana (1995)
Nursing
B.S.N. , Thomas Jefferson University
M.S.B.A., Bucknell University
Lynn Painter (1995)
Visiting Instructor of Nursing
B.S.N., Bloomsburg University
M.S.N., College Misericordia
Thomas Raup (1995)
Visiting Professor of Legal Studies
A.B., Columbia College
J.D., Columbia School of Law
Anthony Salvatori (1988)
Education
B.S., Lock Haven State University
M.Ed., Bloomsburg University
LYCOMING COLLEGE
0
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
FACULTY
Dianne Todd Sawyer (1994)
Adjunct Instructor in Nursing
B.S., Harnvick College
M.S., University of Rochester
Kathryn Turner Sterngold (1992)
Art
B.S., Kutztown University
M.A., Alfred University
Gary Steele (1988)
Music
B.M., J uilliard School
M.M., Eastman School of Music
Ruth Stoll (1998)
Center for Nursing Excellence
B.S.N.E.d., Indiana University
M.S.N., Wayne State University
DNSc, Catholic University of America
Melissa Sutherland (1998)
Visiting Assistant Professor
of Mathematical Science
B.A., University of New York at Geneseo
M.A., University of New York at Albany
Ph.D., State Univ. of NY-Albany
Ronald Straub (1989)
Education
B.S., East Stroudsburg University
M.S., Lehigh University
Brenda Terry-Manchester (1995)
Nursing
B.S.N., Lycoming College
M.S.N., College Misericordia
David S. Witwer (1994)*****
Visiting Assistant Professor of History
B.A., DePauw University
M.A., Ph.D., Brown University
Mary Wolf (1985)
Political Science
B.A., St. Mary's College
M.P.A., University of Michigan
John J. ZaIonis(1995)
Education
B.S., M.Ed., Bloomsburg State College
1999-2(X)0 ACADEMIC CATALOG
Applied Music Instructors
Rebecca Stake Anstee (1996)
Horn and Brass Methods
B.Mus., Lawrence University
M.Mus., Eastman School of Music
Diana L. Bailey (1986)
Saxaphone
B.S., Susquehanna University
Tim Breon (1998)
Electronic Music Lab
Christopher Hollingsworth (1998)
Voice
B.Mus., DePauw University
M.Mus., Binghamton University
Rosemary Hollingsworth (1998)
Voice
B.Mus., DePauw University
M.Mus., Binghamton University
Susan Laib (1994)
Woodwinds
Richard J. Lakey (1979)
Organ and Piano
A.B., Westminster Choir College
M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Robert Leidhecker (1989)
Percussion
B.M., Mansfield University
Carina Mausteller (1998)
Voice
B.A., Lycoming College
M.Mus., The Pennsylvania State University
Stephen McEuen (1994)
Brass
W. Stanley Mullen (1994)
Guitar
B. Mus., The Pennsylvania State University
Dale Orris (1995)
Band Master
Crystal Reid (1997)
Piano
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FACULTY
I
-• >
Kent Weaver (1998)
Voice
B.Mus., Westminster Choir College
M.Mus., Ohio State University
Adjunct Faculty & Staff
Paul J. Cherney, M.D.
Medical Director, School of
Medical Technology
Abington Memorial Hospital
Ahington, PA 19001
Gerald R. Fahs, M.D.
Medical Director, School of
Medical Technology
The Lcmcaster General Hospital
Lancaster, PA 17603
Nadine Gladfelter, M.S., MT (ASCP)
Program Director, School of Medical
Technology
The Lancaster General Hospital
Lancaster, PA 17603
Phyllis Gotkin, Ph.D., MT (ASCP)
Program Director, Clinical Laboratory
Science Program
Allegheny University Hospitals/Elkins Park
ElkinsPark, PA 19117
Joseph T. King, M.D.
Medical Advisor & Associate Pathologist
Clinical Laboratory Science Program
Robert Packer Hospital
Say re, PA 18840
Willem Lubbe, M.D.
Medical Director CLS Program
Williamsport Hospital
Williamsport, PA 17701
Loretta A. Moffatt, B.S., MT (ASCP)
Program Director
Williamsport Hospital CLS Program
Williamsport, PA 17701
Richard Rupkalvis, M.D.
Medical Director, School of Clinical Labora-
tory Science Program
Elkins Park Hospital
Elkins Park, PA 19027
LYCOMING COLLEGE ■
Barbara J. Scheelje, B.S., MT (ASCP)
Progrcmi Director, School of
Medical Technology
Abington Memorial Hospital
Abington, PA 19001
Brian D. Spezialetti, M.S., M.T. (ASCP)
Progrcmi Director
Clinical Laboratory^ Science Program
Robert Packer Hospital
Say re, PA 18840
Emeriti
Clarence W. Burch
Professor Emeritus of Physical Education
B.S., M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
John P. Graham
Professor Emeritus of English
B.A., Dickinson College
M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University
John G. Hancock
Professor Emeritus of Psychology
B.S., M.S. Bucknell University
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
John G. Hollenback
Professor Emeritus of Business
Administration
B.S., M.B.A., University of Pennsylvania
James K. Hummer
Professor Emeritus of Chemistry
B.N.S., Tufts University
M.S., Middlebury College
Ph.D., University of North Carolina
M. Raymond Jamison
Assistant Professor Emeritus of Physics
B.S., Ur sinus College
M.S., Bucknell University
Walter G. Mclver
Professor Emeritus of Music
Mus.B., Westminster Choir College
A.B., Bucknell University
M.A., New York University'
i
i
^^
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
FACULTY • ATHLETIC STAFF
Roger W. Opdahl
Professor Emeritus of Economics
A.B., Hofstra University
M.A., Columbia University
D. Ed.. The Pennsylvania State University
Robert W. Rabold
Professor Emeritus of Economics
B.A., The Pennsylvania State University'
M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
John A, Radspinner
Professor Emeritus of Chemistry
B.S., University of Richmond
M.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute
D.S., Carnegie Mellon Institute
Logan A. Richmond
Professor Emeritus of Accounting
B.S., Lycoming College
M.B.A., New York University
C.P.A. (Pennsylvania)
Mary Landon Russell
Associate Professor Emeritus of Music
Mus. B., Susquehanna University
Consen'atoiy of Music
M.A., The Pennsylvania State University
Louise R. Schaeffer
Associate Professor Emeritus of Education
B.A., Lycoming College
M.A., Bucknell University
D. Ed., The Pennsylvania State University
James W. Sheaffer
Associate Professor Emeritus of Music
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
M.S., University of Pennsylvania
Frances K. Slteath
Professor Emeritus of Mathematics
A.B., M.A., Bucknell University
D. Ed., The Pennsylvania State University
John A. Stuart
Professor Emeritus of EngHsh
B.A., William Jewell College
M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
Athletic Staff
Joseph M. Bressi
Head Men's Basketball Coach
B.S., East Stroudsburg University
Raymond Bressi
Assistant Men's Basketball Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
George Camp
Head Track Coach
Michael Clark
Assistant Football Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
Gerald J. Cournoyer
Head Swimming Coach
B.S., Nonvich University
Roger Crebs
Head Wrestling Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
A. C. Cruz
Strength Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
®
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ATHLETIC STAFF
•
Robert L. Curry
Associate Athletic Director
B.A., Lycoming College
Christen Ditzler
Head Women's Basketball Coach
Head Women's Softball Coach
B.A., Franklin & Marshall College
Mike Fiamingo
Assistant Wrestling Coach
B.S., Mansfield University
Robyn Flalierty
Assistant Women's Basketball Coach
Assistant Women's Softball Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
Franii L. Girardi
Director of Athletics
Head Football Coach
B.S., West Chester State College
Thomas R. Griffith
Assistant Men's Basketball Coach
B.S., Pennsylvania State University
Deborah J. Holmes
Women's Tennis Coach
B.S., Pennsylvania State University
M.S., Pennsylvania State University
Sonny Kirkpatrick
Head Volleyball Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
Kathy Loy
Assistant Women 's Basketball Coach
Joe Lumbis
Equipment Manager
Joe Mark
Men's Tennis Coach
Anna Madigan
Assistant Women's Soccer Coach
B.S., Bloomsburg University
Yvonne M. Meuse
Cheerleading Advisor
Michael Milward
Assistant Wrestling Coach
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Dan Muthler
Assistant Wrestling Coach
B.S., U.S. Naval Academy
Frank Neu
Head Athletic Trainer
B.A., Centred College
M.S., Drake University
Gene J. Peluso
Head Lacrosse Coach
B.S., Nazareth College of Rochester
Steve Radocaj
Assistant Football Coach
Joseph Moore
Assistant Softball Coach
Wendy Ryder
Assistant Volleyball Coach
Pat Schemery
Assistant Football Coach
B.S., Mansfield University
Jack Shafer
Head Soccer Coach
B.A., Bethany College
M.A., Washington College
Eric Szentesy
Assistant Men's Soccer Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
Nicki Thol
Assistant Athletic Trainer
B.S., Kutztown University
Andrew Wagner
Assistant Men's Lacrosse Coach
Mike Weber
Assistant Football Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
Steve Wiser
Assistant Football Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
Matt Yonkin
Assistant Wrestling Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
^^
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANTS
Administrative Assistants
Melody A. Bartlett
Purchasing Coordinator
Mark D. Earner
Security Officer
Michael J. Beatty
Security Supervisor
Nathalie R. Beck
Assistant to the President
Cynthia Bezilla
Library Evening Proctor
Brigitte C. Brahms
Telecommunications Coordinator
Julia L. Brink
Secretary, Business Manager
Sandra L. Burrows
Secretary, College Relations
Diane M. Carl
Secretary to President
Barbara J. Carlin
Executive Secretary to Dean of
Admissions & Financial Aid
Diana L. Cleveland
System Administrator
Allen E. Clifford
Security Officer
Connie F. Colbert
Secretary, Planned Giving & Major Gifts
Richard L. Cowher II
Printing Services Coordinator
June V. Creveling
Secretary, Buildings & Grounds
and Safety & Security
Mary E. Dahlgren
Data Information Specialist & Project Supervisor
Terri R. Driscoll
Campus Store Assistant
Mary C. Eiswert
Faculty Secretary
Orlan J. Fisher
Mailroom Coordinator
Paula M. Fisher
Prospect Data Information Specialist & Secretary
Nicole S. Franquet
Network Administrator
Susan M. Hanford
Library Evening Proctor
Sue C. Hartranft
Secretary, Alumni & Parent Programs & Alumni
Association
Diane J. Hassinger
Executive Secretary to Dean of College
Esther L. Henninger
Secretary, Athletics
MaryAnn Hollenbach
Gift Records Specialist/Secretary
Annual Fund
Barbara E. Horn
Faculty Secretary
David M. Kelchner
Programmer Analyst
Margaret I. Kimble
Secretary, Career Development Center
Shelly A. LaForme
Cashier & Bookkeeper
Sandra L. Lander
Systems Analyst
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANTS
Richard D. Lane
Library Evening Proctor
Donna M. Laughrey
Campus Store Assistant
Peggie A. LeFever
Personnel Coordinator
B. Brian Leonard
Media Technology Coordinator
Tina J. Lorson
Faculty Secretary
Michele D. Lucas
Student Information Specialist
Jolin J. Maness
Security Supervisor
Dorothy E. Maples
Box Office Manager
Nielin L. Meredith
Assistant Admissions Data Entry Clerk
Zee L. Merliel
Switchboard Operator & Receptionist
Tracy B. Miles
Secretary, Campus Ministry
Rebecca R. Miller
Secretary, Financial Aid
Tara Miller
Payroll & Student Loan Coordinator
Yvonne L. Miller
Technical Support Analyst
Virginia A. Montville
Communications Officer
Brian M. Moyer
Security Supervisor
Marlene L. Neece
Library Technician, Document Delivery
Judith E. Noble
Library Technician, Acquisitions
Marion R. Nyman
Bursar/Executive Secretary
to the Treasurer & Controller
Wilma L Reeder
Library Technician, Circulation/Instr. Services
Jennifer J. Sarno
Security Officer
Sherry L. Schaefer
Secretary, Residence Life
Bonnie M. Smith
Information Systems Specialist
Marilyn E. Smith
Printing Services Assistant
Gail M. Spencer
Library Technician, Circulation
Lisa C. Strouse
Library Technician, Cataloging/Govt. Pub.
Sheran L. Swank
Faculty Secretary
Luann Topel
Faculty Secretary
Judy E. Walker
Secretary, Health & Counseling Services
Nancy A. Walker
Faculty Secretary
Donna A. Weaver
Assistant, Student Programs/
Leadership Development
Sandra Wenzel
Campus Store Clerk
Geraldine H. Wescott
Library Technician, Periodicals
Roberta Wheeler
Secretary, Assistant Dean for Freshmen
Jean C. Wool
Executive Secretary to Dean of Student Affairs
Michelle M. Yaw
Executive Secretary/Development Services
Coordinator
Amy M. Yocum
Faculty Secretary
Cristen J. Yothers
Security Officer
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^m
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ALUMNI ASSCXTIATION
Alumni Association
The Alumni Association of Lycoming
College has a membership of over 13,000 men
and women. It is governed by an Executive
Board consisting of 24 members-at-large. The
Board includes members representing various
class years and geographic areas, the senior
class president, the current student body pres-
ident, and past presidents of the last graduating
class and the Student Senate of Lycoming
College. The Director of Alumni and Parent
Programs manages the activities of the Alumni
Office.
The Alumni Association has the following
purpose as stated in its constitution: "As an
off-campus constituency, the association's
purpose is to seek ways of maintaining an
active and mutually beneficial relationship
between the College and its alumni, utilizing
their talents, resources, and counsel to further
the objectives and programs of Lycoming
College."
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG
All former students of Williamsport
Dickinson Seminary and all former students
who have successfully completed one year of
study at Williamsport Dickinson Junior
College or Lycoming College are considered
members of the association.
Acting as the representative of alumni on
the campus and working also with under-
graduates, the Alumni Office is responsible
for keeping alumni informed and interested in
the programs, growth, and activities of the
College through regular publications mailed to
all alumni on record. Arrangements for
Homecoming, Class Reunions, club meetings,
and similar activities are coordinated through
this Office. Through the Lycoming College
Annual Fund, the Alumni office is closely
associated with the development program of
the College. Communications to the Alumni
Association should be addressed to the
Alumni and Parent Programs Office.
^A
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ALUMNI ASSOCIATION EXECUTIVE BOARD
Alumni Association executive board
TERM EXPIRES OCTOBER 2000
Margaret S. Beardslee '93
Robert L. Bender '59
Robert E.Chianelli' 86
Julie Hottle Day '88
Helen H. Fultz '57
Kathleen Tighe Gaye '75
Angela V. Kyte '73
Julie M. Makatche '92
Jay Thomson '86
Jon C. Vandevander '79
Dennis G. Youshaw '61
Kristi R. Yerger '95
TERM EXPIRES OCTOBER 2001
Daniel W. Bythewood '68
Robert?. Crockett '61
D. Keigh Earisman '58
William R. Lawry '64
Erman E. Lepley, Jr. '78
James G. Scott '70
Linda Porr Sweeney '78
Ronalee B. Trogner '69
LYCOMING COLLEGE
TERM EXPIRES OCTOBER 2002
Patricia (MacBride) Krauser '68
Franklin W.Noll III '89
Otto L. Sonder '46
David A. Walsh '76
Members of the Board
Serving a One-Year Term
Student Senate of Lycoming College
(SSLC) President
Molly Curtiss
SSLC Past President
Veronica Buttari
1998 Senior Class President
Casey B. Barnes
1999 Senior Class President
Jill E. Schroeder
^^
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOC
INDEX
Index
Academic Advising 43
Academic Calendar 2
Academic Honesty/Standing 28
Academic Honors 28
Academic Program 29
Accounting Curriculum 50
Accounting-Mathematics 53
Admission to Lycoming 10
Advanced Placement 24
Advanced Standing by Transfer 26
Allopathic Medicine, Preparation 44
Alumni Association 181
American Studies 54
Anthropology Curriculum 149
Application Fee and Deposits 13
Applied Music Requirements 123
Art Curriculum 55
Astronomy and Physics 61
Astonomy Curriculum 61
Athletic Training 135
Audit 25
Awards 160
Biology Curriculum 66
Board of Trustees 165
B.S.N. Degree 31
Business Administration Curriculum 73
Campus Facilities 6
Capitol Semester 48
Career Development Services 20
Chemistry Curriculum 78
Christian Ministry, Advising for 44
Class Attendance 25
College and the Church 6
College Level Examination
Program (CLEP) 24
Communication Curriculum 82
Community Service Curriculum 137
Computer Science Curriculum 112
Conduct, Standards of 22
Contingency Deposits 14
Cooperative Programs 37
Engineering 38
Environmental Studies 38
Forestry 38
Medical Technology 38
Military Science 40
Optometry 39
Podiatry 39
Counseling, Personal 20
Course Credit by Examination 24
Creative Writing 94
Criminal Justice 86
Cultural Diversity 33
Degree Programs/Requirements 30
Dental School, Preparation 44
Departmental Honors 43
Deposits/Deposit Refunds 14
Distribution Requirements 32
English 32
Fine Arts 32
Foreign Language 32
Humanities 32
Mathematics 32
Natural Sciences 32
Social Sciences 33
Economics Curriculum 87
Education Curriculum 90
Educational Opportunity Grants 17
Engineering, Cooperative Program 38
English Curriculum 94
English Requirement 32
Entrance Examination (CEEB) 24
Environmental Science Minor 68
Environmental Studies 38
Established Interdisciplinary Major 35
Faculty 169
Financial Aid/Assistance 16
Fine Arts Requirements 32
Foreign Language Requirement 32
Foreign Languages and
Literatures Curriculum 99
Forestry, Cooperative Program 38
French Curriculum 100
German Curriculum 102
Grading System 26
Graduation Requirements 30
1999-20(X) ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
INDEX
Greek Curriculum 147
Health Professions, Preparation 44
Health Services 20
Hebrew Curriculum 147
History Cumculum 105
Honors Program 40
Honor Societies 29
Humanities Requirement 32
Independent Study 46
Institute for Management Studies 109
Interdisciplinary Majors 35
Established Majors (EIM) 35
Individual Majors (IIM) 35
International Studies 110
Internship Programs 47
Legal Professions, Preparation 37
Literature (EIM) 112
Loans 18
London Semester 48
Lycoming Scholar Program 40
Major 34
Admission to 34
Departmental 35
Interdisciplinary (EIM, IIM) 35
Management Scholars Program 109
Mathematical Sciences 112
Mathematic Requirements 32
Mathematics Curriculum 115
May Term 46
Medical School, Preparation 44
Medical Technology 37
Military Science Curriculum 119
Minor 35
Music Curriculum 120
National Direct Student Loans (NDSL) 18
Natural Science Requirement 36
Near East Culture and Archaeology (EIM). . 124
Non-degree Students 25
Nursing 125
Optometry 39
Optometry School, Preparation 44
Osteopathy School, Preparation 44
Payment of Fees 13
Philadelphia Semester 47
Philosophy Curriculum 131
Physical Activity, Wellness
& Community Service Program 136 !
Physical Activity Curriculum 1 36
Physics Curriculum 63
Placement Services 20
Podiatric Medicine,
Cooperative Program 39
Political Science Curriculum 137
Pre-Medicine 38 '
Prizes and Awards 160
Psychology Curriculum 141
Readmission 12i
Refunds 14i
Registration 24
Religion Curriculum 144^
Repeated Courses 27 1
Reserve Officer Training
Corps Program (ROTC) 39
Residence and Residence Halls 7
Scholarships/Grants 17 j
Scholarships (ROTC) I9I
Scholar Seminar 148
Social Science Requirement 33
Sociology- Anthropology Curriculum 149
Spanish Curriculum 103
Staff 166, 179
State Grants and Loans
Student Records 24
Study Abroad 48
Supplemental Educational
Opportunity Grant (SEOG)
Theatre Curriculum 154
Theological Professions, Advising 44|
Transfer Credit 23
Unit Course System 23
United Nations Semester 48 1
Veterinary School, Preparation 44
Washington Semester 47'
Wellness Curriculum 1 36
Westminster Oxford Semester 48 1
Withdrawal from College 25
Withdrawal of Admissions Offer 12
Women's Studies 159
Work-Study Grants 11
Writing Across The Curriculum Program. . . 33
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^A
1999-2000 ACADEMIC CATALOG I
Communicating with lycoming college
Please address specific
nquiries as follows:
Oirector of Admissions:
Admissions; requests for publications
rreasurer:
Payment of bills; expenses
[)irector of Financial Aid:
Scholarships and loan fund;
financial assistance
Oean of the College:
Academic programs; faculty;
faculty activities; academic support
services
\ssistant Dean for Freshmen:
Freshman Seminar; freshman
academic concerns
Oean of Student Affairs:
Student activities; residence halls;
religious life; health services
Registrar:
Student records; transcript requests;
academic policies
Career Development Center:
Career counseling; employment
opportunities
Vice President for Development:
Institutional relations; annual fund;
gift programs
\thletic Director:
Varsity Sports
Director of Alumni and
Parent Programs:
Alumni information; Homecoming;
Family Weekend activities
Director of College Relations:
Public information; publications;
sports information; media relations
All correspondence
should be addressed to:
Lycoming College
700 College Place
Williamsport, PA 1 770 1 -5 1 92
The College telephone number
is (570) 321-4000
Http ://w ww.lycoming.edu
Visitors
Lycoming welcomes visitors to the
campus. If you would like a guided tour,
call the Office of Admissions
(717) 321-4026 before your visit to
arrange a mutually convenient time.
Toll Free Number 1-800-345-3920
e-mail: admissions@Iycoming.edu
Lycoming College welcomes applications
from prospective students regardless of age,
sex, race, religion, handicap, finances,
national or ethnic origin, or color. Lycoming
does not discriminate on the basis of age, sex,
race, religion, handicap, finances, national
or ethnic origin, or color in the administra-
tion of any of its policies and programs.
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
-13
3
3
c
Z
o
=3
-1
O
o
-a
o
h^
o
^
00
00
o
O
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11